IP 55 Modular Cabinets

Quadritalia Srl
www.quadritalia.com - info@quadritalia.com
PROTECTION FOR YOUR ELECTRONICS
Headquarter:
Via E. Mattei, 6/10
36040 Brendola (Vicenza) - Italy
Tel. +39 0444 601744
Fax +39 0444 601057
Second manufacturing unit:
Via del Laghetto, 290
45021 Badia Polesine
(Rovigo) - Italy
BOZZA DI STAMPA
general catalogue
21
General Catalogue
21
® Copyright by Quadritalia srl
All rights reserved.
No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in retrieval systems or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior written permission of the Publisher.
All details and pictures are subject to change without notice and are not binding the Manufacturer

20th year
with love
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Thank you
to all of our Customers, Suppliers and
Collaborators, who have enabled us to work
with enthusiasm and professionalism, to
ensure the success of the Quadritalia
trademark throughout the world and to
become the Company we are today.

BOZZA DI STAMPA

Quadritalia in the world
BOZZA DI STAMPA
• = Quadritalia’s presence on world markets
• = Quadritalia’s new objectives

United States - Canada - Brazil - Russia - Ukraine - Poland - Lithuania - Romania - Slovakia - Slovenia - Denmark
Norway - Sweden - Tunisia - Egypt - Cyprus - Greece - Germany - Spain - Portugal - France - Switzerland – Austria
BOZZA DI STAMPA

OUR OPERATIONAL HEADQUARTERS
TORINO
GENOVA
MILANO
VERONA
BOLOGNA
FIRENZE
VICENZA
ROVIGO
VENEZIA
ROMA
BOZZA DI STAMPA
PALERMO
NAPOLI

VERONA
Headquarter:
Brendola
(VICENZA)
VICENZA
Second
manufacturing unit:
Badia Polesine
(ROVIGO)
ROVIGO
VENEZIA
BOZZA DI STAMPA

Our Company
Founded in 1988 to produce modular metal carpentry
for the electronics and electro technical industries,
our Company immediately distinguished itself
for the quality and completeness of its products.
Our production, which is entirely automated with
robotic plants, includes a considerable range of
standard and customised products (see boring,
painting and non-serial productions), providing complete
service for the final user, in rationally short
times.
Design, continuous research and the certifications
of our products guarantee the highest possible level
of quality and great dependability.
The advantage that our Company offers is to understand
the individual requirements of each customer,
in real time, and to satisfy them as quickly as possible,
becoming a veritable “business partner”.
BOZZA DI STAMPA

The entire production is programmed by the technical office through
CAD/CAM stations, which directly pilot the processing line in the shop.
Non-standard and customised products are also designed and developed
here.
The commercial office is at the complete disposal of customers to
request materials, make estimates and provide consultancy on the use
of our range of products.
The sheet metal processing lines utilise state
of the art production technologies, capable of
guaranteeing top quality standards and the
greatest possible speed in production.
BOZZA DI STAMPA

Our Company
The entire painting cycle takes place on an automated robotic
plant. Equipped with three painting cabins, the system permits
extremely rapid performance of customised or non-standard
painting jobs.
Traditional bending systems are integrated
with a completely automatic finishing line,
managed without the assistance of human
workers.
The robotic welding island with several stations permits complete
assembly of cabinets, boxes and consoles, rapidly and with great precision.
BOZZA DI STAMPA

The polyurethane foam gaskets, which are continuous cast directly on
doors and panels, guarantee perfect protection of our products from
water and dust (certified and approved).
The warehouse and assembly department, where the metal carpentry
is carefully assembled and equipped with all of the required accessories.
Our motor pool, which loads the products at the warehouse in Vicenza and transports them directly to their destination at the customer’s premises,
with no further manipulation, thereby guaranteeing extremely rapid delivery time.
Our Certifications - TOTAL GUARANTEES FOR THE GLOBAL MARKET
BOZZA DI STAMPA
PRODUCT SERVICE

BOZZA DI STAMPA
21 CATALOGUE
1

BOZZA DI STAMPA
21 CATALOGUE
2

GENERAL TABLE OF CONTENTS
Description of Article
Page
General Table of Contents Page 3
Electronic Mail Page 7
IP 55 AX Modular Cabinets, General Description, Page 8
AX Cabinet Frames Page 10
AX Cabinets with single door Page 12
AX Cabinets with double door Page 14
AXV Cabinets with transparent door and internal door Page 16
Cabinet with double transparent door and internal door Page 18
Blind doors for AX, AZ, AF and AS series frames Page 19
Transparent doors for AX, AZ, AF and AS series frames Page 20
Blind doors for AX, AZ, AF and AS series frames Page 21
Blind rear panels for AX, AZ and AF series cabinets Page 22
Side panels for AX cabinets Page 23
Side panels pairs for AX cabinets Page 23
Joining AX cabinets in batteries Page 24
AX, AZ, AF and AS cabinet front electro mechanical plate Page 25
AX, AZ, AF and AS cabinet front plate assembly kit and instructions Page 26
AX, AZ and AF cabinet double front plate assembly kit and instructions Page 27
AX, AZ and AF cabinet front plate joint band Page 28
AX and AF cabinet front plate backspacing kit Page 29
Enlarged plate and lateral insertion of plate for AX and AZ cabinets Page 30
Bases, corners, front and rear parts H = 100 mm Page 31
Side flanges for bases H = 100 mm Page 31
Assembled bases H = 100 Page 32
Corner bases H = 200 mm Page 33
Bases, front and side pairs H = 200 mm Page 33
Floor-closed bases H = 200 mm Page 34
Lowered side flanges for bases Page 35
Extended base for cabinets in batteries Page 35
AXN series PC cabinet Page 36
Floppy disk slot Page 37
AX cabinet printer carriage Page 38
AX cabinet airtight cubicle Page 38
AX and AZ cabinet sliding drawer Page 38
AX and AZ cabinet reduced electro mechanical plate Page 38
PC cabinet with lateral bands Page 39
PC cabinet with lateral bands on column Page 40
Modular cabinet, internal modular system Page 41
Instrument panels with various bores Page 43
Panels for modules with single slot Page 43
Closed instrument panels Page 44
Double closed instrument panels Page 44
Triple closed instrument panels Page 44
Upper and lower compensation panels Page 44
Component plate Page 44
Modular internal frame with compensation panels Page 45
Crosspieces for attachment of DIN bars Page 45
DIN Bar Page 45
Blind modular external door Page 46
Transparent modular external door Page 46
Reduced internal equipment plate Page 46
Reduced horizontal partitions Page 47
Reduced vertical partitions for AZ cabinets Page 47
Reduced vertical partitions Page 47
Rabbet crosspiece for AX and AZ cabinet doors Page 47
Cabinet with front console Page 48
Lateral cable raceway Page 50
BOZZA DI STAMPA
21 CATALOGUE
3

GENERAL TABLE OF CONTENTS
Description of Article
Page
Front cable raceway Page 52
Blind plate lateral cable raceway for RLX cabinet Page 53
Pre-bored plate for 24 pole connectors for RLX cabinet Page 53
Blind PLF 24 pole plate for RLX cabinet Page 53
24-pole reduction plate for RLX cabinet Page 53
AX series 19” Rack Cabinet Page 54
AXR series 19” open rack cabinet Page 55
AXR 19” internal swivel rack frame Page 55
Fixed vertical strut pairs for AXR 19” rack Page 55
AXR cabinet front panels in aluminium of various He units Page 55
Rack handle Page 55
IP 55 AZ series Modular Cabinets, General Description, Page 56
AZ series cabinet frame with upper and lower closure Page 58
AZ series cabinets with single door Page 60
AZ series cabinets with double door Page 62
AZ series cabinets with single transparent door and internal door Page 64
AZ series cabinets with double transparent door and internal door Page 66
AZ series cabinet joining kit and assembly instructions Page 67
Side panels for AZ cabinets Page 68
Side panel pairs for AZ cabinets Page 68
AZ series front plate backspacing kit Page 69
AZ series PC cabinet Page 70
AZN cabinet printer carriage Page 71
AZ Modular cabinet, internal modular system Page 72
AZ Cabinet with front console Page 74
AZ series lateral raceway Page 76
AZ series front raceway Page 78
AZ series 19” rack cabinet Page 79
AX, AZ and AF series horizontal partitions Page 80
AZ series vertical partitions Page 80
AZ series vertical partitions Page 80
AX and AZ series cabinet roof raceway Page 81
Cable entry compartment, types and customisations Page 82
Cable entry compartment, types and customisations Page 84
IP 55 AF series Modular Cabinets, General Description, Page 86
AF Cabinet mono-block Frames Page 87
AF Cabinet with single door Page 88
AF Cabinet with double door Page 89
AF Cabinets with transparent door and internal door Page 90
AF Cabinet with double transparent door and internal door Page 91
AF modular cabinet with internal modular frame Page 92
AF cabinet horizontal mono-block frame Page 93
AF series horizontal cabinet Page 94
Cable entry compartment, types and customisations Page 95
IP 55 mono-block AS series cabinets, general description Page 96
AS series mono-block frame Page 97
AS series mono-block cabinet with single door Page 98
AS series mono-block cabinet with single transparent door and internal blind door Page 99
AS series modular mono-block cabinet Page 100
IP 65 ST series airtight boxes, general description Page 101
IP 65 airtight box with single door Page 102
IP 65 airtight boxes with single transparent door and internal door Page 104
STB box blind door Page 105
STB box transparent door Page 105
STB box blind internal door Page 106
STB box blind internal plate Page 106
IP 65 ST series modular airtight boxes Page 107
BOZZA DI STAMPA
21 CATALOGUE
4

GENERAL TABLE OF CONTENTS
Description of Article
Page
ST box modular internal kit Page 107
STM box blind modular panel Page 108
STM box blind modular instrument panel Page 108
STM box contiguous modular instrument panels Page 108
STM box double blind modular panel Page 108
ST box cable compartment Page 109
Wall attachment kit for ST pensile box Page 110
Rain protection roof for ST box Page 110
Double door for IP 65 ST series airtight box Page 111
Cable compartment for IP 65 ST box with double door Page 112
Internal plate for ST series box with double door Page 113
Doors for ST series box with double door Page 113
IP 55 shunt box with cover Page 114
IP 55 shunt boxes with transparent cover Page 115
Plate for CDB shunt box Page 116
IP 55 Consoles, general characteristics Page 117
IP 55 LC series consoles Page 118
LC series console base Page 119
LCA riser for LC series modular consoles Page 120
LCM shelf for LC series modular consoles Page 121
Casing for LC series console riser Page 122
IP 55 BLC mono-block console Page 123
IP 55 BLD mono-block console Page 124
IP 55 LMC mono-block console Page 125
IP 55 BLC and LMC type console riser Page 126
IP 55 LAS mono-block console with shelf and riser Page 127
IP 55 LAR console with riser Page 128
Accessories Page 129
STL section, lateral for AZ Page 130
XTL section, lateral for AX Page 130
FTL section, lateral for AF Page 130
STL2 section, reinforced lateral for AZ Page 131
XTL2 section, reinforced lateral for AX Page 131
STZ section, frontal for AZ Page 131
STZ section, frontal for AZ Page 132
STA pre-bored vertical strut, L = 2000 mm Page 132
STF pre-bored vertical strut, L = 2000 mm Page 132
SGD section for application of DIN guides Page 133
Bracket for SGD section Page 133
SGD and CPS5846 section kit Page 133
Cable attachment section Page 133
Interior door section Page 134
Interior door console for cabinets Page 134
Transformer section Page 135
Brace for console Page 136
BCO170 cabinet door blockage kit Page 136
Door block for boxes Page 137
BCO100 mechanical door block Page 137
BCO110 mechanical cabinet door block Page 138
Gas spring kit Page 138
Screen slot Page 139
Eyebolts Page 139
Assorted eyebolt kit Page 140
Heavy-duty eyebolt Page 140
Eyebolts with extension Page 141
Lifting beams Page 141
Lifting criteria Page 142
Lifting beam codes Page 143
BOZZA DI STAMPA
21 CATALOGUE
5

GENERAL TABLE OF CONTENTS
Description of Article
Page
Aluminium protective windows Page 144
The various auxiliary brackets and components kits Page 145
Hinges, kit for cabinets, boxes and consoles Page 147
Adjustable feet Page 150
Wheel supports Page 150
Light wheels Page 151
Orientable wheels Page 151
Flanged nuts Page 153
Cage nuts Page 153
Screws Page 153
Bolts with nuts Page 153
Side spacer Page 153
Spacer for rear and joining of cabinets Page 153
Support for lateral insertion of plate Page 154
180° hinge for internal rack frame Page 154
Corner pieces for tubular door reinforcements Page 154
Guillotine style cable conduit Page 155
Pins for plate support Page 156
Closure Boxes and cables Page 157
Handles Page 158
Ventilation systems Page 160
Filters and fans Page 161
Fans Page 162
Ventilation roofs Page 163
Ventilation roofs and fans Page 163
Wall-mounted air conditioners Page 164
Wall-mounted conditioner boring template Page 165
Roof-mounted air conditioners Page 166
Roof-mounted conditioner boring template Page 167
Air-to-air heat exchangers Page 168
Air-to-water heat exchangers Page 169
Partial encasement frame for CF-P Page 170
Anti-condensation resistances Page 171
Temperature alarm thermostats Page 172
Micro Switches Page 172
Light bulbs Page 172
Flashing light devices Page 173
Gaskets Page 174
Spray colours for touch ups Page 174
Braces for electro magnetic compatibility Page 175
Electromagnetic compliance Page 176
Levels of protection, technical card Page 177
CESI Certification Page 178
TUV Certification Page 178
CSA Certification Page 178
Modular suspension systems Page 179
Anchoring base for modular suspension systems Page 180
Intermediate connections for modular suspensions Page 182
Swivel terminal connections for modular suspensions Page 184
Tubes for modular suspensions Page 186
Pensile boxes for modular suspensions Page 187
Modular interface systems Page 188
Modular bar systems Page 189
Painting Cycle Page 190
Electronics cabinets Page 192
Customisations on order of clients Page 193
General Table of Contents for code prefixes Page 198
BOZZA DI STAMPA
21 CATALOGUE
6

ELECTRONIC MAIL
TO CONTACT OUR COLLABORATORS:
Website:
http://www.quadritalia.com
General E-mail:
info@quadritalia.com
Management:
Mr. FLAVIO SANSON
Ing. RODOLFO SANSON
Mr. MAURO SANSON
Mr. STEFANO SANSON
Sales Office:
Ms. ELISABETTA TRAPANI
Ms. GIULIANA MASSIGNAN
Technical Office:
Mr. STEFANO SANSON - IN CHARGE
Mr. SERGIO LORENZIN - DESIGN
Mr. GIORGIO MELATO - RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT
f.sanson@quadritalia.com
r.sanson@quadritalia.com
m.sanson@quadritalia.com
s.sanson@quadritalia.com
e.trapani@quadritalia.com
g.massignan@quadritalia.com
s.lorenzin@quadritalia.com
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Administration Office:
Mr. GIORGIO LUPAZZI - IN CHARGE
g.lupazzi@quadritalia.com
Ms. NANCY BASTON
21 CATALOGUE
7

AX – IP 55 MODULAR CABINETS
AX series cabinets are produced on the same line as the AZ
series and are oriented towards a market that is sensitive to
the cost-effectiveness of products, but also pays attention to
the quality and technical-operational features required by the
norms in force.
The structures of these cabinets are completely welded and
built of top quality press-bent sheet metal, so that the roof and
bottom of the cabinet form a solid body with the four vertical
uprights, creating an extremely rigid frame.
The structure lends itself to modular combination with other
elements in an extremely simple manner, minimising assembly
costs. The painting cycle is performed by automatic plants, following
degreasing, phosphation with iron phosphates and several
successive phases of rinsing.
The following stage consists of kiln drying and painting in a
completely automatic cabin.
Thermal hardening epoxy polyester type powders are used for
the painting. The totally automatic production cycle guarantees
the utmost precision, homogeneity and constant quality over
the long term. Thanks to the polyurethane foam gasket installed
with an automatic continuous gluing system, the IP 55 level
of protection has been declared and certified.
Fig. 8.1
COMPONENTS OF THE BASIC CABINET
The bearing structure is produced from completely welded
drawn and perforated galvanised sheet steel sections, which
guarantee mechanical sturdiness and total protection against
water and dust, thereby consenting the firm to obtain the IP 55
level of protection.
The rear panel is made from press-bent sheet steel with centring
bores to facilitate attachment with 6/8 M6 screws and is
equipped with a gasket around the border that adapts perfectly
to the structure.
The fixed bottom in press-bent sheet steel has bores for the
passage of cables and is equipped with the relative covers.
The interior equipment installation plate is in 25/10 thick galvanised
sheet steel and has double reinforcement fins along the
entire perimeter. On request cabinet is also equipped with slides
and pins to facilitate ubsertion of plate.
BOZZA DI STAMPA
8
21 CATALOGUE

AX – IP 55 MODULAR CABINETS
The basic cabinet also has upper and lower bores on the sides
to adjust the depth of the interior plate.
Accessories for the attachment and adjustment of the interior
plate are also provided.
The reversible hinged front door has an angle of aperture of
120° (which may be increased to 180° on request); it is built
from 20/10 thick sheet steel and has a gasket around the perimeter
that adapts perfectly to the structure. The door also has
an inner perforated frame to facilitate attachment of the
cabling raceways and other accessories, thus also conferring
greater rigidity. The lever bolt system of closure is situated
outside the airtight area and has 4 points of attachment (any
type of handle is available on request). Copper-plated M6
screws are used for the earth connection and are applied on all
removable parts, including the door, thereby guaranteeing electrical
continuity throughout the structure.
ADDITIONAL COMPONENTS:
100 mm H base, with lateral, front and rear flanges to permit
easy communication between combined modules or passage of
cables. A vast assortment of optional accessories is available
on request, which confer the “AX SERIES” cabinet with great
modular component features and flexibility.
Level of protection IP 55.
Fig. 9.1
OPTIONAL VARIANTS FOR OTHER CONFIGURATIONS OF THE
BASIC CABINET
“AX SERIES”
“AXB” – Blind and/or perforated external door (on request);
“AXV” – Blind and/or perforated internal door and transparent
external door;
“AXD” – Blind and/or perforated internal modular panels and
transparent external door;
“AXR” – 19” Rack Panels with swivel frame and transparent
external door;
“AXN” – Doors with observation window and drawer for
keyboard;
“AXL” – Upper and lower door, central console and rear door;
“AXW” – Like the “AXN”, but with coloured lateral bands;
“AXY” – Monitor and PC column.
BOZZA DI STAMPA
21 CATALOGUE
9

AX – AX CABINET FRAME
The frame is the basic structural element of the AX modular cabinet. It is made up of the bottom, the roof and four vertical struts
in sheet metal bent with numerically controlled machinery, to ensure optimum precision in measurements and connection between
the pieces.
The bottom is open to permit the passage of cables and is technically prepared for attachment of the closure plate to ensure total
protection from water and dust, as required by the IP 55 protection standards. The upper part is completely blind, except for the
four bores near the corners, where four blind threaded blocks are welded for the insertion of eyebolts for lifting. The bottom and
roof are assembled with the vertical struts on a robotic welding bench with several stations, and
after inspection to ensure the orthogonal precision of the structure, they are welded by a robot
(see fig. 10.1).
When the welding is complete the frame is finished and will then be washed, degreased and painted.
The exterior is completely closed and ready for attachment of the doors, side and rear panels.
Along the perimeter of the interior there are two rows of alternating rectangular and circular
bores at a fixed distance from each other, to permit easy attachment of modular components
and accessories to obtain the various final versions of the cabinet. Frames having a width of less
than 1400 mm have no central vertical strut, while frames with a width greater than 1400 mm
have a central rear vertical uprights (see figs. 10.2 and 10.3).
H
AX FRAME without vertical rear strut
W
E
C
D
G
H
E
AX FRAME with central vertical rear strut
P
Fig. 10.1
BOZZA DI STAMPA
F
Cable passage compartment
with closure plate.
Fig. 10.2 Fig. 10.3
C
G
D
- H, W and D Dimensions are nominal, therefore they correspond to the size of the cabinet with doors, rear and side panels mounted;
- The frame is supplied as a standard feature with cabling bores and closure plate;
- Frames measuring 1600 and 1800 mm have two rear panels screwed to a central upright strut;
- Eyebolts and screws are not included in the code shown.
10
21 CATALOGUE

AX – AX CABINET FRAME
Nominal Dimensions Characteristics
CODE H W D C G E F
AX1664 1600 600 400 1502 499 243 1494
AX1665 1600 600 500 1502 499 343 1494
AX1666 1600 600 600 1502 499 443 1494
AX1684 1600 800 400 1502 699 243 1494
AX1685 1600 800 500 1502 699 343 1494
AX1686 1600 800 600 1502 699 443 1494
AX1844 1800 400 400 1702 299 243 1694
AX1845 1800 400 500 1702 299 343 1694
AX1846 1800 400 600 1702 299 443 1694
AX1848 1800 400 800 1702 299 643 1694
AX1864 1800 600 400 1702 499 243 1694
AX1865 1800 600 500 1702 499 343 1694
AX1866 1800 600 600 1702 499 443 1694
AX1868 1800 600 800 1702 499 643 1694
AX1884 1800 800 400 1702 699 243 1694
AX1885 1800 800 500 1702 699 343 1694
AX1886 1800 800 600 1702 699 443 1694
AX1888 1800 800 800 1702 699 643 1694
AX188A 1800 800 1000 1702 699 843 1694
AX18E6 1800 1600 600 1702 1499 443 1694 699
AX18E8 1800 1600 800 1702 1499 643 1694 699
AX18F5 1800 1800 500 1702 1699 343 1694 799
AX18F6 1800 1800 600 1702 1699 443 1694 799
AX18F8 1800 1800 800 1702 1699 643 1694 799
AX20E4 2000 1600 400 1902 1499 243 1894 699
AX20E5 2000 1600 500 1902 1499 343 1894 699
- Dimensions in mm
DIMENSIONS OF AX FRAMES WITHOUT VERTICAL REAR STRUT
AX18A4 1800 1000 400 1702 899 243 1694
AX2265 2200 600 500 2102 499 343 2094
AX18A5 1800 1000 500 1702 899 343 1694
AX2266 2200 600 600 2102 499 443 2094
AX18A6 1800 1000 600 1702 899 443 1694
AX2268 2200 600 800 2102 499 643 2094
AX18A8 1800 1000 800 1702 899 643 1694
AX226A 2200 600 1000 2102 499 843 2094
AX18AA 1800 1000 1000 1702 899 843 1694
AX2284 2200 800 400 2102 699 243 2094
AX18C4 1800 1200 400 1702 1099 243 1694
AX2285 2200 800 500 2102 699 343 2094
AX18C5 1800 1200 500 1702 1099 343 1694
AX2286 2200 800 600 2102 699 443 2094
AX18C6 1800 1200 600 1702 1099 443 1694
AX2288 2200 800 800 2102 699 643 2094
AX18C8 1800 1200 800 1702 1099 643 1694
AX228A 2200 800 1000 2102 699 843 2094
AX18CA 1800 1200 1000 1702 1099 843 1694
AX22A4 2200 1000 400 2102 899 243 2094
AX18D4 1800 1400 400 1702 1299 243 1694
AX22A5 2200 1000 500 2102 899 343 2094
AX18D5 1800 1400 500 1702 1299 343 1694
AX22A6 2200 1000 600 2102 899 443 2094
AX18D6 1800 1400 600 1702 1299 443 1694
AX22A8 2200 1000 800 2102 899 643 2094
AX18D8 1800 1400 800 1702 1299 643 1694
AX22AA 2200 1000 1000 2102 899 843 2094
Nominal Dimensions
DIMENSIONS OF AX FRAMES WITH VERTICAL REAR STRUT
Characteristics
CODE H W D C G E F R
AX18E4 1800 1600 400 1702 1499 243 1694 699
AX18E5 1800 1600 500 1702 1499 343 1694 699
Nominal Dimensions Characteristics
CODE H W D C G E F
AX2044 2000 400 400 1902 299 243 1894
AX2045 2000 400 500 1902 299 343 1894
AX2046 2000 400 600 1902 299 443 1894
AX2048 2000 400 800 1902 299 643 1894
AX2064 2000 600 400 1902 499 243 1894
AX2065 2000 600 500 1902 499 343 1894
AX2066 2000 600 600 1902 499 443 1894
AX2068 2000 600 800 1902 499 643 1894
AX2084 2000 800 400 1902 699 243 1894
AX2085 2000 800 500 1902 699 343 1894
AX2086 2000 800 600 1902 699 443 1894
AX2088 2000 800 800 1902 699 643 1894
AX208A 2000 800 1000 1902 699 843 1894
AX20A4 2000 1000 400 1902 899 243 1894
AX20A5 2000 1000 500 1902 899 343 1894
AX20A6 2000 1000 600 1902 899 443 1894
AX20A8 2000 1000 800 1902 899 643 1894
AX20AA 2000 1000 1000 1902 899 843 1894
AX2264 2200 600 400 2102 499 243 2094
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Nominal Dimensions
Characteristics
CODE H W D C G E F R
AX20E6 2000 1600 600 1902 1499 443 1894 699
AX20E8 2000 1600 800 1902 1499 643 1894 699
AX20F5 2000 1800 500 1902 1699 343 1894 799
AX20F6 2000 1800 600 1902 1699 443 1894 799
AX20F8 2000 1800 800 1902 1699 643 1894 799
AX22E5 2200 1600 500 2102 1499 343 2094 699
AX22E6 2200 1600 600 2102 1499 443 2094 699
AX22E8 2200 1600 800 2102 1499 643 2094 699
- - - - - - - - -
21 CATALOGUE
11

AXB – CABINET WITH SINGLE DOOR
“AXB” SERIES CABINET WITH SINGLE DOOR, COMPLETE WITH:
- Frame
- Blind front door;
- Rear panel;
- Galvanised electromechanical plate.
Fig. 12.1
H
Y
W
G
I
D
NOTE:
- Eyebolts are not included;
- Cabinets with widths of 400, 600, 800 and 1000 mm have
a single front door;
- Cabinets having a width of 800 and 1000 mm may also
have two doors with rabbets, on request;
- The measurements of the electromechanical plates are
shown to facilitate identification; see page 25, PNA for the
characteristics of the plates;
- For the side panels of the cabinet, see page 23, SPL or CPL-
For the base of the cabinet see page 31, ZCB;
- For the accessories see pages 24-35.
BOZZA DI STAMPA
X
S
T
R
A
Fig. 12.2
Fig. 12.3
21 CATALOGUE
12

AXB – CABINET WITH SINGLE DOOR
- Dimensions in mm
CODES AND CHARACTERISTIC DIMENSIONS
Nominal Dimensions Characteristics Plate
CODE H W D A G I R S T X Y
AXB1664 1600 600 400 1594 544 310 592 440 1444 490 1480
AXB1665 1600 600 500 1594 544 410 592 440 1444 490 1480
AXB1666 1600 600 600 1594 544 510 592 440 1444 490 1480
AXB1684 1600 800 400 1594 744 310 792 640 1444 690 1480
AXB1685 1600 800 500 1594 744 410 792 640 1444 690 1480
AXB1686 1600 800 600 1594 744 510 792 640 1444 690 1480
AXB1844 1800 400 400 1794 344 310 392 240 1644 290 1680
AXB1845 1800 400 500 1794 344 410 392 240 1644 290 1680
AXB1846 1800 400 600 1794 344 510 392 240 1644 290 1680
AXB1848 1800 400 800 1794 344 710 392 240 1644 290 1680
AXB1864 1800 600 400 1794 544 310 592 440 1644 490 1680
AXB1865 1800 600 500 1794 544 410 592 440 1644 490 1680
AXB1866 1800 600 600 1794 544 510 592 440 1644 490 1680
AXB1868 1800 600 800 1794 544 710 592 440 1644 490 1680
AXB1884 1800 800 400 1794 744 310 792 640 1644 690 1680
AXB1885 1800 800 500 1794 744 410 792 640 1644 690 1680
AXB1886 1800 800 600 1794 744 510 792 640 1644 690 1680
AXB1888 1800 800 800 1794 744 710 792 640 1644 690 1680
AXB188A 1800 800 1000 1794 744 910 792 640 1644 690 1680
AXB18A4 1800 1000 400 1794 944 310 992 840 1644 890 1680
AXB18A5 1800 1000 500 1794 944 410 992 840 1644 890 1680
AXB18A6 1800 1000 600 1794 944 510 992 840 1644 890 1680
AXB18A8 1800 1000 800 1794 944 710 992 840 1644 890 1680
AXB18AA 1800 1000 1000 1794 944 910 992 840 1644 890 1680
AXB2044 2000 400 400 1994 344 310 392 240 1844 290 1880
AXB2045 2000 400 500 1994 344 410 392 240 1844 290 1880
AXB2046 2000 400 600 1994 344 510 392 240 1844 290 1880
AXB2048 2000 400 800 1994 344 710 392 240 1844 290 1880
AXB2064 2000 600 400 1994 544 310 592 440 1844 490 1880
AXB2065 2000 600 500 1994 544 410 592 440 1844 490 1880
AXB2066 2000 600 600 1994 544 510 592 440 1844 490 1880
AXB2068 2000 600 800 1994 544 710 592 440 1844 490 1880
AXB2084 2000 800 400 1994 744 310 792 640 1844 690 1880
AXB2085 2000 800 500 1994 744 410 792 640 1844 690 1880
AXB2086 2000 800 600 1994 744 510 792 640 1844 690 1880
AXB2088 2000 800 800 1994 744 710 792 640 1844 690 1880
AXB208A 2000 800 1000 1994 744 910 792 640 1844 690 1880
AXB20A4 2000 1000 400 1994 944 310 992 840 1844 890 1880
AXB20A5 2000 1000 500 1994 944 410 992 840 1844 890 1880
AXB20A6 2000 1000 600 1994 944 510 992 840 1844 890 1880
AXB20A8 2000 1000 800 1994 944 710 992 840 1844 890 1880
AXB20AA 2000 1000 1000 1994 944 910 992 840 1844 890 1880
AXB2264 2200 600 400 2194 544 310 592 440 2044 490 2080
AXB2265 2200 600 500 2194 544 410 592 440 2044 490 2080
AXB2266 2200 600 600 2194 544 510 592 440 2044 490 2080
AXB2268 2200 600 800 2194 544 710 592 440 2044 490 2080
AXB226A 2200 600 1000 2194 544 910 592 440 2044 490 2080
AXB2284 2200 800 400 2194 744 310 792 640 2044 690 2080
AXB2285 2200 800 500 2194 744 410 792 640 2044 690 2080
AXB2286 2200 800 600 2194 744 510 792 640 2044 690 2080
AXB2288 2200 800 800 2194 744 710 792 640 2044 690 2080
AXB228A 2200 800 1000 2194 744 910 792 640 2044 690 2080
AXB22A4 2200 1000 400 2194 944 310 992 840 2044 890 2080
AXB22A5 2200 1000 500 2194 944 410 992 840 2044 890 2080
AXB22A6 2200 1000 600 2194 944 510 992 840 2044 890 2080
AXB22A8 2200 1000 800 2194 944 710 992 840 2044 890 2080
AXB22AA 2200 1000 1000 2194 944 910 992 840 2044 890 2080
BOZZA DI STAMPA
- The measurements of the electromechanical plates are shown to facilitate identification; see page 25, PNA for the characteristics
of the plates , dimensions (x,y)
21 CATALOGUE
13

AXB – CABINET WITH DOUBLE DOOR
“AXB” SERIES CABINET WITH DOUBLE DOOR, COMPLETE
WITH:
- Frame;
- Front doors with blind rabbet;
- Rear panel(s);
- Galvanised electromechanical plate(s).
H
Y
W
G
I
D
Fig. 14.1
NOTE:
- Eyebolts are not included (see pg. 140);
- Cabinets having a width of 1200, 1400, 1600 or 1800
mm have two doors with rabbets;
- Cabinets having a width of 1600 and 1800 mm have
two rear panels attached with screws and a central vertical
strut;
- The measurements of the electromechanical plates are
shown to facilitate identification; see page 25 for the
characteristics of the plates;
- Cabinets having a width of 1600 and 1800 mm are
equipped with two plates, joined together with screws;
- See page 23 for the side panels of the cabinet;
- For the base of the cabinet see page 31;
- For the accessories see pages 150-155.
BOZZA DI STAMPA
R
X
S
T
B
A
Fig. 14.2 Fig. 14.3
21 CATALOGUE
14

AXB – CABINET WITH DOUBLE DOOR
CODES AND CHARACTERISTIC DIMENSIONS
- Dimensions in mm
Nominal Dimensions Characteristics Plate
CODE H W D A B G I R S T X Y
AXB18C4 1800 1200 400 1794 592 1144 310 1192 440* 1644 1090 1680
AXB18C5 1800 1200 500 1794 592 1144 410 1192 440* 1644 1090 1680
AXB18C6 1800 1200 600 1794 592 1144 510 1192 440* 1644 1090 1680
AXB18C8 1800 1200 800 1794 592 1144 710 1192 440* 1644 1090 1680
AXB18CA 1800 1200 1000 1794 592 1144 910 1192 440* 1644 1090 1680
AXB18D4 1800 1400 400 1794 692 1344 310 1392 540* 1644 1290 1680
AXB18D5 1800 1400 500 1794 692 1344 410 1392 540* 1644 1290 1680
AXB18D6 1800 1400 600 1794 692 1344 510 1392 540* 1644 1290 1680
AXB18D8 1800 1400 800 1794 692 1344 710 1392 540* 1644 1290 1680
AXB18E4 1800 1600 400 1794 792 1544 310 796* 640* 1644 1490 1680
AXB18E5 1800 1600 500 1794 792 1544 410 796* 640* 1644 1490 1680
AXB18E6 1800 1600 600 1794 792 1544 510 796* 640* 1644 1490 1680
AXB18E8 1800 1600 800 1794 792 1544 710 796* 640* 1644 1490 1680
AXB18F5 1800 1800 500 1794 892 1744 410 896* 740* 1644 845* 1680
AXB18F6 1800 1800 600 1794 892 1744 510 896* 740* 1644 845* 1680
AXB18F8 1800 1800 800 1794 892 1744 710 896* 740* 1644 845* 1680
AXB20C4 2000 1200 400 1994 592 1144 310 1192 440* 1844 1090 1880
AXB20C5 2000 1200 500 1994 592 1144 410 1192 440* 1844 1090 1880
AXB20C6 2000 1200 600 1994 592 1144 510 1192 440* 1844 1090 1880
AXB20C8 2000 1200 800 1994 592 1144 710 1192 440* 1844 1090 1880
AXB20CA 2000 1200 1000 1994 592 1144 910 1192 440* 1844 1090 1880
AXB20D4 2000 1400 400 1994 692 1344 310 1392 540* 1844 1290 1880
AXB20D5 2000 1400 500 1994 692 1344 410 1392 540* 1844 1290 1880
AXB20D6 2000 1400 600 1994 692 1344 510 1392 540* 1844 1290 1880
AXB20D8 2000 1400 800 1994 692 1344 710 1392 540* 1844 1290 1880
AXB20E4 2000 1600 400 1994 792 1544 310 796* 640* 1844 1490 1880
AXB20E5 2000 1600 500 1994 792 1544 410 796* 640* 1844 1490 1880
AXB20E6 2000 1600 600 1994 792 1544 510 796* 640* 1844 1490 1880
AXB20E8 2000 1600 800 1994 792 1544 710 796* 640* 1844 1490 1880
AXB20F5 2000 1800 500 1994 892 1744 410 896* 740* 1844 845* 1880
AXB20F6 2000 1800 600 1994 892 1744 510 896* 740* 1844 845* 1880
AXB20F8 2000 1800 800 1994 892 1744 710 896* 740* 1844 845* 1880
AXB22C4 2200 1200 400 2194 592 1144 310 1192 440* 2044 1090 2080
AXB22C5 2200 1200 500 2194 592 1144 410 1192 440* 2044 1090 2080
AXB22C6 2200 1200 600 2194 592 1144 510 1192 440* 2044 1090 2080
AXB22C8 2200 1200 800 2194 592 1144 710 1192 440* 2044 1090 2080
BOZZA DI STAMPA
AXB22CA 2200 1200 1000 2194 592 1144 910 1192 440* 2044 1090 2080
AXB22D5 2200 1400 500 2194 692 1344 410 1392 540* 2044 1290 2080
AXB22D6 2200 1400 600 2194 692 1344 510 1392 540* 2044 1290 2080
AXB22D8 2200 1400 800 2194 692 1344 710 1392 540* 2044 1290 2080
AXB22E5 2200 1600 500 2194 792 1544 410 796* 640* 2044 1490 2080
AXB22E6 2200 1600 600 2194 792 1544 510 796* 640* 2044 1490 2080
AXB22E8 2200 1600 800 2194 792 1544 710 796* 640* 2044 1490 2080
- Cabinets having widths of 1200, 1400, 1600 and 1800 mm have two doors with rabbets, therefore they have two inner
reinforcement door frames (*);
- Cabinets having a width of 1600 or 1800 mm have two rear panels, therefore they have two rear reinforcement frames (*);
- Cabinets having a width of 1600 and 1800 mm are equipped with two plates, joined together with screws (see page 27 for application);
21 CATALOGUE
15

AXV – CABINET WITH TRANSPARENT
DOOR AND INTERNAL DOOR.
H
Y
W
G
Fig. 16.1
I
D
“AXV” SERIES CABINET WITH SINGLE TRANSPARENT DOOR,
COMPLETE WITH:
. Frame;
. Transparent front door;
. Blind internal door;
. Rear panel;
. Galvanised electromechanical plate. (fig. 16.1)
. Plate elettromeccanica zincata. (fig. 16.1)
NOTE:
- Eyebolts are not included (see pg. 140);
- Cabinets with widths of 400, 600, 800 and 1000 mm have a single
front door;
- Cabinets having a width of 800 and 1000 mm may also have two doors
with rabbets, on request;
- The measurements of the electromechanical plates are shown to facilitate
identification; see page 25 for the characteristics of the plates;
- See page 23 for the side panels of the cabinet;
- For the base of the cabinet see page 31;
- For the accessories see pages 150-155.
BOZZA DI STAMPA
N
S
T
R
A
M
X
Fig. 16.2 Fig. 16.3
21 CATALOGUE
16

AXV – CABINET WITH TRANSPARENT DOOR
AND INTERNAL DOOR.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
- Dimensions in mm
Nominal Dimensions Characteristics Plate
CODE H W D A G I M N R S T X Y
AXV1664 1600 600 400 1594 544 310 390 1410 592 440 1444 490 1480
AXV1665 1600 600 500 1594 544 410 390 1410 592 440 1444 490 1480
AXV1666 1600 600 600 1594 544 510 390 1410 592 440 1444 490 1480
AXV1684 1600 800 400 1594 744 310 590 1410 792 640 1444 690 1480
AXV1685 1600 800 500 1594 744 410 590 1410 792 640 1444 690 1480
AXV1686 1600 800 600 1594 744 510 590 1410 792 640 1444 690 1480
AXV1864 1800 600 400 1794 544 310 390 1610 592 440 1644 490 1680
AXV1865 1800 600 500 1794 544 410 390 1610 592 440 1644 490 1680
AXV1866 1800 600 600 1794 544 510 390 1610 592 440 1644 490 1680
AXV1868 1800 600 800 1794 544 710 390 1610 592 440 1644 490 1680
AXV1884 1800 800 400 1794 744 310 590 1610 792 640 1644 690 1680
AXV1885 1800 800 500 1794 744 410 590 1610 792 640 1644 690 1680
AXV1886 1800 800 600 1794 744 510 590 1610 792 640 1644 690 1680
AXV1888 1800 800 800 1794 744 710 590 1610 792 640 1644 690 1680
AXV188A 1800 800 1000 1794 744 910 590 1610 792 640 1644 690 1680
AXV18A4 1800 1000 400 1794 944 310 790 1610 992 840 1644 890 1680
AXV18A5 1800 1000 500 1794 944 410 790 1610 992 840 1644 890 1680
AXV18A6 1800 1000 600 1794 944 510 790 1610 992 840 1644 890 1680
AXV18A8 1800 1000 800 1794 944 710 790 1610 992 840 1644 890 1680
AXV18AA 1800 1000 1000 1794 944 910 790 1610 992 840 1644 890 1680
AXV2064 2000 600 400 1994 544 310 390 1810 592 440 1844 490 1880
AXV2065 2000 600 500 1994 544 410 390 1810 592 440 1844 490 1880
AXV2066 2000 600 600 1994 544 510 390 1810 592 440 1844 490 1880
AXV2068 2000 600 800 1994 544 710 390 1810 592 440 1844 490 1880
AXV2084 2000 800 400 1994 744 310 590 1810 792 640 1844 690 1880
AXV2085 2000 800 500 1994 744 410 590 1810 792 640 1844 690 1880
AXV2086 2000 800 600 1994 744 510 590 1810 792 640 1844 690 1880
AXV2088 2000 800 800 1994 744 710 590 1810 792 640 1844 690 1880
AXV208A 2000 800 1000 1994 744 910 590 1810 792 640 1844 690 1880
AXV20A4 2000 1000 400 1994 944 310 790 1810 992 840 1844 890 1880
AXV20A5 2000 1000 500 1994 944 410 790 1810 992 840 1844 890 1880
AXV20A6 2000 1000 600 1994 944 510 790 1810 992 840 1844 890 1880
AXV20A8 2000 1000 800 1994 944 710 790 1810 992 840 1844 890 1880
AXV20AA 2000 1000 1000 1994 944 910 790 1810 992 840 1844 890 1880
AXV2264 2200 600 400 2194 544 310 390 2010 592 440 2044 490 2080
AXV2265 2200 600 500 2194 544 410 390 2010 592 440 2044 490 2080
AXV2266 2200 600 600 2194 544 510 390 2010 592 440 2044 490 2080
AXV2268 2200 600 800 2194 544 710 390 2010 592 440 2044 490 2080
AXV226A 2200 600 1000 2194 544 910 390 2010 592 440 2044 490 2080
AXV2284 2200 800 400 2194 744 310 590 2010 792 640 2044 690 2080
AXV2285 2200 800 500 2194 744 410 590 2010 792 640 2044 690 2080
AXV2286 2200 800 600 2194 744 510 590 2010 792 640 2044 690 2080
BOZZA DI STAMPA
AXV2288 2200 800 800 2194 744 710 590 2010 792 640 2044 690 2080
AXV228A 2200 800 1000 2194 744 910 590 2010 792 640 2044 690 2080
AXV22A4 2200 1000 400 2194 944 310 790 2010 992 840 2044 890 2080
AXV22A5 2200 1000 500 2194 944 410 790 2010 992 840 2044 890 2080
AXV22A6 2200 1000 600 2194 944 510 790 2010 992 840 2044 890 2080
AXV22A8 2200 1000 800 2194 944 710 790 2010 992 840 2044 890 2080
AXV22AA 2200 1000 1000 2194 944 910 790 2010 992 840 2044 890 2080
- Cabinets with widths of 400, 600, 800 and 1000 mm have only one front door, in the standard version;
- Cabinets having a width of 800 and 1000 mm may also have two doors with rabbets, on request;
- The standard internal door is always blind;
- The cabinet may also be supplied without an internal door, on request;
- The free distance between the external and internal doors is approximately 120 mm;
21 CATALOGUE
17

“AXV” SERIES CABINET WITH DOUBLE TRANSPARENT DOORS, COMPLETE
WITH:
- Frame;
- Double transparent front doors;
- Double blind internal doors;
- Rear panel(s);
- Galvanised electromechanical plate (figures 18.2 and 18.3).
- Dimensions in mm
- ( 2 ) Cabinets having a width of 1200,1400,1600,1800 mm. have two doors with rabbets
18
H
Y
W
G
M
I
D
N
CODES AND DIMENSIONS OF AXV CABINETS
NOTE:
- Eyebolts are not included (see pg. 140);
- Cabinets having a width of 1200, 1400, 1600 or 1800 mm have two
doors with rabbets;
- Cabinets having a width of 1600 or 1800 mm have two rear panels
attached with screws to a welded vertical strut; see AX frame on
pages 8 and 9;
- The measurements of the electromechanical plate are shown to facilitate
identification; see page 25 for the characteristics of the plate;
- See page 23 for the side panels of the cabinet;
- For the base of the cabinet see page 31;
- For the accessories see pages 150-155.
Fig. 18.2 Fig. 18.3
Nominal Dimensions Characteristics Plate
CODE H W D A B G I M N R S T X Y
AXV18C4 1800 1200 400 1794 592 1144 310 390 1610 596* 440* 1644 1090 1680
AXV18C5 1800 1200 500 1794 592 1144 410 390 1610 596* 440* 1644 1090 1680
AXV18C6 1800 1200 600 1794 592 1144 510 390 1610 596* 440* 1644 1090 1680
AXV18C8 1800 1200 800 1794 592 1144 710 390 1610 596* 440* 1644 1090 1680
AXV18CA 1800 1200 1000 1794 592 1144 910 390 1610 596* 440* 1644 1090 1680
AXV20C4 2000 1200 400 1994 592 1144 310 390 1810 596* 440* 1844 1090 1880
AXV20C5 2000 1200 500 1994 592 1144 410 390 1810 596* 440* 1844 1090 1880
AXV20C6 2000 1200 600 1994 592 1144 510 390 1810 596* 440* 1844 1090 1880
AXV20C8 2000 1200 800 1994 592 1144 710 390 1810 596* 440* 1844 1090 1880
AXV20CA 2000 1200 1000 1994 592 1144 910 390 1810 596* 440* 1844 1090 1880
AXV20E4 2000 1600 400 1994 792 1544 310 590 1810 796* 640* 1844 1490 1880
AXV20E5 2000 1600 500 1994 792 1544 410 590 1810 796* 640* 1844 1490 1880
AXV20E6 2000 1600 600 1994 792 1544 510 590 1810 796* 640* 1844 1490 1880
AXV20E8 2000 1600 800 1994 792 1544 710 590 1810 796* 640* 1844 1490 1880
AXV22C4 2200 1200 400 2194 592 1144 310 390 2010 596* 440* 2044 1090 2080
AXV22C5 2200 1200 500 2194 592 1144 410 390 2010 596* 440* 2044 1090 2080
AXV22C6 2200 1200 600 2194 592 1144 510 390 2010 596* 440* 2044 1090 2080
AXV22C8 2200 1200 800 2194 592 1144 710 390 2010 596* 440* 2044 1090 2080
AXV22CA 2200 1200 1000 2194 592 1144 910 390 2010 596* 440* 2044 1090 2080
21 CATALOGUE
AXV – CABINET WITH DOUBLE TRANSPARENT
DOORS AND INTERNAL DOORS
BOZZA DI STAMPA
R
X
S
T
R
A

DBE – BLIND DOORS FOR FRAMES
AX, AZ, AF AND AS
The cabinet doors are designed to fit the various types of product frames:
AX, AZ, AF and AS. The doors can therefore be applied to all of
the frames.
They are built of 2 mm thick sheet steel and are equipped with symmetrically
welded hinges with respect to the height of the door, so that
they are reversible and have an angle of aperture of 120°, which can
be increased to 180° on request. A gasket that adapts perfectly to the
frame is glued around the internal perimeter of the door, which is also
reinforced around the perimeter with a perforated and galvanised
square tube frame, attached to electro-welded screws and joined at
C
E
G
F
Fig. 19.1
CODES AND DIMENSIONS OF “AFO”, 800 AND 1000 MM BLIND DOORS
WITH RABBETS
Nominal
Characteristics
Dimensions
CODE H W C G E F
DBE0614 600 1400 594 692( 2 ) - -
DBE0814 800 1400 794 692( 2 ) - -
DBE0616 600 1600 594 792( 2 ) - -
DBE0816 800 1600 794 792( 2 ) - -
DBE1016 1000 1600 994 792( 2 ) - -
DBE0818 800 1800 794 892( 2 ) - -
Nominal
Characteristics
Dimensions
CODE H W C G E F
DBE1682 1600 800 1594 392( 2 ) 1444 240( 2 )
DBE1882 1800 800 1794 392( 2 ) 1644 240( 2 )
DBE2082 2000 800 1994 392( 2 ) 1844 240( 2 )
DBE2282 2200 800 2194 392( 2 ) 2044 240( 2 )
DBE18A2 1800 1000 1794 492( 2 ) 1644 340( 2 )
DBE20A2 2000 1000 1994 492( 2 ) 1844 340( 2 )
DBE22A2 2200 1000 2194 492( 2 ) 2044 340( 2 )
21 CATALOGUE
the corners with a pressure die cast mortise element, which also
makes it possible to attach the cable raceways and any specific accessories
for the door.
The closure uses a lever-bolt system placed in the external portion
between the edge of the door and the sealing gasket, which can be
hooked to the frame in four points and with a handle that can be chosen
at the discretion of the customer. Each door is equipped with M6
screws for the earth connection, to guarantee electrical continuity with
the structure.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS OF BLIND DOORS
Nominal
Characteristics
Dimensions
CODE H W C G E F
DBE126 1200 600 1194 592 1044 440
DBE128 1200 800 1194 792 1044 640
DBE12A 1200 1000 1194 992 1044 340( 2 )
DBE12C 1200 1200 1194 592( 2 ) 1044 440( 2 )
DBE146 1400 600 1394 592 1244 440
DBE148 1400 800 1394 792 1244 640
DBE14A 1400 1000 1394 992 1244 340( 2 )
DBE14C 1400 1200 1394 592( 2 ) 1244 440( 2 )
DBE166 1600 600 1594 592 1444 440
DBE168 1600 800 1594 792 1444 640
DBE16A 1600 1000 1594 992 1444 340( 2 )
DBE16C 1600 1200 1594 592( 2 ) 1444 440( 2 )
DBE184 1800 400 1794 392 1644 240
DBE186 1800 600 1794 592 1644 440
DBE188 1800 800 1794 792 1644 640
DBE18A 1800 1000 1794 992 1644 340( 2 )
DBE18C 1800 1200 1794 592( 2 ) 1644 440( 2 )
DBE18D 1800 1400 1794 692( 2 ) 1644 540( 2 )
DBE18E 1800 1600 1794 792( 2 ) 1644 640( 2 )
DBE18F 1800 1800 1794 892( 2 ) 1644 740( 2 )
DBE204 2000 400 1994 392 1844 240
DBE206 2000 600 1994 592 1844 440
DBE208 2000 800 1994 792 1844 640
DBE20A 2000 1000 1994 992 1844 340( 2 )
DBE20C 2000 1200 1994 592( 2 ) 1844 440( 2 )
DBE20D 2000 1400 1994 692( 2 ) 1844 540( 2 )
DBE20E 2000 1600 1994 792( 2 ) 1844 640( 2 )
DBE20F 2000 1800 1994 892( 2 ) 1844 740( 2 )
BOZZA DI STAMPA
DBE1018 1000 1800 994 892( 2 ) - -
DBE0820 800 2000 794 992( 2 ) - -
DBE1020 1000 2000 994 992( 2 ) - -
DBE226 2200 600 2194 592 2044 440
DBE228 2200 800 2194 792 2044 640
DBE22A 2200 1000 2194 992 2044 340( 2 )
DBE22C 2200 1200 2194 592( 2 ) 2044 440( 2 )
DBE22D 2200 1400 2194 692( 2 ) 2044 540( 2 )
DBE22E 2200 1600 2194 792( 2 ) 2044 640( 2 )
- Dimensions in mm
- ( 2 ) Doors for cabinets having a width of 1200, 1400, 1600 and 1800 mm
are made up of two elements with reciprocal rabbets;
- Cabinets having a width of 800 and 1000 mm may also have two doors
with rabbets, on request (see the table above for measurements).
19

Like the blind doors, the transparent doors are designed for all of the AX, AZ, AF
and AS frames and their construction characteristics and techniques are identical.
The substantial difference lies in the large window in the central portion of the door,
which is closed with a 4 mm sheet of Poly(methyl methacrylate) (PMMA) in conformity
with ASTM, DIN and ISO norms on the required physical, optical and electromechanical
properties. This sheet of PMMA is fixed to the door with a double adhesive
closed cell acrylic film that is shock and high temperature resistant. When the
cabinet is placed in an environment where there are particularly aggressive conditions
(high humidity, vapours containing chemical solvents, temperatures continuously
over 85° C, frequent external shocks, etc.) a special galvanised sheet metal
pressure section for this film may be requested and quoted separately, to be fixed
to the tubular door reinforcement, which increases the stability of the film attachment
(see fig. 20.1).
Fig. 20.2
F
- The H and L measurements shown in the table refer to
the nominal measurements of the cabinet;
- ( 2 ) Cabinets having a width of 1200 or 1600 mm have
two doors with rabbets;
- Cabinets having a width of 800 and 1000 mm may also
have two doors with rabbets, on request ( 3 ).
M
Fig. 20.1
CODES AND DIMENSIONS OF TRANSPARENT DOORS
Nominal
Characteristics
Dimensions
CODE H W C G E F M N
DTE126 1200 600 1194 592 1044 440 390 1010
DTE128 1200 800 1194 792 1044 640 590 1010
DTE12A 1200 1000 1194 992 1044 840 790 1010
DTE12C 1200 1200 1194 592( 2 ) 1044 440( 2 ) 390( 2 ) 1010
DTE146 1400 600 1394 592 1244 440 390 1210
DTE148 1400 800 1394 792 1244 640 590 1210
DTE14A 1400 1000 1394 992 1244 840 790 1210
DTE14C 1400 1200 1394 592( 2 ) 1244 440( 2 ) 390( 2 ) 1210
DTE166 1600 600 1594 592 1444 440 390 1410
DTE168 1600 800 1594 792 1444 640 590 1410
DTE16A 1600 1000 1594 992 1444 840 790 1410
DTE16C 1600 1200 1594 592( 2 ) 1444 440( 2 ) 390( 2 ) 1410
DTE186 1800 600 1794 592 1644 440 390 1610
DTE188 1800 800 1794 792 1644 640 590 1610
DTE18A 1800 1000 1794 992 1644 840 790 1610
DTE18C 1800 1200 1794 592( 2 ) 1644 440( 2 ) 390( 2 ) 1610
DTE18E 1800 1600 1794 792( 2 ) 1644 640( 2 ) 590( 2 ) 1610
DTE206 2000 600 1994 592 1844 440 390 1810
DTE208 2000 800 1994 792 1844 640 590 1810
DTE20A 2000 1000 1994 992 1844 840 790 1810
DTE20C 2000 1200 1994 592( 2 ) 1844 440( 2 ) 390( 2 ) 1810
DTE20E 2000 1600 1994 792( 2 ) 1844 640( 2 ) 590( 2 ) 1810
DTE226 2200 600 2194 592 2044 440 390 2010
DTE228 2200 800 2194 792 2044 640 590 2010
DTE22A 2200 1000 2194 992 2044 840 790 2010
DTE22C 2200 1200 2194 592( 2 ) 2044 440( 2 ) 390( 2 ) 2010
CODES AND DIMENSIONS OF TRANSPARENT DOORS WITH RABBETS MEASURING 800 AND 1000 MM ( 3 )
Nominal
Characteristics
Dimensions
CODE H W C G E F M N
DTE128 1200 800 1194 392( 2 ) 1044 240( 2 ) 190( 2 ) 1010
DTE12A 1200 1000 1194 492( 2 ) 1044 340( 2 ) 290( 2 ) 1010
DTE148 1400 800 1394 392( 2 ) 1244 240( 2 ) 190( 2 ) 1210
DTE14A 1400 1000 1394 492( 2 ) 1244 340( 2 ) 290( 2 ) 1210
DTE168 1600 800 1594 392( 2 ) 1444 240( 2 ) 190( 2 ) 1410
DTE16A 1600 1000 1594 492( 2 ) 1444 340( 2 ) 290( 2 ) 1410
N
G
E
C
DTE – TRANSPARENT DOORS
FOR FRAMES AX, AZ, AF AND AS
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Nominal
Characteristics
Dimensions
CODE H W C G E F M N
DTE188 1800 800 1794 392( 2 ) 1644 240( 2 ) 190( 2 ) 1610
DTE18A 1800 1000 1794 492( 2 ) 1644 340( 2 ) 290( 2 ) 1610
DTE208 2000 800 1994 392( 2 ) 1844 240( 2 ) 190( 2 ) 1810
DTE20A 2000 1000 1994 492( 2 ) 1844 340( 2 ) 290( 2 ) 1810
DTE228 2200 800 2194 392( 2 ) 2044 240( 2 ) 190( 2 ) 2010
DTE22A 2200 1000 2194 492( 2 ) 2044 340( 2 ) 290( 2 ) 2010
- Dimensions in mm
20
21 CATALOGUE

DBI – INTERNAL BLIND DOORS FOR FRAMES
AX, AZ, AF AND AS
The internal blind door is fixed to a frame made up of two vertical
and two horizontal struts. The two vertical struts of the
frame are fixed to the lateral vertical struts of the cabinet, while
the upper and lower horizontal struts are fixed directly to the
two vertical struts. The door is equipped with a hinges that permits
a rotation in aperture of 110°; the door is fixed with two
boxes on the opposite vertical strut for closure. Cabinets having
a width of 1200 mm or greater are equipped with two doors
with reciprocal rabbets. In general, the left door is closed with
two boxes that grasp the upper and lower struts, while the right
door has the usual boxes that hook to the left door. The vertical
and upper struts and the internal door are made of 2 mm thick
sheet steel. The standard internal door is always blind and has
no reinforcing frame.
The standard distance between the external and internal doors
is approximately 120 mm;
The door can be requested with special customised bores or
with internal struts at a greater distance than the ones indicated
above, which are obviously quoted separately.
This system guarantees IP 44 air tightness. The internal doors
may also be mounted successively, thanks to their independent
assembly kit.
Fig. 21.2
C
G
- Dimensions in mm
- ( 2 )Doors for cabinets having a width of 1200 and 1600 mm are made up of two elements with reciprocal rabbets;
- The internal door assembly kit is included with the frame, door and attachment screws.
21 CATALOGUE
Fig. 21.1
CODES AND DIMENSIONS OF BLIND DOORS
Nominal
Characteristics
Dimensions
CODE H W A B C G
DBI126 1200 600 989 467 995 420
DBI128 1200 800 989 667 995 620
DBI12A 1200 1000 989 867 995 820
DBI12C 1200 1200 989 529,5 (2) 995 1020
DBI146 1400 600 1189 467 1195 420
DBI148 1400 800 1189 667 1195 620
DBI14A 1400 1000 1189 867 1195 820
DBI14C 1400 1200 1189 529,5 (2) 1195 1020
DBI166 1600 600 1389 467 1395 420
DBI168 1600 800 1389 667 1395 620
DBI16A 1600 1000 1389 867 1395 820
DBI16C 1600 1200 1389 529,5 (2) 1395 1020
DBI186 1800 600 1589 467 1595 420
DBI188 1800 800 1589 667 1595 620
DBI18A 1800 1000 1589 867 1595 820
BOZZA DI STAMPA
B
A
DBI18C 1800 1200 1589 529,5 (2) 1595 1020
DBI18E 1800 1600 1589 729,5 (2) 1595 1420
DBI206 2000 600 1789 467 1795 420
DBI208 2000 800 1789 667 1795 620
DBI20A 2000 1000 1789 867 1795 820
DBI20C 2000 1200 1789 529,5 (2) 1795 1020
DBI20E 2000 1600 1789 729,5 (2) 1795 1420
DBI226 2200 600 1989 467 1995 420
DBI228 2200 800 1989 667 1995 620
DBI22A 2200 1000 1989 867 1995 820
DBI22C 2200 1200 1989 529,5 (2) 1995 1020
21

The unified rear panel of AX, AZ and AF cabinets is built of 2 mm thick
press-bent sheet steel and is attached to the rear part of the cabinet with
six or eight convex circular Phillips-head M6 screws. The panel has a
gasket that adapts perfectly to the structure of the cabinet along the perimeter,
which provides IP 55 air tightness (see Fig. 22.1). Nevertheless it
is also possible to request boring according to specifications (for customised
production). The rear panels of cabinets having a width greater than
1400 mm are double and are fixed to the sides of the vertical central strut
of the structure (see figures 22.2 and 22.3).
22
B
A
A
A
Fig. 22.2
A
Fig. 22.1
CROSS SECTION OF CABINET WITH AND WITHOUT VERTICAL CENTRAL STRUT
Fig. 22.3
21 CATALOGUE
RPE - BLIND REAR PANELS
FOR AX, AZ AND AF CABINETS
CODES AND DIMENSIONS OF REAR PANELS
Nominal Dimensions
Characteristics
CODE H W B A
RPE126 1200 600 1194 592
RPE128 1200 800 1194 792
RPE12A 1200 1000 1194 992
RPE12C 1200 1200 1194 1192
RPE146 1400 600 1394 592
RPE148 1400 800 1394 792
RPE14A 1400 1000 1394 992
RPE14C 1400 1200 1394 1192
RPE166 1600 600 1594 592
RPE168 1600 800 1594 792
RPE16A 1600 1000 1594 992
RPE16C 1600 1200 1594 1192
RPE184 1800 400 1794 392
RPE186 1800 600 1794 592
RPE188 1800 800 1794 792
RPE18A 1800 1000 1794 992
RPE18C 1800 1200 1794 1192
RPE18D 1800 1400 1794 1392
RPE18E 1800 1600 1794 792( 2 )
RPE18F 1800 1800 1794 892( 2 )
RPE204 2000 400 1994 392
RPE206 2000 600 1994 592
RPE208 2000 800 1994 792
RPE20A 2000 1000 1994 992
RPE20C 2000 1200 1994 1192
RPE20D 2000 1400 1994 1392
RPE20E 2000 1600 1994 792( 2 )
RPE20F 2000 1800 1994 892( 2 )
RPE226 2200 600 2194 592
RPE228 2200 800 2194 792
RPE22A 2200 1000 2194 992
RPE22C 2200 1200 2194 1192
RPE22D 2200 1400 2194 1392
RPE22E 2200 1600 2194 792( 2 )
CODES AND DIMENSIONS OF “AFO” REAR PANELS
Nominal Dimensions
Characteristics
BOZZA DI STAMPA
CODE H W B A
RPE0614 600 1400 594 1392
RPE0814 800 1400 794 1392
RPE0616 600 1600 594 792( 2 )
RPE0816 800 1600 794 792( 2 )
RPE1016 1000 1600 994 792( 2 )
RPE0818 800 1800 794 892( 2 )
RPE1018 1000 1800 994 892( 2 )
RPE0820 800 2000 794 992( 2 )
RPE1020 1000 2000 994 992( 2 )
- Dimensions in mm
- ( 2 ) The rear panels of cabinets having a width of 1600
or 1800 mm are made up of two elements
(see (2) shown at side).

SPL and CPL - SIDE PANELS
FOR AX FRAMES
The side panels for AX frames are built of 1.5 mm thick press-bent sheet metal and are fixed to the sides of the frames
with six or eight circular convex Phillips head M6 screws. The vertical edges of the panels are bent double to make insertion
and movement easy during assembly and disassembly.
A gasket that adapts perfectly to the external shape of the AX cabinet has been applied along the inner perimeter of the
panel, guaranteeing IP 55 air tightness. Like the rear panels, the standard side panels are also blind, although they may be
requested bored according to customer specifications (for customised production). Obviously, the bores must be inside the
frame (see positions E and F, page 11).
B
A
Fig. 23.1
A
B
CODES AND DIMENSIONS OF SINGLE SIDE PANELS
- Dimensions in mm
Nominal Dimensions
Characteristics
CODE H W B A
SPL164 1600 400 1594 341
SPL165 1600 500 1594 441
SPL166 1600 600 1594 541
SPL184 1800 400 1794 341
SPL185 1800 500 1794 441
SPL186 1800 600 1794 541
SPL188 1800 800 1794 741
SPL18A 1800 1000 1794 941
SPL204 2000 400 1994 341
SPL205 2000 500 1994 441
SPL206 2000 600 1994 541
SPL208 2000 800 1994 741
SPL20A 2000 1000 1994 941
SPL224 2200 400 2194 341
SPL225 2200 500 2194 441
SPL226 2200 600 2194 541
SPL228 2200 800 2194 741
SPL22A 2200 1000 2194 941
CODES AND DIMENSIONS OF SIDE PANEL PAIRS
Nominal Dimensions
Characteristics
CODE H W B A
CPL164 1600 400 1594 341
CPL165 1600 500 1594 441
CPL166 1600 600 1594 541
CPL184 1800 400 1794 341
CPL185 1800 500 1794 441
CPL186 1800 600 1794 541
CPL188 1800 800 1794 741
CPL18A 1800 1000 1794 941
CPL204 2000 400 1994 341
CPL205 2000 500 1994 441
CPL206 2000 600 1994 541
CPL208 2000 800 1994 741
CPL20A 2000 1000 1994 941
CPL224 2200 400 2194 341
CPL225 2200 500 2194 441
CPL226 2200 600 2194 541
CPL228 2200 800 2194 741
CPL22A 2200 1000 2194 941
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Fig. 23.2
- Dimensions in mm
21 CATALOGUE
23

UTX – Joining AX cabinets in batteries
All AX batteries can be joined laterally through the flat part
of the frame with the insertion of an airtight adhesive mousse
gasket and attached with screws (see fig. 24.1) The
attachment bores for the screws are the same as the ones
where the side panels are attached. Obviously if two cabinets
are joined the side panels will be eliminated and the
cabinets will be in communication with each other. To make
the connection more solid, galvanised plates are added
along the vertical struts (see figures 24.2 and 24.3), which
prevent torsion stress during movement and/or lifting. All of
24
Fig. 24.1
Fig. 24.3
21 CATALOGUE
the pieces necessary to join cabinets are included in a standard
kit, which is described in detail in the UTX 700 kit.
Assembly in combination may be requested contextually
with the supply of cabinets already joined in batteries at our
factory; in this case the kit (although it is the same kit) is
reclassified with code UTX770, which also includes the UTX
700 kit and its assembly.
Nominal
Dimensions
Characteristics
CODE H W
UTX700 All All Assembly kit
Nominal
Dimensions
Characteristics
CODE H W
UTX770 All All Kit assembled
CONTENTS OF THE UTX700 KIT:
14 ea. M8x15 TE F.R. screws
14 ea. M8 Nuts;
1 ea. 10 x 3 (10 m) Roll of adhesive rubber;
2 ea. AX joining brackets (STFXZ01).
Fig. 24.2
BOZZA DI STAMPA
UTX700 Assembly KIT plan
1. Mount the gasket provided in the kit of the flat part of
the side of one of the two cabinets;
2. Place the cabinets alongside each other;
3. Prepare the six M8x15 TE F.R. screws and the
respective nuts, without tightening them;
4. Make sure the cabinets are aligned, tighten two
screws and then tighten all the others;
5. Mount the two bored plate braces to ensure the
rigidity of the structure diagonally, on at the top and
one at the bottom, and tighten them.

PNA - Joining AX cabinets in batteries
The electromechanical plates are built of 2.5 mm thick galvanised
sheet steel, bent with a numerically controlled panel machine,
which ensures maximum precision in the measurements of
the finished piece. The plates are common to cabinets belonging
to the AX, AZ, AF and AS series and are adapted to the
different features of construction with a specific series of
assembly components (Code PPP100).
As shown in the plans (figures 25.1 and 25.2) they are a single
piece up to a width of 1400 mm.
Beyond this size they are built in two symmetric pieces (see fig.
25.2, positioned symmetrically with respect to the middle of
the cabinet and joined together with screws, which a fixed with
Fig. 25.2
Fig. 25.1
- ( 2 ) The plates are doubled and symmetric, therefore they refer to
the situation shown in figure 25.2
I
S
I
S
G
T
“AFO” electromechanical plate.
21 CATALOGUE
the same pieces (PPP100 x 2) as the one built in a single piece.
Normally this type of plate is inserted in the cabinet from the
front, positioned and fixed at the desired depth according to the
user’s specific requirements.
The minimum distance is 75 mm from the plate surface to the
inner door. The maximum distance is obtained by placing the
electromechanical plate on the crosspiece in the farthest position
from the door, flush with the depth of the cabinet, diminished
by 96 mm. It is possible to fix the plate between the rear
struts. In this case another 40 mm is gained with respect to
the previous example.
Nominal
Dimensions
Characteristics
CODE H W T S I G
PNA126 1200 600 1080 490 452 -
PNA128 1200 800 1080 690 652 -
PNA12A 1200 1000 1080 890 852 -
PNA12C 1200 1200 1080 1090 1052 -
PNA146 1400 600 1280 490 452 -
PNA148 1400 800 1280 690 652 -
PNA14A 1400 1000 1280 890 852 -
PNA14C 1400 1200 1280 1090 1052 -
PNA166 1600 600 1480 490 452 -
PNA168 1600 800 1480 690 652 -
PNA16A 1600 1000 1480 890 852 -
PNA16C 1600 1200 1480 1090 1052 -
PNA184 1800 400 1680 290 252 -
PNA186 1800 600 1680 490 452 -
PNA188 1800 800 1680 690 652 -
PNA18A 1800 1000 1680 890 852 -
PNA18C 1800 1200 1680 1090 1052 -
PNA18D 1800 1400 1680 1290 1252 -
PNA18E 1800 1600 1680 749( 2 ) 660 ( 2 ) 67
PNA18F 1800 1800 1680 849( 2 ) 760 ( 2 ) 67
PNA204 2000 400 1880 290 252 -
PNA206 2000 600 1880 490 452 -
PNA208 2000 800 1880 690 652 -
PNA20A 2000 1000 1880 890 852 -
PNA20C 2000 1200 1880 1090 1052 -
PNA20D 2000 1400 1880 1290 1252 -
PNA20E 2000 1600 1880 749( 2 ) 660 ( 2 ) 67
PNA20F 2000 1800 1880 849( 2 ) 760 ( 2 ) 67
PNA226 2200 600 2080 490 452 -
PNA228 2200 800 2080 690 652 -
PNA22A 2200 1000 2080 890 852 -
PNA22C 2200 1200 2080 1090 1052 -
PNA22D 2200 1400 2080 1290 1252 -
PNA22E 2200 1600 2080 749( 2 ) 660 ( 2 ) 67
PNA0614 600 1400 480 1290 1252 -
PNA0814 800 1400 680 1290 1252 -
PNA0616 600 1600 480 1490 1452 -
PNA0816 800 1600 680 1490 1452 -
PNA1016 1000 1600 880 1490 1452 -
PNA0818 800 1800 680 1690 1652 -
PNA1018 1000 1800 880 1690 1652 -
PNA0820 800 2000 680 1890 1852 -
PNA1020 1000 2000 880 1890 1852 -
Dimensions in mm
BOZZA DI STAMPA
T
25

INSTRUCTIONS FOR ASSEMBLY OF THE FRONT PLATE
a) Assemble the pins (2) and block them with the nuts (1) in the desired position on the two lower crosspieces at
the back of the frame (5);
b) Attach the brackets (4) to the two upper crosspieces at the back of the frame (6) (make sure to position the
anti-rotation tooth three bores forward with respect to the pin;
c) Place the covers (3) over the special square openings of the plate;
d) Insert the plate, sliding it in an inclined position towards the front, along the crosspieces, until it comes into
contact with the pins (5);
e) Rest the plate against the upper brackets (4) and block it with the special screws (7).
Fig. 26.1
Fig. 26.2
PPP100 Kit for ASSEMBLY OF THE FRONT PLATE
2 ea. L-shaped brackets (4) to fix the plate (STX100);
2 ea. M8 Nuts;
2 ea. Pins (2) with a conical point (PRN100);
2 ea Covers (3) for sliding of the plate (PDN100);
2 ea. M8 cage nuts (1) for interior;
2 ea. M8x15 TE screws;
2 ea M6 cage nuts for exterior;
2 ea. M6x15 TE F.R. screws
PPP100 - Front plate for AX, AZ, AF and AS cabinets
Assembly kit and instructions
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Nominal Dimensions
Fig. 26.3
Characteristics
CODE H W
PPP100 All All Assembly kit
21 CATALOGUE
26

PPP100 - Double front plate for AX, AZ and AF cabinets
Assembly kit and instructions
INSTRUCTIONS FOR ASSEMBLY OF THE DOUBLE FRONT PLATE
[cabinets having a width of 1600 – 1800 – 2000 mm.]
a) Assemble the pins (2) and block them with the nuts (1) in the desired position on the four lower crosspieces at the
back of the frame (5);
b) Attach the four brackets (4) to the four upper crosspieces at the back of the frame (6) (make sure to position the
anti-rotation tooth three bores forward of the pin);
c) Place the four covers (3) over the special square openings of the plates;
d) Insert the two plates, sliding them in an inclined position towards the front along the four crosspieces until they touch
the pins (5);
e) Place the plate against the four upper brackets (4) and block them with the special screws (7);
f) Attach the two plates laterally with the screws and nuts.
6 4
PPP100 Kit for ASSEMBLY OF THE FRONT PLATE
3
BOZZA DI STAMPA
7
5
2
1
Fig. 27.1
4 ea. L-shaped brackets (4) to fix the plate (STX100);
4 ea. M8 Nuts;
4 ea. Pins (2) with a conical point (PRN100);
4 ea Covers (3) for sliding of the plate (PDN100);
4 ea. M8 cage nuts (1) for interior;
4 ea. M8x15 TE screws;
4 ea M6 cage nuts for exterior;
4 ea. M6x15 TE F.R. screws
Nominal Dimensions Characteristics
CODE H W
PPP100 (2x) All All Assembly kit
21 CATALOGUE
27

FUP - Front plate for AX, AZ and AF cabinets
Plate connection strut
When cabinets are joined with the front plate a free space
of about 110 mm is created between the plates, where the
cabinets are joined.
A plate connection strut has been designed in 2 mm thick
galvanised sheet steel, which is hooked to the borders of the
plate and successively attached with screws, so that a flat
and continuous joint is created. In general this space becomes
useful in placing cable raceways for the wiring, thereby
avoiding the use of space in the plates; for this reason the
connection strut has a series of bores where it is possible
to fix the raceways with self-threading screws.
PLATE CONNECTION KIT (FUP)
1 ea FUP (C);
6 ea. M8x16 TE F.R. screws (B);
6 ea M8 threaded inserts (A).
Fig. 28.1
H
CODE
A
C
ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS
Nominal Dimensions
Fig. 28.2
a) Mount the plates so that they are aligned (at the same
depth);
b) Partially tighten the screws (B) on the threaded inserts (A)
on the side of the plates;
c) Insert the FUP plate connection strut (c), hooking it from the
top towards the bottom of the screws (B);
d) Tighten the screws (B).
H
B
Characteristics
FUP168 1600 Assembly Kit
FUP188 1800 Assembly Kit
FUP208 2000 Assembly Kit
FUP228 2200 Assembly Kit
BOZZA DI STAMPA
28
21 CATALOGUE

KAP110 - AX, AF Front plate
Plate backspacing kit
The front plate (see page 25) is generally mounted on crosspieces,
but as stated, if it is desired to have the maximum
possible distance between the door and the surface of the
plate, it can be placed between the rear struts. Remember
that in this case the internal distance between the door and the
plate surface amounts to the nominal depth measurement,
decreased by about 56 mm.
In order to make this type of assembly possible, a kit has been
designed, called the plate backspacing kit, which is made up of
two compact upper support brackets (A) suitable for attachment
in the small space between the upper part of the plate
and the bored part of the roof, along with the usual components
of the lower part of the cabinet.
A
Fig. 29.1
BOZZA DI STAMPA
PLATE BACKSPACING KIT (KAP110):
2 ea. Upper brackets;
2 ea. M8x16 TE F.R. screws
2 ea. M6x16 TT screws;
4 ea. M6 cage nuts for interior;
2 ea. Plate attachment pins;
2 ea. Plate slide stoppers.
Nominal Dimensions Characteristics
CODE
H x W
KAP110 All Assembly Kit
21 CATALOGUE
29

It is possible to mount a lager plate in every AX and AZ cabinet,
with lateral insertion. This is made possible by a kit for
large plates designed for lateral insertion, made up of a
lower and an upper guide, where the larger plate is made to
slide from the sides of the cabinet. These guides are positioned
at the desired depth, fixed in the lateral slots with hollow
cage nuts and grub screws for the guide.
PMB - AX and AZ Front plate:
Lateral insertion of plate
Plate support spheres can be inserted in these guides to
facilitate sliding; this accessory is requested and quoted
separately. The large plate permits the user to increase the
useful surface for the attachment of components by 25% for
plates measuring L=400 and by 5% for plates measuring
L=1800.
S
Nominal Dimensions
- Dimensions in mm;
- ( 2 ) Large plate made up of two pieces screwed together.
Fig. 30.1 Fig. 30.2
Fig. 30.3
CODES AND DIMENSIONS OF LARGE PLATES
Characteristics
CODE H W T S
PMB166 1600 600 1480 585
PMB168 1600 800 1480 785
PMB16A 1600 1000 1480 985
PMB16C 1600 1200 1480 1185
PMB184 1800 400 1680 385
PMB186 1800 600 1680 585
PMB188 1800 800 1680 785
PMB18A 1800 1000 1680 985
PMB18C 1800 1200 1680 1185
PMB18D 1800 1400 1680 1385
PMB18E 1800 1600 1680 792,5( 2 )
PMB18F 1800 1800 1680 892,5( 2 )
T
21 CATALOGUE
Nominal Dimensions
Characteristics
CODE H W T S
PMB206 2000 600 1880 585
PMB208 2000 800 1880 785
BOZZA DI STAMPA
PMB20A 2000 1000 1880 985
PMB20C 2000 1200 1880 1185
PMB20D 2000 1400 1880 1385
PMB20E 2000 1600 1880 792,5( 2 )
PMB20F 2000 1800 1880 892,5( 2 )
PMB226 2200 600 2080 585
PMB228 2200 800 2080 785
PMB22A 2200 1000 2080 985
PMB22C 2200 1200 2080 1185
PMB22D 2200 1400 2080 1385
PMB22E 2200 1600 2080 792,5( 2 )
30

ZCB, FZL1 - Bases H=100 mm
Corner couples and front and side flanges
The 100 mm H base is made up of four press-bent corners
(fig. 31.4) in 2 mm thick sheet metal and front and
side panels (fig. 31.5) (front and side flanges), which join
them together. The flanges are also press bent in 2 mm
thick sheet metal and guarantee maximum robustness.
The base can be easily dismantled with the attachment
screws located at the front and back, which permit easy
inspection and passage of cables, even when the cabinets are
joined in batteries.
CORNER AND FRONT FLANGE COUPLES
- Dimensions in mm
- Dimensions in mm
Nominal Dimensions Characteristics
CODE W A
ZCB021 200 195
ZCB031 300 295
ZCB041 400 395
ZCB051 500 495
ZCB061 600 595
ZCB081 800 795
ZCB0A1 1000 995
ZCB0C1 1200 1195
ZCB0D1 1400 1395
ZCB0E1 1600 1595
ZCB0F1 1800 1795
ZCB0G1 2000 1995
SIDE FLANGE COUPLES
Nominal Dimensions Characteristics
CODE W F
FZL12 200 75
FZL13 300 175
FZL14 400 275
FZL15 500 375
FZL16 600 475
FZL18 800 675
FZL1A 1000 875
BASE CORNER H=100 MM
Detail of the base corner H = 100 mm, which
has a symmetrical shape and can therefore be
mounted on any of the four corners.
Fig. 31.2
Fig. 31.4 Fig. 31.5
Fig. 31.1
Fig. 31.3
ZCB
Coupling of corner
and front flange.
(The side flange is
not highlighted)
FZL1
Single side flange.
Symmetrical
construction
(generally supplied
in pairs)
Detail of the front flange of the base H= 100 mm. The flanges can be
applied both in the front and rear, combined with two corners
BOZZA DI STAMPA
A
F
Code: ZCA100
21 CATALOGUE
31

Illustration of couplings (fig. 32.1) between the corner,
front and side elements of the bases. The table shows
the codes of the couples of corner and front components
and the couples of the side components.
The entire set makes up the complete base for a cabinet
of nominal dimensions W (width) and D (depth).
The characteristic dimensions shown in the table are
the actual measurements of the base A (width), B
(depth), while C and D are the measurement between
the attachment bores to the cabinet and the earth
connection. The same measurements are also valid
for the 200 mm H base.
32
HOLLOW RAISED
BASES
BASES FOR CABINETS
- Dimensions in mm
Fig. 32.1
Square hole
12x12 (4x)
TABLE OF COUPLING COMPONENTS AND CHARACTERISTIC MEASUREMENTS
Component ZCB Component FZL Nominal Dimensions Characteristic Dimensions
H=100 H=100 W D A B C G
ZCB021 FZL15 200 500 196 445 128 410
ZCB021 FZL16 200 600 196 545 128 510
ZCB021 FZL18 200 800 196 745 128 710
ZCB021 FZL1A 200 1000 196 945 128 910
ZCB031 FZL15 300 500 296 445 228 410
ZCB031 FZL16 300 600 296 545 228 510
ZCB031 FZL18 300 800 296 745 228 710
ZCB031 FZL1A 300 1000 296 945 228 910
ZCB041 FZL14 400 400 396 345 328 310
ZCB041 FZL15 400 500 396 445 328 410
ZCB041 FZL16 400 600 396 545 328 510
ZCB041 FZL18 400 800 396 745 328 710
ZCB041 FZL1A 400 1000 396 945 328 910
ZCB061 FZL14 600 400 596 345 528 310
ZCB061 FZL15 600 500 596 445 528 410
ZCB061 FZL16 600 600 596 545 528 510
ZCB061 FZL18 600 800 596 745 528 710
ZCB061 FZL1A 600 1000 596 945 528 910
ZCB081 FZL14 800 400 796 345 728 310
ZCB081 FZL15 800 500 796 445 728 410
ZCB081 FZL16 800 600 796 545 728 510
ZCB081 FZL18 800 800 796 745 728 710
ZCB081 FZL1A 800 1000 796 945 728 910
ZCB0A1 FZL14 1000 400 996 345 928 310
ZCB0A1 FZL15 1000 500 996 445 928 410
ZCB0A1 FZL16 1000 600 996 545 928 510
ZCB0A1 FZL18 1000 800 996 745 928 710
ZCB0A1 FZL1A 1000 1000 996 945 928 910
ZCB0C1 FZL14 1200 400 1196 345 1128 310
ZCB0C1 FZL15 1200 500 1196 445 1128 410
ZCB0C1 FZL16 1200 600 1196 545 1128 510
ZCB0C1 FZL18 1200 800 1196 745 1128 710
ZCB0C1 FZL1A 1200 1000 1196 945 1128 910
ZCB0D1 FZL14 1400 400 1396 345 1328 310
ZCB0D1 FZL15 1400 500 1396 445 1328 410
ZCB0D1 FZL16 1400 600 1396 545 1328 510
ZCB0D1 FZL18 1400 800 1396 745 1328 710
ZCB0D1 FZL1A 1400 1000 1396 945 1328 910
ZCB0E1 FZL14 1600 400 1596 345 1528 310
ZCB0E1 FZL15 1600 500 1596 445 1528 410
ZCB0E1 FZL16 1600 600 1596 545 1528 510
ZCB0E1 FZL18 1600 800 1596 745 1528 710
ZCB0E1 FZL1A 1600 1000 1596 945 1528 910
ZCB0F1 FZL14 1800 400 1796 345 1728 310
ZCB0F1 FZL15 1800 500 1796 445 1728 410
ZCB0F1 FZL16 1800 600 1796 545 1728 510
ZCB0F1 FZL18 1800 800 1796 745 1728 710
ZCB0F1 FZL1A 1800 1000 1796 945 1728 910
ZCB0G1 FZL14 2000 400 1996 345 1928 310
21 CATALOGUE
A
C
ZCB - Bases H=100
Corner, front and side couplings
BOZZA DI STAMPA
G
B
ZCB

ZCB e FZL2 - Bases H=200 mm
Corner couples and front and side flanges
The 200 mm H base is made up of four press-bent corners
(fig. 33.4) in 2 mm thick sheet metal and front and side
panels (fig. 33.5) front flanges H=100 mm and side joint
flanges H=100, which are also made of 2 mm thick press
bent sheet metal and guarantee maximum robustness.
The base can be easily dismantled with the attachment
screws located at the front and back, which permit easy
inspection and passage of cables, even when the cabinets
are joined in batteries.
CORNER AND FRONT FLANGE COUPLES
Nominal
Dimensions
Characteristics
CODE W A
ZCB022 200 195
ZCB032 300 295
ZCB042 400 395
ZCB052 500 495
ZCB062 600 595
ZCB082 800 795
ZCB0A2 1000 995
ZCB0C2 1200 1195
ZCB0D2 1400 1395
ZCB0E2 1600 1595
ZCB0F2 1800 1795
ZCB0G2 2000 1995
- Dimensions in mm
DOUBLE SIDE FLANGE COUPLES
Nominal
Dimensions
Characteristics
CODE W F
FZL22 200 75
FZL23 300 175
FZL24 400 275
FZL25 500 375
FZL26 600 475
FZL28 800 675
FZL2A 1000 875
- Dimensions in mm
Only the four corners measure H=200, to permit modular
use the front and side flanges are the same (doubled)
as the ones that measure H=100 mm.
Fig. 33.1
Fig. 33.2
200
ZCB...
Fig. 33.5
A
200 mm H corner and 100 mm H (double) front flange couplings.
(The side flange is not highlighted)
F
Fig. 33.3
FZL2.
Detail of the base corner H = 200 mm, which has a symmetrical
shape and can therefore be mounted on any of the four corners.
BOZZA DI STAMPA
200
Fig. 33.4
Code: ZCA200
Detail of the front flange of the base H= 100 mm. The flanges
are applied one above the other in both in the front and rear,
combined with two corners.
21 CATALOGUE
33

ZCC - CLOSED FLOOR BASES H=200 mm
The closed floor bases are 200 mm high and are made
of 2 mm thick sheet steel, in a single piece, closed at
the front and open at the sides, with the seat for placement
of a closing panel (side flange see fig. 34.2).
The bottom is equipped with four 12 mm diameter
bores to anchoring to the ground.
A
C
Fig. 34.1
G
B
200
FZ2
P
Fig. 34.2
E
CLOSED FLOOR BASES AND SIDE FLANGES – Codes, dimensions and characteristics
Component ZCC Component FZ2 Nominal Dimensions Characteristic Dimensions
H=200 H=200 W D A B C G E F
ZCC0252 FZ2500 200 500 199,5 445 128 410 136 436
ZCC0262 FZ2600 200 600 199,5 545 128 510 136 536
ZCC0282 FZ2800 200 800 199,5 745 128 710 136 736
ZCC02A2 FZ2A00 200 1000 199,5 945 128 910 136 936
ZCC0352 FZ2500 300 500 299,5 445 228 410 136 436
ZCC0362 FZ2600 300 600 299,5 545 228 510 136 536
ZCC0382 FZ2800 300 800 299,5 745 228 710 136 736
ZCC03A2 FZ2A00 300 1000 299,5 945 228 910 136 936
ZCC0442 FZ2400 400 400 399,5 345 328 310 136 336
ZCC0452 FZ2500 400 500 399,5 445 328 410 136 436
ZCC0462 FZ2600 400 600 399,5 545 328 510 136 536
ZCC0482 FZ2800 400 800 399,5 745 328 710 136 736
ZCC04A2 FZ2A00 400 1000 399,5 945 328 910 136 936
ZCC0642 FZ2400 600 400 599,5 345 528 310 136 336
ZCC0652 FZ2500 600 500 599,5 445 528 410 136 436
ZCC0662 FZ2600 600 600 599,5 545 528 510 136 536
ZCC0682 FZ2800 600 800 599,5 745 528 710 136 736
ZCC06A2 FZ2A00 600 1000 599,5 945 528 910 136 936
ZCC0842 FZ2400 800 400 799,5 345 728 310 136 336
ZCC0852 FZ2500 800 500 799,5 445 728 410 136 436
ZCC0862 FZ2600 800 600 799,5 545 728 510 136 536
ZCC0882 FZ2800 800 800 799,5 745 728 710 136 736
ZCC08A2 FZ2A00 800 1000 799,5 945 728 910 136 936
ZCC1042 FZ2400 1000 400 999,5 345 928 310 136 336
ZCC1052 FZ2500 1000 500 999,5 445 928 410 136 436
ZCC1062 FZ2600 1000 600 999,5 545 928 510 136 536
ZCC1082 FZ2800 1000 800 999,5 745 928 710 136 736
ZCC10A2 FZ2A00 1000 1000 999,5 945 928 910 136 936
ZCC1242 FZ2400 1200 400 1199,5 345 1128 310 136 336
ZCC1252 FZ2500 1200 500 1199,5 445 1128 410 136 436
ZCC1262 FZ2600 1200 600 1199,5 545 1128 510 136 536
ZCC1282 FZ2800 1200 800 1199,5 745 1128 710 136 736
ZCC12A2 FZ2A00 1200 1000 1199,5 945 1128 910 136 936
ZCC1442 FZ2400 1400 400 1399,5 345 1328 310 136 336
ZCC1452 FZ2500 1400 500 1399,5 445 1328 410 136 436
ZCC1462 FZ2600 1400 600 1399,5 545 1328 510 136 536
ZCC1482 FZ2800 1400 800 1399,5 745 1328 710 136 736
ZCC14A2 FZ2A00 1400 1000 1399,5 945 1328 910 136 936
ZCC1642 FZ2400 1600 400 1599,5 345 1528 310 136 336
ZCC1652 FZ2500 1600 500 1599,5 445 1528 410 136 436
ZCC1662 FZ2600 1600 600 1599,5 545 1528 510 136 536
ZCC1682 FZ2800 1600 800 1599,5 745 1528 710 136 736
ZCC16A2 FZ2A00 1600 1000 1599,5 945 1528 910 136 936
-Dimensions in mm
F
BOZZA DI STAMPA
21 CATALOGUE
ZCC
34

FL1 - Bases, Various accessories
LOWERED SIDE FLANGE COUPLES
It is possible, in the event cabinets are joined together, to
mount a side flange with a lower height, so that cables can
be passed into the area underneath the cabinet. The attachment
is made in the middle part of the standard corners,
with the same attachment screws as the normal side panel.
Fig. 35.1
LOWERED SIDE FLANGE (couples)
Nominal
Dimensions
Characteristics
CODE W F
FL12 200 75
FL13 300 175
FL14 400 275
FL15 500 375
FL16 600 475
FL18 800 675
FL1A 1000 875
When several cabinets are joined in a battery, it is
possible to mount the entire base for the specific
type of battery. The bases are again made in 2 mm
thick sheet steel and are prefabricated with attachment
bores for the type of battery envisioned
(fig. 35.2).
FULL BASE FOR CABINETS ARRANGED IN BATTERIES
Fig. 35.2
BOZZA DI STAMPA
FL1
37
F
Fig. 35.3
21 CATALOGUE
35

AXN - PC COLUMN
Today’s industrial production is entirely controlled by computer;
the AXN column adapts in a completely rational manner
to this type of management. The commands for control and
keyboard data input originate from this cabinet, which is
integrated by visualisation on the monitor and printouts from
the printer.
The cabinet is made up of a door with and observation window
in the upper part, to enable workers to see the monitor
(with the possibility of entering data in the lower part of the
door through a floppy disk slot – see fig. 36.3), a drawer on
slides with a tip-down door for the keyboard and mouse in
the middle and, in the lower part, a blind door that allows
access, for the optional housing of a printer carriage, shelves
for other equipment or a plate that can be up to 850 mm
high (fig. 36.3).
Fig. 36.1 Fig. 36.2
BOZZA DI STAMPA
COMPONENTS OF THE BASIC CABINET
- AX type bearing structure;
- Upper door that opens 120°, with 19” window, complet
with lever bolt closure (aperture may be increased to 180°
on request
- Keyboard drawer;
- Blind lower door, opens 120°, complete with lever bolt
closure (optional opening 180°);
- Screw on rear panel;
- Two horizontal shelves for monitor and keyboard protection. Fig. 36.3
36
21 CATALOGUE

AXN - PC COLUMN, accessories
AXN CABINET, Codes and Characteristic Dimensions
W
D
Nominal Dimensions
G
329
H
418
C
225
870
1000
Fig. 37.1 Fig. 37.2
Characteristics
CODE H W D C G
AXN1866 1800 600 600 230,5 690
AXN1886 1800 800 600 230,5 690
AXN2066 2000 600 600 330,5 890
AXN2086 2000 800 600 330,5 890
Legend: (fig. 37.2)
1. Sliding keyboard drawer;
2. Internal horizontal partition for monitor;
3. Airtight cubicle for keyboard (on request);
4. Supplementary sliding drawer (optional).
5. Mouse support (on request)
6. Small plate (on request)
AXN CABINET ACCESSORIES, Floppy slot
210
90
100
CODE E Dimensions
Nominal Dimensions Characteristics
BOZZA DI STAMPA
2
3
CODE H W Assembly kit
4
SPC120 All All 130 x 250 (external)
1
5
Fig. 37.3
220
- Dimensions in mm
For application of the accessory, see fig. 36.3.
Supplied in assembly kit with boring template, including
instructions.
21 CATALOGUE
37

AXN - PC COLUMN, accessories
PRINTER CARRIAGE
AIRTIGHT CUBLICLE, SLIDING DRAWER, MOUSE SUPPORT
W
W
502
445
SMALL ELECTRO MECHANICAL PLATE
A
Fig. 38.1
PRINTER CARRIAGE - Codes and dimensions
Nominal
Dimensions
Characteristics
CODE W A
CRX060N 600 480
CRX080N 800 680
G
1
Fig. 38.2
1
2
3
545
203
403
AIRTIGHT CUBICLE - Codes and dimensions
SLIDING DRAWER - Codes and dimensions
MOUSE SUPPORT - Codes and dimensions
B
C
2
205
232
Nominal
Dimensions
Characteristics
CODE W B
CTS600 600 492
CTS800 800 692
Nominal
Dimensions
Characteristics
CODE W C
PCN600 600 480
PCN800 800 680
Nominal
Dimensions
W
3
Characteristics
BOZZA DI STAMPA
CODE
MSN100
Standard
850
W
Fig. 38.3
SMALL PLATE - Codes and dimensions
Nominal
Dimensions
Characteristics
CODE W G H
CPM906 600 490 850
CPM908 800 690 850
21 CATALOGUE
38

AXW - PC COLUMN
Fig. 39.1
The AXW is a variant of the AX series. The frame,
rear and side panels are the same as the ones in
the AX series. The front, on the other hand, is
completely different. The doors are made of 2 mm
thick sheet steel, but with an unconventional
method, which makes the application of lateral
strips of different colours possible, although the
same IP 55 insulation of conventional cabinets is
maintained.
The transparent part of the upper door in the version
shown in fig. 39.2 is larger and can accommodate
a traditional monitor (which may also be
an LCD monitor on request). When the door is
open it is supported by two robust gas springs
that allow progressive opening and closing.
The central part has the usual keyboard compartment
and mouse support and the lower part has
a lodging that is accessible from a door, suitable
for the installation of a reduced electro mechanical
plate or supplementary shelves for the accommodation
of a computer. Obviously the colour of the
lateral strips can be customised.
Fig. 39.2
G 329
225
868
C
D
Quadritalia
418
W
H
COMPONENTS OF THE CABINET:
- Frame with bottom and roof welded;
- Upper door with 19” window;
- Keyboard drawer and mouse support;
- Blind lower door;
- Horizontal shelf for monitor;
- Side panels;
- Screw-on rear panel.
AXW CABINET - Codes and dimensions
Nominal Dimensions
Characteristics
CODE H W D C G
AXW1866 1800 600 600 230,5 690
AXW1886 1800 800 600 230,5 690
AXW2066 2000 600 600 330,5 890
AXW2086 2000 800 600 330,5 890
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Fig. 39.3
- Dimensions in mm
NOTE:
The keyboard drawer and mouse support are the standard
model.
Standard horizontal shelves
Standard side and rear panels
21 CATALOGUE
39

C
D
G 329
225
418
The AXY series cabinet is made up of an
AF type frame (see page 88), with roof,
sides and lower monoblock column.
Access to the cabinet is from the front
and rear. There are a door and panel
opening in the front and a screw-on
panel in the rear.
The front door and panel are made of 2
mm thick sheet steel, but with an unconventional
method, which makes it possible
to apply strips of a different colour
than the cabinet on the sides of both of
them.
This characteristic is applied in a manner
that allows the cabinet to maintain
the IP 55 level of protection. The lower
part, on the other hand, is made up of a
column, attached to the cabinet and
resting on a robust pedestal, which
ensures the stability of the cabinet.
There is a screw-on panel in the rear of
the column that permits easy access, to
position any cables and service the
monitor and computer housed in the
upper part.
Fig. 40.1 Fig. 40.2
W
E
880
H
COMPONENTS OF THE CABINET:
- Frame with bottom, roof and sides welded (monoblock);
- Upper door with 19” window;
- Keyboard drawer and mouse support;
- Screw-on rear panel;
- Horizontal shelf for monitor;
- Pedestal with screw-on rear panel
AXY CABINET - Codes and dimensions
Nominal Dimensions
AXY - PC COLUMN
Characteristics
BOZZA DI STAMPA
CODE H W D C G E
AXY1866 1800 600 600 230,5 690 920
AXY1886 1800 800 600 230,5 690 920
AXY2066 2000 600 600 330,5 890 1120
AXY2086 2000 800 600 330,5 890 1120
- Dimensions in mm
Fig. 40.3
NOTE:
Standard keyboard drawer and mouse support;
Standard horizontal shelves
21 CATALOGUE
40

AXD - Modular Cabinet
Internal modular system
The AXD series is an enrichment of the internal components
of the AX type cabinet, which has been called the “internal
modular system”. It is therefore possible to install a vast
assortment of modular panels, suitable for the mounting of
any type of modular or non-modular switch, DIN guides, plates
to accommodate components, raceways and acclimatisation
equipment. Level of protection IP 55.
COMPONENTS OF THE CABINET:
- AX frame with bottom, complete with fixed cable
passage plate;
- Transparent external door;
- Modular internal frame;
- Screw-on rear panel;
Fig. 41.1 Fig. 41.2
The internal installations are made with the addition of two
modular vertical struts inside the cabinet, attached to the
cabinet struts, with a closure in both the upper and lower
part, so that an internal frame is built, to which the modular
elements can be attached, the component plates and the
other accessories for wiring.
BOZZA DI STAMPA
ELEMENTS AVAILABLE ON REQUEST:
Special boring may be requested on panels and component
plates to accommodate any switch;
The panels may be hinged on the internal frame and the
attachment on the other side may be made with screws or
with a lock (box, etc.)
21 CATALOGUE
41

AXD - Modular Cabinet
Internal modular system
1
2
3
AXD CONSTRUCTION PLAN
1. Internal modular frame;
2. Modular panels;
3. Open frame for modular panels;
4. Transparent door.
4
CHARACTERISTIC MEASUREMENTS OF THE MODULAR FRAME
Fig. 42.1 Fig. 42.2
AXD MODULAR CABINETS - Codes and characteristics dimensions
D
AXD1664 1600 600 400 200 440 465 1400
A
AXD1665 1600 600 500 300 440 465 1400
200
W
AXD1666 1600 600 600 400 440 465 1400
AXD1684 1600 800 400 200 640 665 1400
AXD1685 1600 800 500 300 640 665 1400
AXD1686 1600 800 600 400 640 665 1400
N
AXD1864 1800 600 400 200 440 465 1600
AXD1865 1800 600 500 300 440 465 1600
B
AXD1866 1800 600 600 400 440 465 1600
C
AXD1868 1800 600 800 600 440 465 1600
AXD1884 1800 800 400 200 640 665 1600
H
AXD1885 1800 800 500 300 640 665 1600
AXD1886 1800 800 600 400 640 665 1600
AXD2064 2000 600 400 200 440 465 1800
AXD2065 2000 600 500 300 440 465 1800
AXD2066 2000 600 600 400 440 465 1800
AXD2068 2000 600 800 600 440 465 1800
AXD2084 2000 800 400 200 640 665 1800
AXD2085 2000 800 500 300 640 665 1800
AXD2086 2000 800 600 400 640 665 1800
B - Modular internal frame
AXD2088 2000 800 800 600 640 665 1800
C - distance between square holes
Fig. 42.3
AXD2266 2200 600 600 400 440 465 2000
AXD2286 2200 800 600 400 640 665 2000
- Dimensions in mm;
- Measurement N corresponds to the height to be occupied with the panels indicated on page 43, with the exception of the two upper
and lower compensation panels, which have a nominal height of 50 mm;
- On request, the standard modular frame may be substituted with a special vertical strut that permits the realisation of separate
compartments, together with the SOA and CPM code accessories (see pages 46-47).
30
104
Nominal Dimensions
124
25
Characteristics
CODE H W D A B C N
BOZZA DI STAMPA
42
21 CATALOGUE

AXD, AZD - Internal modular elements
screwed
A
M M N
198
INSTRUMENT PANEL WITH FOUR BORES 67X67 MM
Width of cabinet Characteristics Dimensions
CODE W A I M N
67
67
I
Hinged
Fig. 43.1
screwed
A
M M N
198
92
92
I
Hinged
Fig. 43.2
Dimensions in mm
screwed
INSTRUMENT PANEL WITH TWO BORES 67X67 MM
A
67
screwed
A
67
I
92 92
I
screwed
Hinged
Fig. 43.3
Hinged
Fig. 43.4
CPX5472 600 487 465 117 117
CPX8472 800 687 665 137 187
CPX5472C 600 487 465 117 117
CPX8472C 800 687 665 137 187
Dimensions in mm
INSTRUMENT PANEL WITH FOUR BORES 92X92 MM
Width of cabinet Characteristics Dimensions
CODE W A I M N
CPX8496 600 487 465 142 177
CPX8496C 800 687 665 142 177
198
M
Width of cabinet Characteristics Dimensions
CODE W A I M N
CPX5272 600 487 465 142 177
CPX8272 800 687 665 142 177
CPX5272C 600 487 465 261 -
CPX8272C 800 687 665 461 -
Dimensions in mm
INSTRUMENT PANEL WITH TWO BORES 92X92 MM
198
M
Width of cabinet Characteristics Dimensions
CODE W A I M N
CPX5296 600 487 465 261 -
CPX8296 800 687 665 461 -
CPX5296C 600 487 465 261 -
BOZZA DI STAMPA
CPX8296C 800 687 665 461 -
Dimensions in mm
PANEL FOR MODULES WITH SINGLE 47 MM SLOT
A
198
M
Width of cabinet Characteristics Dimensions
CODE W A I M N
CPZ5422 600 487 465 430 -
47
I
Hinged
Fig. 43.5
CPZ8422 800 687 665 630 -
CPZ5422C 600 487 465 430 -
CPZ8422C 800 687 665 630 -
Dimensions in mm
21 CATALOGUE
43

CLOSED INSTRUMENT PANELS
A
198
Width of cabinet Characteristics Dimensions
CODE W A I M N
A
A
Hinged
I
screwed
Fig. 44.1
396
I
Hinged
screwed
Fig. 44.2
594
A
I
screwed
I
screwed
55
104
N
M
Hinged
Fig. 44.3
Fig. 44.4
Fig. 44.5
CPY560 600 487 465 - -
CPY860 800 687 665 - -
CPY560C 600 487 465 - -
CPY860C 800 687 665 - -
DOUBLE CLOSED INSTRUMENT PANELS
TRIPLE CLOSED INSTRUMENT PANELS
COMPENSATION PANELS (UPPER AND LOWER)
COMPONENT PLATE
AXD, AZD - Internal modular elements
Width of cabinet
Characteristics Dimensions
CODE W A I M N
CPK561 600 487 465 - -
CPK861 800 687 665 - -
CPK561C 600 487 465 - -
CPK861C 800 687 665 - -
Width of cabinet
Characteristics Dimensions
CODE W A I M N
CPT560 600 487 465 - -
CPT860 800 687 665 - -
CPT560C 600 487 465 - -
CPT860C 800 687 665 - -
Width of cabinet
Characteristics Dimensions
CODE W A I M N
PPC560 600 487 465 - -
PPC860 800 687 665 - -
Width of cabinet
Characteristics Dimensions
BOZZA DI STAMPA
CODE W M N
CPR602 600 290 194
CPR603 600 290 294
CPR604 600 290 394
CPR605 600 290 494
CPR606 600 290 594
CPR802 800 490 194
CPR803 800 490 294
CPR804 800 490 394
CPR805 800 490 494
CPR806 800 490 594
21 CATALOGUE
44

AXD, AZD - Internal modular elements
INTERNAL MODULAR FRAME WITH UPPER AND LOWER COMPENSATION PANELS
126
B
C
N
Fig. 45.1
WIRING ACCESSORIES; CROSS PIECES FOR ATTACHMENT OF DIN BAR
WIRING ACCESSORIES; DIN BAR, CODES AND DIMENSIONS
C
Fig. 45.2
74
With reference to page 42 (Fig. 42.3), the modular
part making up the internal frame is highlighted. The
frame is supplied with the upper and lower compensation
panels, so that a height N remains, where the
customised modular panels are placed.
Either screw-on or hinged panels may be used, indifferently,
both on the right and left sides.
The back of the cabinet is designed for the attachment
of the component plate, where the lateral slots have
been cut to permit adjustment of the position in depth.
CODES AND CHARACTERISTIC DIMENSIONS
Nominal
Dimensions
Characteristic Dimensions
CODE H W B C N
TMI166 1600 600 440 465 1400
TMI168 1600 800 640 665 1400
TMI186 1800 600 440 465 1600
TMI188 1800 800 640 665 1600
TMI206 2000 600 440 465 1800
TMI208 2000 800 640 665 1800
TMI226 2200 600 440 465 2000
TMI228 2200 800 640 665 2000
Dimensions in mm
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
Width of cabinet
Characteristic Dimensions
CODE W A
MTZ600 600 290 DIN W=600
MTZ800 800 490 DIN W=800
Dimensions in mm
BOZZA DI STAMPA
25
ø6,3
Width of cabinet Characteristic Dimensions
CODE W A
15
35
A
CPP344 300 170 DIN W=170
CPP444 400 270 DIN W=270
CPP544 500 370 DIN W=370
CPP644 600 490 DIN W=490
CPP844 800 690 DIN W=690
Dimensions in mm
21 CATALOGUE
45

AXD, AZD - External modular elements
The system of external modular elements is made up of a
series of doors that are reduced in size, with a spacing of
100 mm, which may be blind or transparent; together with
the internal accessories, they permit the realisation of any
modular cabinet (width 600, 800 and 1000 mm).
With special crossbar rabbets, the horizontal panels, vertical
partitions and internal plates reduced in height, it is possible
to partition off customised cells for any switch.
46
EXTERNAL MODULAR SYSTEM – CHARACTERISTIC ELEMENTS
6
5
W
3
4
1
A
M
2
B
N
Fig. 46.1
2 TRANSPARENT MODULAR EXTERNAL DOOR - Codes and dimensions
- Dimensions in mm.
Reduced internal
equipment plate
Nominal Dimensions Characteristic Dimensions
CODE W A B M N
PEV604 600 592 392 360 260
PEV606 600 592 592 360 460
PEV608 600 592 792 360 660
PEV610 600 592 992 360 860
PEV804 800 792 392 560 260
PEV806 800 792 592 560 460
PEV808 800 792 792 560 660
PEV810 800 792 992 560 860
PEVA04 1000 992 392 760 260
PEVA08 1000 992 792 760 660
C
D
Fig. 46.2
21 CATALOGUE
1
BLIND EXTERNAL DOOR - Codes and dimensions
Nominal Dimensions Characteristic Dimensions
CODE W A B
PEC602 600 592 192
PEC603 600 592 292
PEC604 600 592 392
PEC606 600 592 592
PEC608 600 592 792
PEC610 600 592 992
PEC802 800 792 192
PEC803 800 792 292
PEC804 800 792 392
PEC805 800 792 492
PEC806 800 792 592
PEC808 800 792 792
PEC810 800 792 992
PECA02 1000 992 192
PECA04 1000 992 392
PECA08 1000 992 792
PECA10 1000 992 992
3 REDUCED INTERNAL PLATE - Codes and dimensions
Nominal Dimensions Characteristic Dimensions
CODE W C D
CPM602 600 538 158
CPM603 600 538 258
CPM604 600 538 358
CPM606 600 538 558
CPM608 600 538 758
CPM610 600 538 958
CPM802 800 738 158
BOZZA DI STAMPA
CPM803 800 738 258
CPM804 800 738 358
CPM805 800 738 458
CPM806 800 738 558
CPM810 800 738 958
CPMA02 1000 938 158
CPMA04 1000 938 358
CPMA08 1000 938 758
THE REDUCED INTERNAL PLATE is screwed to the vertical
partitions and is protected from the horizontal partitions.
It is possible to adjust the position in depth with the bores
on the vertical partitions.

AXD, AZD - External modular elements
E
F
4 REDUCED HORIZONTAL PARTITIONS - Codes and dimensions
THE HORIZONTAL PARTITIONS are screwed to the vertical partitions in
correspondence with the crosspiece rabbet; when the door is open, it
is not possible to access the sections above and below the cell. The
slots permit natural circulation of air.
Nominal Dimensions Characteristic Dimensions
E
I
G
Fig. 47.1
Fig. 47.2
Fig. 47.3
CODE W E F
SOA602 600 542 200
SOA802 800 742 200
SOAA02 1000 942 200
5 REDUCED VERTICAL PARTITIONS - Codes and dimensions
THE REDUCED VERTICAL PARTITIONS are supplied in pairs, equipped
with a special boring pitch that permits attachment of the
horizontal shelves and reduced height plates, so that it is possible
to segregate the switch cells.
Nominal Dimensions Characteristic Dimensions
CODE H G I
SVX182 1800 1796 200
SVX202 2000 1996 200
SVX222 2200 2196 200
SVZ182 1800 1796 200
SVZ202 2000 1996 200
SVZ222 2200 2196 200
Both the horizontal and vertical partitions are indicated as having
a depth of 200 mm. This is considered a standard depth (the purpose
of this choice is mainly to arrive at an average list price),
but in most cases this position is at the discretion of the customer
and is therefore subject to evaluation on a case-by-case
basis.
6 DOOR CROSSPIECE RABBET - Codes and dimensions
THE DOOR CROSSPIECE RABBET is placed between two reduced
height doors to conserve the IP 55 level of protection, adhering
to the polyurethane gasket glued to the doors.
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Nominal Dimensions Characteristic Dimensions
CODE W E Altezza
TBP600 600 530 36
TBP800 800 730 36
TBPA00 1000 930 36
36
21 CATALOGUE
47

AXL - Cabinet with console
The AXL variant offers users exceptional versatility and
safety, accompanied by a high level of functional efficiency.
There are two doors in the front part of the cabinet, in the
lower and upper parts, separated by a console with an
upper panel that protrudes 450 mm from the front of the
cabinet (in the standard version – there is also a version
COMPONENTS OF THE BASIC AXL CABINET:
1. Basic frame (with front cross pieces), complete with
fixed blind roof and fixed bottom, with removable plates
for cable passage;
2. Upper front door;
3. Lower front door;
4. Front console;
5. Rear (DBE type) door;
6. Side (CPL type) panels.
Fig. 48.1 Fig. 48.2
that protrudes 300 mm, available on request). The sides
are closed with two CPL series type side panels, while in
the lower part there is a standard DBE series type door. It
is possible to place a PNA type component plate inside,
along the entire height of the cabinet. The level of protection
is IP 55.
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Detail of front console
(attachment):
Fig. 48.3
21 CATALOGUE
48

AXL - Cabinet with console
W
H
D
A
235
772
365
Fig. 49.1
AXL CABINET - Codes and Characteristic Dimensions
Nominal Dimensions
C
445
B
Characteristics
CODE H W D A B C
AXL 1864 1800 600 400 780 592 510
AXL 1865 1800 600 500 780 592 510
AXL 1866 1800 600 600 780 592 510
AXL 1884 1800 800 400 780 792 710
AXL 1885 1800 800 500 780 792 710
AXL 1886 1800 800 600 780 792 710
AXL 18A5 1800 1000 500 780 992 910
AXL 18A6 1800 1000 600 780 992 910
AXL 18C5 1800 1200 500 780 1192 1110
AXL 18C6 1800 1200 600 780 1192 1110
AXL 2066 2000 600 600 980 592 510
AXL 2068 2000 600 800 980 592 510
AXL 2084 2000 800 400 980 792 710
AXL 2085 2000 800 500 980 792 710
AXL 2086 2000 800 600 980 792 710
AXL 2088 2000 800 800 980 792 710
AXL 20A5 2000 1000 500 980 992 910
AXL 20A6 2000 1000 600 980 992 910
AXL 20A8 2000 1000 800 980 992 910
AXL 20C5 2000 1200 500 980 1192 1110
AXL 20C6 2000 1200 600 980 1192 1110
AXL 20C8 2000 1200 800 980 1192 1110
BOZZA DI STAMPA
21 CATALOGUE
49

RLX - Lateral cable raceway
H
C
W
G
Fig. 50.1
D
The purpose of the RLX LATERAL CABLE RACEWAY cabinet is to make it
possible to place a cabinet in line with a side door, obtaining a space
for a cable raceway and complementary equipment.
The structure is monolithic, which means that it has no dismountable
front and rear panels; a portion of one side is designed for open coupling
with the side of the AX cabinet and the other side has a door.
Similar to the AX cabinets, the door may be opened towards the left
or right. On the side designed for coupling with the AX cabinet, a blind
electro mechanical plate can be installed, which may also be supplied
pre-bored, on request. Level of protection IP 55.
RLX RACEWAY COMPONENTS:
1. Press bent monolithic bearing structure;
2. Blind roof;
3. Bottom equipped with cable entry and relative cover plate;
4. Side door with reinforcing frame;
5. Blind electro mechanical plate;
Additional components:
6. Base (height 100 or 200 mm);
7. Customised borings on electro mechanical plate, on request.
BOZZA DI STAMPA
F
E
M
Fig. 50.2 Fig. 50.3
The X and Y measurements indicated in the table refer to the size of the electro mechanical plate.
The G measurement refers to the distance between the electro mechanical plate surface and the side door.
21 CATALOGUE
50

RLX - Lateral cable raceway
RLX SIDE OPENING WITH CABLE RACEWAY - Codes and characteristic dimensions
Dimensions in mm
Nominal Dimensions
Application of a lateral
raceway.
ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS:
1. Mount the gasket supplied on the side of the cabinet where the
raceway is placed, (fig. 51.2);
2. Place the raceway near the cabinet;
3. Insert all the screws and screw on the intermediate nut without
completely tightening it;
4. Adjust the coupling of the raceway and cabinet and then tighten
the intermediate nuts;
5. Insert the electro mechanical plate onto the protruding screws
and then tighten the second nut.
AX Frame
Characteristics
CODE H W D C G E F M X Y
RLX 1642 1600 400 200 1502 302 230 1485 170 300 1494
RLX 1643 1600 400 300 1502 302 230 1485 270 300 1494
RLX 1652 1600 500 200 1502 402 330 1485 170 400 1494
RLX 1653 1600 500 300 1502 402 330 1485 270 400 1494
RLX 1662 1600 600 200 1502 502 430 1485 170 500 1494
RLX 1663 1600 600 300 1502 502 430 1485 270 500 1494
RLX 1852 1800 500 200 1702 402 330 1685 170 400 1694
RLX 1853 1800 500 300 1702 402 330 1685 270 400 1694
RLX 1862 1800 600 200 1702 502 430 1685 170 500 1694
RLX 1863 1800 600 300 1702 502 430 1685 270 500 1694
RLX 1882 1800 800 200 1702 702 630 1685 170 700 1694
RLX 1883 1800 800 300 1702 702 630 1685 270 700 1694
RLX 2052 2000 500 200 1902 402 330 1885 170 400 1894
RLX 2053 2000 500 300 1902 402 330 1885 270 400 1894
RLX 2062 2000 600 200 1902 502 430 1885 170 500 1894
RLX 2063 2000 600 300 1902 502 430 1885 270 500 1894
RLX 2082 2000 800 200 1902 702 630 1885 170 700 1894
RLX 2083 2000 800 300 1902 702 630 1885 270 700 1894
RLX 2262 2200 600 200 2102 502 430 2085 170 500 2094
RLX 2263 2200 600 300 2102 502 430 2085 270 500 2094
RLX 2282 2200 800 200 2102 702 630 2085 170 700 2094
RLX 2283 2200 800 300 2102 702 630 2085 270 700 2094
3 x 10 mm adhesive
rubber gasket.
BOZZA DI STAMPA
RLX raceway
Fig. 51.1
Fig. 51.2
21 CATALOGUE
51

RFX - Front cable raceway
THE RFX FRONT CABLE RACEWAY CABINET makes it possible to
install a space for wiring and complementary equipment serving
the connected cabinets in any side or intermediate position. The
structure is made up of an actual AXB modular cabinet (see
pages 13 and 14) placed alongside another cabinet. The front
door is reversible and the rear panel is screwed on. Level of
protection IP 55.
Fig. 52.1
CODES AND DIMENSIONS OF RFX FRONT PANEL
Nominal Dimensions
CODE H W D
RFX 1664 1600 600 400
RFX 1645 1600 400 500
RFX 1646 1600 400 600
RFX 1844 1800 400 400
RFX 1845 1800 400 500
RFX 1846 1800 400 600
Refer to the tables shown for the AX frames and the AXB cabinets
for the characteristic dimensions.
Refer to the table on page 32 for the bases.
RFX FRONT RACEWAY COMPONENTS:
1. AX Frame;
2. Blind roof;
3. Bottom equipped with cable entry and relative cover plate;
4. Front door with reinforcing frame;
5. Screw-on rear panel.
Additional components:
6. Blind electro mechanical plate (available pre-bored on
request);
7. Base (height 100 or 200 mm);
8. Side panel (SPL)
9. Assembly kit (UTX 770/700)
BOZZA DI STAMPA
RFX 1848 1800 400 800
RFX 2044 2000 400 400
RFX 2045 2000 400 500
RFX 2046 2000 400 600
RFX 2048 2000 400 800
RFX 2246 2200 400 600
RFX 2248 2200 400 800
H
D
W
Fig. 52.2
21 CATALOGUE
52

RLX - Lateral cable raceway accessories
BLIND PLATE FOR LATERAL CABLE RACEWAY - Dimensions
PRE-BORED PLATE (24 POLE CONNECTORS) FOR THE RLX - Dimensions
14,5
B
B
32
86
36
113
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
TERMINAL PLATE ADAPTORS
131
Fori ø 4,5
A
A
Fig. 53.1
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
Fig. 53.3 Fig. 53.4 Fig. 53.5 Fig. 53.6
137
130
Nominal Dimensions
Characteristics
CODE H W A B
PLC164X 1600 400 1502 300
PLC165X 1600 500 1502 400
PLC166X 1600 600 1502 500
PLC185X 1800 500 1702 400
PLC186X 1800 600 1702 500
PLC188X 1800 800 1702 700
PLC205X 2000 500 1902 400
PLC206X 2000 600 1902 500
PLC208X 2000 800 1902 700
PLC226X 2200 600 2102 500
PLC228X 2200 800 2102 700
Nominal Dimensions
Fig. 53.2
Characteristics
CODE H W A B
PLF164X 1600 400 1502 300
PLF165X 1600 500 1502 400
PLF166X 1600 600 1502 500
PLF185X 1800 500 1702 400
PLF186X 1800 600 1702 500
PLF188X 1800 800 1702 700
PLF205X 2000 500 1902 400
PLF206X 2000 600 1902 500
PLF208X 2000 800 1902 700
PLF226X 2200 600 2102 500
PLF228X 2200 800 2102 700
BOZZA DI STAMPA
137 137
137
32 48 130
130
85 32 48 32 48 130
32 48
65
36 103 36 103
Blind 24-pole plate Reduction 24/16 poles Reduction 24/10 poles Reduction 24/10 poles
CODE
PCC2400
Nominal
Dimensions
Wx H
137x48
CODE
PRC2416
Nominal
Dimensions
Wx H
137x48
21 CATALOGUE
CODE
PRC2410
Nominal
Dimensions
Wx H
137x48
CODE
PRC2422
ø22
Nominal
Dimensions
Wx H
137x48
53

AXR - Rack Cabinets
THE AXR VERSION is an internal and external variant of the
AX basic version. Although the frame size and external
equipment of the AXB and AXV versions are the same, a
swivel rack frame is installed in this cabinet, which is supported
in the upper and lower part by two robust crosspieces,
to which it is also hinged. The 19” frame is a monoblock
and is equipped with pads that include the lever bolt closure.
Its position inside the cabinet permits rational exploitation
of the space, in addition to opening of the cabinet with
equipment at a depth of up to 500 mm. IP 55 level of protection.
COMPONENTS OF THE BASIC CABINET:
1. AX Frame;
2. Transparent external door (DTE);
3. Screw on rear panel (RPE);
4. 19” swivel rack frame (TRI).
Additional or substitute elements:
a) 19” open rack frame (TRE);
b) Pair of 19” fixed rack vertical struts (STR);
c) Aluminium front panels (PHE);
d) Rack panel socket (PPR);
e) Base (H=100 OR H=200)
f) Side panels (SPL or CPL)
54
Fig. 54.1 Fig. 54.2
21 CATALOGUE
HE UNIT
for AXR type cabinet
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Nominal Dimensions
HE Unit
CODE H W D n°
AXR 1884 1800 800 400 36
AXR 1885 1800 800 500 36
AXR 1886 1800 800 600 36
AXR 2084 2000 800 400 40
AXR 2085 2000 800 500 40
AXR 2086 2000 800 600 40
AXR 2088 2000 800 800 40
He unit value - 1 HE ~ 44,45 mm ~ 1 3/4 “

AXR - Rack Cabinet components
A
E
492
90
B
465
C
Fig. 55.1 Fig. 55.2
19” OPEN RACK FRAME - Codes and dimensions 19” INTERNAL SWIVEL RACK FRAME - Codes and dimensions
Nominal
Dimensions
93
G
Fig. 55.3
Characteristic Dimensions
CODE H W A B C HE unit
TRE188 1800 800 792 1794 1689 38
TRE208 2000 800 792 1994 1867 42
FIXED RACK VERTICAL STRUT PAIRS - Codes and dimensions
103.5 95.5
RACK PANEL SOCKET
Characteristics
CODE
PPR 100
Nominal
Dimensions
Fig. 55.5
12
for attachment
bores
M4 (2x)
465
Nominal
Dimensions
M
F
Characteristic Dimensions
CODE H W E F - HE unit
TRI188 1800 800 200 1678 - 36
TRI208 2000 800 200 1878 - 40
Characteristic Dimensions
CODE H G HE unit
STR160 1600 1480 32
STR180 1800 1680 36
STR200 2000 1880 40
STR220 2200 2080 46
483
ALUMINIUM FRONT PANELS - Codes and dimensions
Nominal
Dimensions
Fig. 55.4
Characteristic Dimensions
BOZZA DI STAMPA
21 CATALOGUE
CODE HE unit M INCHES (in)
PHE010 1 44,45 1 3/4
PHE020 2 88,9 3 1/2
PHE030 3 133,35 5 1/4
PHE040 4 177,8 7
PHE050 5 222,25 8 3/4
PHE060 6 266,7 10 1/2
PHE070 7 311,15 12 1/4
PHE080 8 355,6 14
PHE090 9 400,05 15 3/4
PHE100 10 444,5 17 1/2
55

The AZ Series cabins, designed and built with a completely
innovative structure have asserted themselves as being
synonymous with “total safety”. The construction characteristics
were carefully researched from the technical and functional
standpoints, to guarantee the greatest possible
degree of robustness, security, modularity and aesthetic
finishing – all of which are indispensable requirements today
in order to respond to national and international market
demands. The AZ Series cabinets are equipped with a perimeter
frame with structural sections in 2 mm thick sheet
steel, with eight bends and closing panels on all surfaces
(side, top and bottom) which guarantee easy accessibility of
equipment housed inside the cabinet and total protection
from water and dust. The completely robot-welded structural
sections confer precision, robustness and simplicity,
which are evident, above all, in coupling several modules.
The painting cycle is performed by continuous cycle plants,
following degreasing, phosphation with iron phosphates and
rinsing. The pieces are then kiln-dried, after which the painting
is performed by robots in automatic cabins and finished
manually in the most difficult points. Thermal hardening
epoxy polyester type powders are used for the painting.
The totally automatic production cycle guarantees the
utmost homogeneity and constant quality over the long
term.
AZ Series – IP 55 Modular Cabinets
AZ CABINET COMPONENTS
The bearing perimetral structure is built from 2 mm thick
sheet steel sections, completely welded to guarantee excellent
mechanical robustness.
The rear panel in 2 mm thick press bent sheet steel, the
internal reinforcing frame and the centring bores, which
facilitate attachment with 6 or 8 M6 screws, are equipped
with a polyurethane perimetral gasket that adapts perfectly
to the structure.
The side panels in 1.5 mm thick press bent sheet steel and
the centring bores that facilitate attachment with 6 M6
screws are equipped with a perimetral polyurethane gasket.
The top and bottom of the cabinet are removable and are
realised in 1.5 mm thick press bent sheet steel and the centring
bores that facilitate attachment with 4 or 6 M6
screws are equipped with a polyurethane perimetral gasket
that adapts perfectly to the structure. The bottom is equipped
with holes for cable passage and the relative covers
with gaskets.
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Fig. 56.1
56
21 CATALOGUE

AZ Series – IP 55 Modular Cabinets
Galvanised internal plate for assembly of equipment in
25/10 thick sheet steel, equipped with double border for
reinforcement along the entire perimeter. On request the
cabinet is equipped with slides to facilitate the insertion of
an internal plate. Squares for attachment and adjustment of
the interior plate are also provided.
The reversible hinged front door has an angle of aperture of
120° (which may be increased to 180° on request); it is
built from 20/10 thick sheet steel and has a gasket around
the perimeter that adapts perfectly to the structure. The
door also has an inner perforated frame to facilitate attachment
of the cabling raceways and other accessories, thus
also conferring greater rigidity. The lever bolt closure
system is situated outside the airtight area, with 4 attachment
points (any type of handle is available on request).
Copper coated M6 screws are provided for the earth connection,
applied on all removable parts, including the door,
which guarantee electrical continuity throughout the structure.
The 100 mm H base with side, front and rear flanges permits
easy communication between modules or input of
cables. Painting is realised with RAL 9005 black paint. A
200 mm H base or a closed floor base can be supplied.
Painting of the cabinets is in RAL 7032 grey. Any type of
powder painting can be performed on short notice. All of the
cabinets are equipped with a vast assortment of accessories
in order to obtain maximum modularity and flexibility.
VARIANTS OF THE AZ SERIES FOR OTHER CABINET CONFIGURA-
TIONS
AZB – Blind external door;
AZV – Cabinet with double door: blind inner door and transparent
outer door;
AZD – Modular cabinet with transparent external door and
internal kit for modular panels;
AZR – Rack cabinet, 19” Rack panels with swivel frame and
transparent external door;
AZN – Computer column: upper door with window, keyboard
drawer and lower blind door;
AXL – Cabinet with console: blind upper and lower doors,
central console and rear door.
An important feature that cannot be neglected is that all versions
of the cabinet ordered are delivered completely assembled.
Blind doors may also be supplied with bores (on request).
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Fig. 57.1
21 CATALOGUE
57

AZ – Frame with upper and lower closures
The AZ frame is the basic structural element of the AZ modular cabinet. It is made
up of two vertical struts in 2 mm thick press bent sheet steel, an upper and lower
vertical section of the same length, electro welded together by a robot welding station.
Two of these frames are successively joined, again with electro welding, by cross
pieces for the depth of the cabinet. The cross pieces are also in 2 mm thick sheet
steel and are shaped to accommodate the side panels, the upper and lower panels
(see Fig. 58.1).
When the welding is complete the frames are washed, degreased and painted.
The lower part of frames measuring 1600 or greater are reinforced with a central
strut and two additional cross pieces in depth in the central part of the bottom,
so that it is possible to make the rear part modular (two rear panels) and the supports
for the electro mechanical plates are made up of two pieces. Although they
are mobile, the blind roof, the bottom with the cable passage opening and relative
closure plate are included in the frame. Fig. 58.1
H
AZ FRAME without central vertical rear strut.
F
W
E
G
D
C
H
F
AZ FRAME with central vertical rear strut
BOZZA DI STAMPA
E
W
G
R
D
C
Fig. 58.2
Fig. 58.3
- H, L and P dimensions are nominal, therefore they correspond to the size of the cabinet with doors, rear and side panels mounted;
- Frames having a width of 1600 and 1800 mm have a central strut and therefore there are two rear panels, the rear width measurement is
position R;
- Eyebolts and screws are not included in the code shown.
58
21 CATALOGUE

AZ - Frame
Nominal Dimensions Characteristics
code H W D C G E F R
AZ1844 1800 400 400 1702 302 216 1698 -
AZ1845 1800 400 500 1702 302 316 1698 -
AZ1846 1800 400 600 1702 302 416 1698 -
AZ1848 1800 400 800 1702 302 616 1698 -
AZ1864 1800 600 400 1702 502 216 1698 -
AZ1865 1800 600 500 1702 502 316 1698 -
AZ1866 1800 600 600 1702 502 416 1698 -
AZ1868 1800 600 800 1702 502 616 1698 -
AZ1884 1800 800 400 1702 702 216 1698 -
AZ1885 1800 800 500 1702 702 316 1698 -
AZ1886 1800 800 600 1702 702 416 1698 -
AZ1888 1800 800 800 1702 702 616 1698 -
AZ188A 1800 800 1000 1702 702 816 1698 -
AZ18A4 1800 1000 400 1702 902 216 1698 -
AZ18A5 1800 1000 500 1702 902 316 1698 -
AZ18A6 1800 1000 600 1702 902 416 1698 -
AZ18A8 1800 1000 800 1702 902 616 1698 -
AZ18AA 1800 1000 1000 1702 902 816 1698 -
AZ18C4 1800 1200 400 1702 1102 216 1698 -
AZ18C5 1800 1200 500 1702 1102 316 1698 -
AZ18C6 1800 1200 600 1702 1102 416 1698 -
AZ18E5 1800 1600 500 1702 1502 316 1698 701
AZ18E6 1800 1600 600 1702 1502 416 1698 701
AZ18E8 1800 1600 800 1702 1502 616 1698 701
AZ18F5 1800 1800 500 1702 1702 316 1698 801
AZ18F6 1800 1800 600 1702 1702 416 1698 801
AZ18F8 1800 1800 800 1702 1702 616 1698 801
AZ20E4 2000 1600 400 1902 1502 216 1898 701
AZ20E5 2000 1600 500 1902 1502 316 1898 701
Dimensions in mm
DIMENSIONS OF AZ FRAMES WITHOUT VERTICAL REAR STRUT
AZ18C8 1800 1200 800 1702 1102 616 1698 -
AZ2284 2200 800 400 2102 702 216 2098 -
AZ18CA 1800 1200 1000 1702 1102 816 1698 -
AZ2285 2200 800 500 2102 702 316 2098 -
AZ18D4 1800 1400 400 1702 1302 216 1698 -
AZ2286 2200 800 600 2102 702 416 2098 -
AZ18D5 1800 1400 500 1702 1302 316 1698 -
AZ2288 2200 800 800 2102 702 616 2098 -
AZ18D6 1800 1400 600 1702 1302 416 1698 -
AZ22A4 2200 1000 400 2102 902 216 2098 -
AZ18D8 1800 1400 800 1702 1302 616 1698 -
AZ22A5 2200 1000 500 2102 902 316 2098 -
AZ2044 2000 400 400 1902 302 216 1898 -
AZ22A6 2200 1000 600 2102 902 416 2098 -
AZ2045 2000 400 500 1902 302 316 1898 -
AZ22A8 2200 1000 800 2102 902 616 2098 -
AZ2046 2000 400 600 1902 302 416 1898 -
AZ22AA 2200 1000 1000 2102 902 816 2098 -
AZ2048 2000 400 800 1902 302 616 1898 -
AZ22C4 2200 1200 400 2102 1102 216 2098 -
AZ2064 2000 600 400 1902 502 216 1898 -
AZ22C5 2200 1200 500 2102 1102 316 2098 -
AZ2065 2000 600 500 1902 502 316 1898 -
AZ22C6 2200 1200 600 2102 1102 416 2098 -
AZ2066 2000 600 600 1902 502 416 1898 -
AZ22C8 2200 1200 800 2102 1102 616 2098 -
AZ2068 2000 600 800 1902 502 616 1898 -
AZ22CA 2200 1200 1000 2102 1102 816 2098 -
AZ2084 2000 800 400 1902 702 216 1898 -
AZ22D5 2200 1400 500 2102 1302 316 2098 -
AZ2085 2000 800 500 1902 702 316 1898 -
AZ22D6 2200 1400 600 2102 1302 416 2098 -
AZ2086 2000 800 600 1902 702 416 1898 -
AZ22D8 2200 1400 800 2102 1302 616 2098 -
Nominal Dimensions
DIMENSIONS OF AZ FRAMES WITH VERTICAL REAR STRUT
Characteristics
code H W D C G E F R
AZ18E4 1800 1600 400 1702 1502 216 1698 701
Nominal Dimensions Characteristics
code H W D C G E F R
AZ2088 2000 800 800 1902 702 616 1898 -
AZ208A 2000 800 1000 1902 702 816 1898 -
AZ20A4 2000 1000 400 1902 902 216 1898 -
AZ20A5 2000 1000 500 1902 902 316 1898 -
AZ20A6 2000 1000 600 1902 902 416 1898 -
AZ20A8 2000 1000 800 1902 902 616 1898 -
AZ20AA 2000 1000 1000 1902 902 816 1898 -
AZ20C4 2000 1200 400 1902 1102 216 1898 -
AZ20C5 2000 1200 500 1902 1102 316 1898 -
AZ20C6 2000 1200 600 1902 1102 416 1898 -
AZ20C8 2000 1200 800 1902 1102 616 1898 -
AZ20CA 2000 1200 1000 1902 1102 816 1898 -
AZ20D4 2000 1400 400 1902 1302 216 1898 -
AZ20D5 2000 1400 500 1902 1302 316 1898 -
AZ20D6 2000 1400 600 1902 1302 416 1898 -
AZ20D8 2000 1400 800 1902 1302 616 1898 -
AZ2264 2200 600 400 2102 502 216 2098 -
AZ2265 2200 600 500 2102 502 316 2098 -
AZ2266 2200 600 600 2102 502 416 2098 -
AZ2268 2200 600 800 2102 502 616 2098 -
AZ226A 2200 600 1000 2102 502 816 2098 -
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Nominal Dimensions
Characteristics
code H W D C G E F R
AZ20E6 2000 1600 600 1902 1502 416 1898 701
AZ20E8 2000 1600 800 1902 1502 616 1898 701
AZ20F5 2000 1800 500 1902 1702 316 1898 801
AZ20F6 2000 1800 600 1902 1702 416 1898 801
AZ20F8 2000 1800 800 1902 1702 616 1898 801
AZ22E5 2200 1600 500 2102 1502 316 2098 701
AZ22E6 2200 1600 600 2102 1502 416 2098 701
AZ22E8 2200 1600 800 2102 1502 616 2098 701
21 CATALOGUE
59

AZB - CABINET WITH SINGLE DOOR
AZB SERIES CABINET WITH SINGLE DOOR, COMPLETE WITH:
- AZ frame without vertical rear strut;
- Blind front door with reinforcement frame;
- Screw on rear panel;
- Galvanised electromechanical plate.
H
W
G
I
Fig. 60.1
AZB – CABINET WITH SINGLE DOOR - Drawing showing characteristic dimensions
D
NOTE:
- Eyebolts are not included (see pag. 140);
- Cabinets with widths of 400, 600, 800 and 1000 mm
have a single front door;
- Cabinets having a width of 800 and 1000 mm may also
have two doors with rabbets, on request;
- The measurements are indicated to facilitate
identification of the electromechanical plates: Refer to
page 25 for the characteristic data of the plate;
- See page 68 for the side panels of the cabinet;
- For the base of the cabinet see page 31;
- For the accessories see the following pages 150-155.
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Y
X
S
R
T
A
Fig. 60.2 Fig. 60.3
Measurements (X and Y) correspond to the measurements of the electromechanical plate [Fig. 60.3]
21 CATALOGUE
60

AZB - CABINET WITH SINGLE DOOR
AZB SERIES CABINET WITH SINGLE DOOR - Codes and characteristic dimensions
Nominal Dimensions Characteristics Plate
code H W D A G I R S T X Y
AZB1844 1800 400 400 1794 328 311 392 240 1644 290 1680
AZB1845 1800 400 500 1794 328 411 392 240 1644 290 1680
AZB1846 1800 400 600 1794 328 511 392 240 1644 290 1680
AZB1848 1800 400 800 1794 328 711 392 240 1644 290 1680
AZB1864 1800 600 400 1794 528 311 592 440 1644 490 1680
AZB1865 1800 600 500 1794 528 411 592 440 1644 490 1680
AZB1866 1800 600 600 1794 528 511 592 440 1644 490 1680
AZB1868 1800 600 800 1794 528 711 592 440 1644 490 1680
AZB1884 1800 800 400 1794 728 311 792 640 1644 690 1680
AZB1885 1800 800 500 1794 728 411 792 640 1644 690 1680
AZB1886 1800 800 600 1794 728 511 792 640 1644 690 1680
AZB1888 1800 800 800 1794 728 711 792 640 1644 690 1680
AZB188A 1800 800 1000 1794 728 911 792 640 1644 690 1680
AZB18A4 1800 1000 400 1794 928 311 992 840 1644 890 1680
AZB18A5 1800 1000 500 1794 928 411 992 840 1644 890 1680
AZB18A6 1800 1000 600 1794 928 511 992 840 1644 890 1680
AZB18A8 1800 1000 800 1794 928 711 992 840 1644 890 1680
AZB18AA 1800 1000 1000 1794 928 911 992 840 1644 890 1680
AZB2044 2000 400 400 1994 328 311 392 240 1844 290 1880
AZB2045 2000 400 500 1994 328 411 392 240 1844 290 1880
AZB2046 2000 400 600 1994 328 511 392 240 1844 290 1880
AZB2048 2000 400 800 1994 328 711 392 240 1844 290 1880
AZB2064 2000 600 400 1994 528 311 592 440 1844 490 1880
AZB2065 2000 600 500 1994 528 411 592 440 1844 490 1880
AZB2066 2000 600 600 1994 528 511 592 440 1844 490 1880
AZB2068 2000 600 800 1994 528 711 592 440 1844 490 1880
AZB2084 2000 800 400 1994 728 311 792 640 1844 690 1880
AZB2085 2000 800 500 1994 728 411 792 640 1844 690 1880
AZB2086 2000 800 600 1994 728 511 792 640 1844 690 1880
AZB2088 2000 800 800 1994 728 711 792 640 1844 690 1880
AZB208A 2000 800 1000 1994 728 911 792 640 1844 690 1880
AZB20A4 2000 1000 400 1994 928 311 992 840 1844 890 1880
AZB20A5 2000 1000 500 1994 928 411 992 840 1844 890 1880
AZB20A6 2000 1000 600 1994 928 511 992 840 1844 890 1880
AZB20A8 2000 1000 800 1994 928 711 992 840 1844 890 1880
AZB20AA 2000 1000 1000 1994 928 911 992 840 1844 890 1880
AZB2264 2200 600 400 2194 528 311 592 440 2044 490 2080
AZB2265 2200 600 500 2194 528 411 592 440 2044 490 2080
AZB2266 2200 600 600 2194 528 511 592 440 2044 490 2080
AZB2268 2200 600 800 2194 528 711 592 440 2044 490 2080
AZB226A 2200 600 1000 2194 528 911 592 440 2044 490 2080
AZB2284 2200 800 400 2194 728 311 792 640 2044 690 2080
AZB2285 2200 800 500 2194 728 411 792 640 2044 690 2080
AZB2286 2200 800 600 2194 728 511 792 640 2044 690 2080
AZB2288 2200 800 800 2194 728 711 792 640 2044 690 2080
AZB228A 2200 800 1000 2194 728 911 792 640 2044 690 2080
AZB22A4 2200 1000 400 2194 928 311 992 840 2044 890 2080
BOZZA DI STAMPA
AZB22A5 2200 1000 500 2194 928 411 992 840 2044 890 2080
AZB22A6 2200 1000 600 2194 928 511 992 840 2044 890 2080
AZB22A8 2200 1000 800 2194 928 711 992 840 2044 890 2080
AZB22AA 2200 1000 1000 2194 928 911 992 840 2044 890 2080
Dimensions in mm
Measurements (X and Y) correspond to the measurements of the electromechanical plate [Fig. 60.3]
21 CATALOGUE
61

AZB - CABINET WITH DOUBLE DOOR
AZB SERIES CABINET: DOUBLE DOOR, COMPLETE WITH:
- AZ frame with central vertical rear strut
- Blind front door with reinforcement frame;
- Screw on rear panel(s);
- Galvanised electromechanical plate(s).
CABINET WITH DOUBLE DOOR - Drawing showing characteristic dimensions
H
W
G
Fig. 62.1
I
D
NOTE:
- Eyebolts are not included (see pag. 140);
- Cabinets having a width of 1600 and 1800 mm have two
rear panels attached with screws and a central vertical strut;
- The measurements are indicated to facilitate identification of
the electromechanical plates: Refer to page 25 for the
characteristic data of the plate;
- Cabinets having a width of 1600 and 1800 mm have two
electromechanical plates that are screwed together;
- See page 68 for the side panels of the cabinet;
- For the base of the cabinet see page 31;
- For the accessories see the following pages 150-155.
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Y
R
X
S
B
T
A
Fig. 62.2 Fig. 62.3
Measurements (X and Y) correspond to the measurements of the electromechanical plate [Fig. 62.3]
62
21 CATALOGUE

AZB - CABINET WITH DOUBLE DOOR
AZB – CABINET WITH DOUBLE DOOR
- Codes and characteristic dimensions
Nominal Dimensions Characteristics Plate
code H W D A B G I R S T X Y
AZB18C4 1800 1200 400 1794 592(º) 1128 311 1192 440(º) 1644 1090 1680
AZB18C5 1800 1200 500 1794 592(º) 1128 411 1192 440(º) 1644 1090 1680
AZB18C6 1800 1200 600 1794 592(º) 1128 511 1192 440(º) 1644 1090 1680
AZB18C8 1800 1200 800 1794 592(º) 1128 711 1192 440(º) 1644 1090 1680
AZB18CA 1800 1200 1000 1794 592(º) 1128 911 1192 440(º) 1644 1090 1680
AZB18D4 1800 1400 400 1794 692(º) 1328 311 1392 540(º) 1644 1290 1680
AZB18D5 1800 1400 500 1794 692(º) 1328 411 1392 540(º) 1644 1290 1680
AZB18D6 1800 1400 600 1794 692(º) 1328 511 1392 540(º) 1644 1290 1680
AZB18D8 1800 1400 800 1794 692(º) 1328 711 1392 540(º) 1644 1290 1680
AZB18E4 1800 1600 400 1794 792(º) 1528 311 796( 1 ) 640(º) 1644 745( 2 ) 1680
AZB18E5 1800 1600 500 1794 792(º) 1528 411 796( 1 ) 640(º) 1644 745( 2 ) 1680
AZB18E6 1800 1600 600 1794 792(º) 1528 511 796( 1 ) 640(º) 1644 745( 2 ) 1680
AZB18E8 1800 1600 800 1794 792(º) 1528 711 796( 1 ) 640(º) 1644 745( 2 ) 1680
AZB18F5 1800 1800 500 1794 892(º) 1728 411 896( 1 ) 740(º) 1644 845( 2 ) 1680
AZB18F6 1800 1800 600 1794 892(º) 1728 511 896( 1 ) 740(º) 1644 845( 2 ) 1680
AZB18F8 1800 1800 800 1794 892(º) 1728 711 896( 1 ) 740(º) 1644 845( 2 ) 1680
AZB20C4 2000 1200 400 1994 592(º) 1128 311 1192 440(º) 1844 1090 1880
AZB20C5 2000 1200 500 1994 592(º) 1128 411 1192 440(º) 1844 1090 1880
AZB20C6 2000 1200 600 1994 592(º) 1128 511 1192 440(º) 1844 1090 1880
AZB20C8 2000 1200 800 1994 592(º) 1128 711 1192 440(º) 1844 1090 1880
AZB20CA 2000 1200 1000 1994 592(º) 1128 911 1192 440(º) 1844 1090 1880
AZB20D4 2000 1400 400 1994 692(º) 1328 311 1392 540(º) 1844 1290 1880
AZB20D5 2000 1400 500 1994 692(º) 1328 411 1392 540(º) 1844 1290 1880
AZB20D6 2000 1400 600 1994 692(º) 1328 511 1392 540(º) 1844 1290 1880
AZB20D8 2000 1400 800 1994 692(º) 1328 711 1392 540(º) 1844 1290 1880
AZB20E4 2000 1600 400 1994 792(º) 1528 311 796( 1 ) 640(º) 1844 745( 2 ) 1880
AZB20E5 2000 1600 500 1994 792(º) 1528 411 796( 1 ) 640(º) 1844 745( 2 ) 1880
AZB20E6 2000 1600 600 1994 792(º) 1528 511 796( 1 ) 640(º) 1844 745( 2 ) 1880
AZB20E8 2000 1600 800 1994 792(º) 1528 711 796( 1 ) 640(º) 1844 745( 2 ) 1880
AZB20F5 2000 1800 500 1994 892(º) 1728 411 896( 1 ) 740(º) 1844 845( 2 ) 1880
AZB20F6 2000 1800 600 1994 892(º) 1728 511 896( 1 ) 740(º) 1844 845( 2 ) 1880
AZB20F8 2000 1800 800 1994 892(º) 1728 711 896( 1 ) 740(º) 1844 845( 2 ) 1880
AZB22C4 2200 1200 400 2194 592(º) 1128 311 1192 440(º) 2044 1090 2080
AZB22C5 2200 1200 500 2194 592(º) 1128 411 1192 440(º) 2044 1090 2080
AZB22C6 2200 1200 600 2194 592(º) 1128 511 1192 440(º) 2044 1090 2080
AZB22C8 2200 1200 800 2194 592(º) 1128 711 1192 440(º) 2044 1090 2080
AZB22CA 2200 1200 1000 2194 592(º) 1128 911 1192 440(º) 2044 1090 2080
AZB22D5 2200 1400 500 2194 692(º) 1328 411 1392 540(º) 2044 1290 2080
AZB22D6 2200 1400 600 2194 692(º) 1328 511 1392 540(º) 2044 1290 2080
AZB22D8 2200 1400 800 2194 692(º) 1328 711 1392 540(º) 2044 1290 2080
AZB22E5 2200 1600 500 2194 792(º) 1528 411 796( 1 ) 640(º) 2044 745( 2 ) 2080
AZB22E6 2200 1600 600 2194 792(º) 1528 511 796( 1 ) 640(º) 2044 745( 2 ) 2080
AZB22E8 2200 1600 800 2194 792(º) 1528 711 796( 1 ) 640(º) 2044 745( 2 ) 2080
BOZZA DI STAMPA
- (º) Cabinets having widths of 1200, 1400, 1600 and 1800 mm have two doors with rabbets, therefore they have
two inner reinforcement frames;
- ( 1 ) Cabinets having widths of 1600 and 1800 mm have two rear panels;
- ( 2 ) Cabinets having widths of 1600 and 1800 mm have two plates screwed together;
Measurements (X and Y) correspond to the measurements of the electromechanical plate [Fig. 62.3]
21 CATALOGUE
63

AZV - Single Transparent Door
AZV SERIES CABINET: SINGLE TRANSPARENT DOOR, COMPLETE WITH:
- AZ frame, without rear vertical strut (Page 58);
- Transparent front door (Page 20);
- Blind internal door on internal frame (Page 21);
- Screw-on rear panel (Page 22);
- Galvanised electromechanical plate (page 25).
H
W
G
I
D
Fig. 64.1
N
Note:
- Eyebolts are not included (see pag. 140);
- Cabinets having a width of 400, 600, 800 and 1000
mm have a single transparent front door;
- Cabinets having a width of 800 and 1000 mm may
be equipped with two doors with rabbets (on
request);
- Cabinets having a width of 1600 mm have two rear
panels;
- The dimensions are shown the electromechanical
plates in order to facilitate identification: refer to
page 25 for the characteristic data relative to the
plate;
- See page 68 for the sides of the cabinet;
- See page 31 for the base of the cabinet;
- See pages 150-155 for the accessories.
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Y
X
S
R
T
A
M
Fig. 64.2 Fig. 64.3
21 CATALOGUE
64

AZV - Single Transparent Door
Characteristics dimensions
CODES AND CHARACTERISTIC DIMENSIONS
- Dimensions in mm
Nominal Dimensions Characteristics Plate
code H W D A G I M N R S T X Y
AZV1864 1800 600 400 1794 528 311 390 1610 592 440 1644 490 1680
AZV1865 1800 600 500 1794 528 411 390 1610 592 440 1644 490 1680
AZV1866 1800 600 600 1794 528 511 390 1610 592 440 1644 490 1680
AZV1868 1800 600 800 1794 528 711 390 1610 592 440 1644 490 1680
AZV1884 1800 800 400 1794 728 311 590 1610 792 640 1644 690 1680
AZV1885 1800 800 500 1794 728 411 590 1610 792 640 1644 690 1680
AZV1886 1800 800 600 1794 728 511 590 1610 792 640 1644 690 1680
AZV1888 1800 800 800 1794 728 711 590 1610 792 640 1644 690 1680
AZV188A 1800 800 1000 1794 728 911 590 1610 792 640 1644 690 1680
AZV18A4 1800 1000 400 1794 928 311 790 1610 992 840 1644 890 1680
AZV18A5 1800 1000 500 1794 928 411 790 1610 992 840 1644 890 1680
AZV18A6 1800 1000 600 1794 928 511 790 1610 992 840 1644 890 1680
AZV18A8 1800 1000 800 1794 928 711 790 1610 992 840 1644 890 1680
AZV18AA 1800 1000 1000 1794 928 911 790 1610 992 840 1644 890 1680
AZV2064 2000 600 400 1994 528 311 390 1810 592 440 1844 490 1880
AZV2065 2000 600 500 1994 528 411 390 1810 592 440 1844 490 1880
AZV2066 2000 600 600 1994 528 511 390 1810 592 440 1844 490 1880
AZV2068 2000 600 800 1994 528 711 390 1810 592 440 1844 490 1880
AZV2084 2000 800 400 1994 728 311 590 1810 792 640 1844 690 1880
AZV2085 2000 800 500 1994 728 411 590 1810 792 640 1844 690 1880
AZV2086 2000 800 600 1994 728 511 590 1810 792 640 1844 690 1880
AZV2088 2000 800 800 1994 728 711 590 1810 792 640 1844 690 1880
AZV208A 2000 800 1000 1994 728 911 590 1810 792 640 1844 690 1880
AZV20A4 2000 1000 400 1994 928 311 790 1810 992 840 1844 890 1880
AZV20A5 2000 1000 500 1994 928 411 790 1810 992 840 1844 890 1880
AZV20A6 2000 1000 600 1994 928 511 790 1810 992 840 1844 890 1880
AZV20A8 2000 1000 800 1994 928 711 790 1810 992 840 1844 890 1880
AZV20AA 2000 1000 1000 1994 928 911 790 1810 992 840 1844 890 1880
AZV2264 2200 600 400 2194 528 311 390 2010 592 440 2044 490 2080
AZV2265 2200 600 500 2194 528 411 390 2010 592 440 2044 490 2080
AZV2266 2200 600 600 2194 528 511 390 2010 592 440 2044 490 2080
AZV2268 2200 600 800 2194 528 711 390 2010 592 440 2044 490 2080
AZV226A 2200 600 1000 2194 528 911 390 2010 592 440 2044 490 2080
AZV2284 2200 800 400 2194 728 311 590 2010 792 640 2044 690 2080
AZV2285 2200 800 500 2194 728 411 590 2010 792 640 2044 690 2080
AZV2286 2200 800 600 2194 728 511 590 2010 792 640 2044 690 2080
AZV2288 2200 800 800 2194 728 711 590 2010 792 640 2044 690 2080
AZV228A 2200 800 1000 2194 728 911 590 2010 792 640 2044 690 2080
AZV22A4 2200 1000 400 2194 928 311 790 2010 992 840 2044 890 2080
AZV22A5 2200 1000 500 2194 928 411 790 2010 992 840 2044 890 2080
AZV22A6 2200 1000 600 2194 928 511 790 2010 992 840 2044 890 2080
AZV22A8 2200 1000 800 2194 928 711 790 2010 992 840 2044 890 2080
AZV22AA 2200 1000 1000 2194 928 911 790 2010 992 840 2044 890 2080
BOZZA DI STAMPA
- Cabinets having a width of 800 and 1000 mm may also have two doors with rabbets, on request;
- The standard internal door is always blind;
- The cabinet may also be supplied without an internal door, on request;
- The free distance between the external and internal doors is approximately 120 mm;
21 CATALOGUE
65

“AZV” SERIES CABINET WITH DOUBLE TRANSPARENT DOORS,
COMPLETE WITH:
. AZ frame;
. Double transparent front door;
. Double blind internal door;
. Rear panel(s);
. Galvanised electromechanical plate. (Figures 18.2 and 18.3).
66
H
W
G
I
D
M
N
Y
NOTE:
- Eyebolts are not included (see pag. 140);
- Cabinets having a width of 1600 mm have two rear panels;
- The measurements are indicated to facilitate identification of the
electromechanical plates: Refer to page pag.25 for the
characteristic data of the plate;
- See page 68 for the side panels of the cabinet;
- For the base of the cabinet see page 31;
- AZV cabinets may always be requested in special versions, which
will be quoted separately.
Fig. 66.1 Fig. 66.2
CODES AND DIMENSIONS OF AZV CABINETS WITH DOUBLE TRANSPARENT DOORS
AZV18C4 1800 1200 400 1794 592 1128 311 390 1610 1192 440( 1 ) 1644 1090 1680
AZV18C5 1800 1200 500 1794 592 1128 411 390 1610 1192 440( 1 ) 1644 1090 1680
AZV18C6 1800 1200 600 1794 592 1128 511 390 1610 1192 440( 1 ) 1644 1090 1680
AZV18C8 1800 1200 800 1794 592 1128 711 390 1610 1192 440( 1 ) 1644 1090 1680
AZV18CA 1800 1200 1000 1794 592 1128 911 390 1610 1192 440( 1 ) 1644 1090 1680
AZV20C4 2000 1200 400 1994 592 1128 311 390 1810 1192 440( 1 ) 1844 1090 1880
AZV20C5 2000 1200 500 1994 592 1128 411 390 1810 1192 440( 1 ) 1844 1090 1880
AZV20C6 2000 1200 600 1994 592 1128 511 390 1810 1192 440( 1 ) 1844 1090 1880
AZV20C8 2000 1200 800 1994 592 1128 711 390 1810 1192 440( 1 ) 1844 1090 1880
AZV20CA 2000 1200 1000 1994 592 1128 911 390 1810 1192 440( 1 ) 1844 1090 1880
AZV20E4 2000 1600 400 1994 792 1528 311 590 1810 796(º) 640( 1 ) 1844 745( 2 ) 1880
AZV20E5 2000 1600 500 1994 792 1528 411 590 1810 796(º) 640( 1 ) 1844 745( 2 ) 1880
AZV20E6 2000 1600 600 1994 792 1528 511 590 1810 796(º) 640( 1 ) 1844 745( 2 ) 1880
AZV20E8 2000 1600 800 1994 792 1528 711 590 1810 796(º) 640( 1 ) 1844 745( 2 ) 1880
AZV22C4 2200 1200 400 2194 592 1128 311 390 2010 1192 440( 1 ) 2044 1090 2080
AZV22C5 2200 1200 500 2194 592 1128 411 390 2010 1192 440( 1 ) 2044 1090 2080
AZV22C6 2200 1200 600 2194 592 1128 511 390 2010 1192 440( 1 ) 2044 1090 2080
AZV22C8 2200 1200 800 2194 592 1128 711 390 2010 1192 440( 1 ) 2044 1090 2080
AZV22CA 2200 1200 1000 2194 592 1128 911 390 2010 1192 440( 1 ) 2044 1090 2080
- Dimensions in mm;
- (º) Cabinets having a width of 1600 mm have two rear panels;
- ( 1 ) In cabinets with two doors with rabbets, there are obviously two door reinforcement frames;
- ( 2 ) In cabinets having a width of 1600 mm there are two plates joined together with screws.
21 CATALOGUE
R
AZV - Cabinet with double transparent doors
and internal blind doors
X T A
Nominal Dimensions Characteristics Plate
code H W D A B G I M N R S T X Y
BOZZA DI STAMPA
S
B

UTZ, KIT TO JOIN CABINETS IN BATTERIES
AZ series cabinets may be joined together at the sides, with
the positioning of a rectangular frame between them, as shown
in Fig. 67.1
A gasket is mounted on both sides of the pre-bored frame,
which is then positioned on one of the cabinets and attached
with screws. The other cabinet is then placed near the frame,
H
ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS:
B
A
D
Fig. 67.1
- Mount the gaskets supplied on both sides;
- Insert the tubular piece on the side of the frame of one of
the two cabinets and centre it with the screws;
- Bring the other cabinet into contact and take care to pass the
screws;
- Mount the two plates shown in figures 67.3 and 67.4 from
both sides, at about half the distance of the vertical strut.
- Assemble diagonally (from bottom to top) the two squares
shown in Fig. 67.2;
- Tighten all of the flanged nuts of the tubular piece and the
plates.
taking care to match the bores, and is then attached.
The UTZ code includes not only the frame, but also the
bored junction plates, the gasket and the screws necessary
for attachment and assembly of the plates. The plates
inside the vertical struts are used only and exclusively
to avoid rotation of the strut once the tubular frame
screws have been tightened. They therefore have no function
of mechanical reinforcement of the cabinet itself.
CODES AND CHARACTERISTIC FRAME DIMENSIONS
Fig. 67.2 Fig. 67.3
Fig. 67.4
21 CATALOGUE
Nominal
Dimensions
Characteristics
code H D B A
UTZ184 1800 400 1758 268
UTZ185 1800 500 1758 368
UTZ186 1800 600 1758 468
UTZ188 1800 800 1758 668
UTZ18A 1800 1000 1758 868
UTZ204 2000 400 1958 268
UTZ205 2000 500 1958 368
UTZ206 2000 600 1958 468
UTZ208 2000 800 1958 668
UTZ20A 2000 1000 1958 868
UTZ224 2200 400 2158 268
UTZ225 2200 500 2158 368
UTZ226 2200 600 2158 468
UTZ228 2200 800 2158 668
UTZ22A 2200 1000 2158 868
BOZZA DI STAMPA
CONTENTS OF THE UTZ KIT:
- 1 ea. UTZ frame (Fig. 67.1);
- 6 ea. TE M8 x 60 screws with Allen spanner head
- 16 ea. TE M8 x 16 screws with false washer;
- 24 ea. Flanged M8 nuts;
- 2 ea. Straight plates (Fig. 67.3 and 67.4)
- 2 ea. Corner plates (Fig. 67.2
IMPORTANT NOTE:
The above-indicated codes refer to the assembled Kit. If ordered
separately (unassembled) a “C” suffix must be added to the code.
i.e.: UTZ184C
67

SLZ, SIDE PANELS
The side panels for AZ cabinets are built of 1.5 mm thick
press-bent sheet metal and are fixed to the sides of the AZ
frames with six or eight circular convex Phillips head M6
screws. In the internal part, around the perimeter, there is
D
a gasket that adapts to the side border of the frame, to
guarantee IP 55 airtightness. The standard panels are
blind, nevertheless, it is possible to order them customised
with borings according to specifications, paying attention to
ensure that the bores do not interfere with the frame (see
positions E and F, Page 58).
B
B
A
A
D
H
Fig. 68.1
H
CODES AND DIMENSIONS OF SINGLE SIDE PANELS
Dimensions in mm
CODES AND DIMENSIONS OF SIDE PANELS PAIRS
Dimensions in mm
Nominal
Dimensions
Characteristics
code H D B A
SLZ184 1800 400 1750 265
SLZ185 1800 500 1750 365
SLZ186 1800 600 1750 465
SLZ188 1800 800 1750 665
SLZ18A 1800 1000 1750 865
SLZ204 2000 400 1950 265
SLZ205 2000 500 1950 365
SLZ206 2000 600 1950 465
SLZ208 2000 800 1950 665
SLZ20A 2000 1000 1950 865
SLZ224 2200 400 2150 265
SLZ225 2200 500 2150 365
SLZ226 2200 600 2150 465
SLZ228 2200 800 2150 665
SLZ22A 2200 1000 2150 865
Nominal
Dimensions
Characteristics
code H D B A
CLZ184 1800 400 1750 265
CLZ185 1800 500 1750 365
CLZ186 1800 600 1750 465
CLZ188 1800 800 1750 665
CLZ18A 1800 1000 1750 865
CLZ204 2000 400 1950 265
CLZ205 2000 500 1950 365
CLZ206 2000 600 1950 465
CLZ208 2000 800 1950 665
CLZ20A 2000 1000 1950 865
CLZ224 2200 400 2150 265
CLZ225 2200 500 2150 365
CLZ226 2200 600 2150 465
CLZ228 2200 800 2150 665
CLZ22A 2200 1000 2150 865
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Fig. 68.2
68
21 CATALOGUE

KAP100, AZ PLATE BACKSPACING KIT
The front plate (see page 25) is generally mounted on crosspieces,
but as stated, if it is desired to have the maximum
possible distance between the door and the surface of the
plate, it can be placed between the rear struts. Remember
that in this case the internal distance between the door and
the plate surface amounts to the nominal depth measurement,
decreased by about 96 mm.
In order to make this type of assembly possible, a kit has
been designed, called the plate backspacing kit, which is
made up of two compact upper support brackets (A) suitable
for attachment in the small space between the upper
part of the plate and the bored side, along with the usual
components of the lower part of the cabinet.
Fig. 69.2
Fig. 69.3
Rif. fig.69.2
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Rif. fig.69.3
PLATE BACKSPACING KIT (KAP100):
Fig. 69.1
CODES AND COMPOSITION OF THE KIT
Nominal Dimensions Characteristics
code
H x W
KAP100 All Assembly Kit
2 ea, Upper support brackets (SQZ380);
2 ea. TE F.R. screws M8x16;
2 ea. M6x16 TT screws;
4 ea. M6 cage nuts for interior;
2 ea. Plate attachment pins;
2 ea. Plate slide stoppers.
2 ea. Flanged M8 nuts;
21 CATALOGUE
69

AZN, PC COLUMN
COMPONENTS OF THE BASIC “AZN” CABINET
- AZ frame;
- Upper door with transparent 19” window that opens 120°,
complete with lever bolt hinge closure;
- Keyboard drawer and mouse support with tip over closure;
- Blind lower door, opens 120°, complete with lever bolt hinge
closure;
- Two horizontal shelves for monitor and keyboard.
- Screw-on rear panel.
This is a computer cabinet designed with the robust structure
of the “AZ” frame, with the possibility of the cabinets of
this series of being accessible from all sides. The interior is
divided into three parts: the upper part is arranged for the
placement of a monitor (traditional type or TFT) to which
access can be gained through a side-hinged door that opens
120° and has a bolt lever closure, with a window protected
by a sheet of transparent PMMA; the central part is a keyboard
drawer with an extractable mouse support and closure
with a turnover door; the lower part is designed for the
placement of a reduced plate, a computer and/or printer
carriage and paper, with a side hinged door as in the upper
part. All of the closure panels are equipped with gaskets to
guarantee IP 55 level protection. The basic version has the
configuration listed below, but it is always possible to customise
both the external panels and the internal accessories.
Fig. 70.1 Fig. 70.2
BOZZA DI STAMPA
NOTE:
The upper door may be supplied with a transparent PVC door for
access to the floppy disk or CD unit.
(See example on right, Fig. 70.3 and Page 37, code SPC120).
Fig. 70.3
21 CATALOGUE
70

AZN, PC COLUMN
Technical characteristics
W
D
329
H
CODES AND DIMENSIONS OF AZN CABINET
Nominal Dimensions
Fig. 71.3
502
B
A
225
868
960
Fig. 71.1 Fig. 71.2
Characteristics
code H W D A B
AZN1866 1800 600 600 230,5 690
AZN1886 1800 800 600 230,5 690
AZN2066 2000 600 600 330,5 890
AZN2086 2000 800 600 330,5 890
445
NOTE:
418
For “AZN” cabinet accessories, consult:
- Sides (SLZ or CLZ) Page 68;
- 100 mm H base (ZCB and FLZ) Pages 31-33;
- Printer carriage (CRZ) Page 72;
- Airtight cubicle (CTS) Page 72;
- Supplementary sliding drawer (PCN) Page 38;
- Extractable mouse support (MSN) Page 38;
- Reduced plate (CPM) Page 38;
“AZN” CABINET PRINTER CARRIAGE
BOZZA DI STAMPA
CODES AND CARRIAGE DIMENSIONS
Nominal
Dimensions
Characteristics
code W A
CRZ060N
CRZ080N
600 480
800 680
265
Attachment crosspieces
A
Carriage level adjustable in height
21 CATALOGUE
71

AZD, MODULAR CABINET
The “AZD” cabinet has all of the characteristics of the “AZV”
series, with the addition of modular internal elements such
as the optimal harmonised frame and panels, to permit the
inside of the cabinet to have an adequate distribution of
electricity, the assembly of any modular or non-modular
switch, terminals, raceways and acclimatisation equipment.
Level of protection IP 55.
COMPONENTS OF THE “AZD” CABINET:
- AZ frame, with upper and lower panel, cable passage
opening and cover (AZ) Page. 58;
- Transparent (DTE) door, page 20;
- Internal modular frame (TMI), page 45;
- Screw-on rear panel (RPE), page 22.
ELEMENTS AVAILABLE ON REQUEST:
Fig. 72.1 Fig. 72.2
- Special boring may be requested on panels and
component plates to accommodate any switch;
- The panels may be hinged on the internal frame and the
attachment on the other side may be made with screws
or with a lock (box, etc.)
BOZZA DI STAMPA
External modular elements:
Internal modular elements:
- Panels or modular hinged panels (CPX, CPZ, CPY, CPK,
CPT) see pages 43-44;
- Compensation panels (PPC), page 44;
- Component support plate (CPR), page 44;
- Wiring accessories (MTZ) (CPP), page 45;
- Blind modular door (PEC) page 46;
- Transparent external modular door (PEV) page 46;
- Reduced internal plate (CPM) page 46;
- Reduced horizontal partitions (SOA) page 47;
- Reduced vertical partitions (SVX) page 47;
- Door rabbet crosspiece (TBP) page 47.
21 CATALOGUE
72

AZD, MODULAR CABINET
Characteristic elements
1
2
3
4
COMPOSITION OF “AZD” CABINETS:
1. Internal modular frame, page 45;
2. DIN bar attachment crosspiece, page 45;
3. Instrument support panels, page 43;
4. Open frame for panels, page 55;
5. Transparent door, page 20;
6. Component plate, page 44.
N
D
218
C
B – Modular internal frame;
C – distance between square holes
A
B
6
Fig. 73.1
“AZD” MODULAR CABINET - Codes and dimensions
W
Fig. 73.3
H
Nominal Dimensions
Characteristics
code H W D A B C N
AZD1664 1600 600 400 182 440 465 1400
AZD1665 1600 600 500 282 440 465 1400
AZD1666 1600 600 600 382 440 465 1400
AZD1684 1600 800 400 182 640 665 1400
AZD1685 1600 800 500 282 640 665 1400
AZD1686 1600 800 600 382 640 665 1400
AZD1864 1800 600 400 182 440 465 1600
AZD1865 1800 600 500 282 440 465 1600
AZD1866 1800 600 600 382 440 465 1600
AZD1868 1800 600 800 582 440 465 1600
AZD1884 1800 800 400 182 640 665 1600
AZD1885 1800 800 500 282 640 665 1600
AZD1886 1800 800 600 382 640 665 1600
AZD2064 2000 600 400 182 440 465 1800
AZD2065 2000 600 500 282 440 465 1800
AZD2066 2000 600 600 382 440 465 1800
AZD2068 2000 600 800 582 440 465 1800
AZD2084 2000 800 400 182 640 665 1800
AZD2085 2000 800 500 282 640 665 1800
AZD2086 2000 800 600 382 640 665 1800
AZD2088 2000 800 800 582 640 665 1800
AZD2266 2200 600 600 382 440 465 2000
AZD2286 2200 800 600 382 640 665 2000
Dimensions in mm
- Measurement N corresponds to the height to be occupied with the panels indicated on page 43, with the exception of the two upper
and lower compensation panels, which have a nominal height of 50 mm;
A - On request, the standard modular frame may be substituted with a special vertical strut that permits the realisation of separate
compartments, together with the SOA and CPM code accessories (see pages 46 and 47).
21 CATALOGUE
5
CHARACTERISTIC MEASUREMENTS OF THE MODULAR FRAME
30
104 124
25
Fig. 73.2
BOZZA DI STAMPA
73

AZL, CABINET WITH CONSOLE
The AZL variant offers users exceptional versatility and safety,
accompanied by a high level of functional efficiency. There
are two doors in the front part of the cabinet, in the lower
and upper parts, separated by a console with an upper panel
that protrudes 450 mm from the front of the cabinet (in the
standard version – there is also a version that protrudes
300 mm, available on request).
The sides are closed with two CPZ series type side panels,
while in the lower part there is a standard DBE series type
door. It is possible to place a PNA type component plate inside,
along the entire height of the cabinet. The level of protection
is IP 55.
COMPONENTS OF THE “AZL” CABINET:
- AZ frame, (AZ, page 59) with upper and lower panel
and cable passage opening;
- Upper front door that can be opened 120° (180° on
request);
- Central console;
- Lower front door that can be opened 120° (180° on
request);
- Lower rear door that can be opened 120° (180° on
request);
- Internal electro mechanical plate (PNA)
Fig. 74.1 Fig. 74.2
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Elements available on request:
- 100 mm or 200 mm H base;
- Customised boring of console shelf;
- Possibility to bore upper panel, side panels, rear door
and front doors;
- Reduced horizontal partitions;
- Reduced electro mechanical plate;
- Horizontal partitions;
74
21 CATALOGUE

AZL, CABINET WITH CONSOLE
AZL - CODES AND CHARACTERISTIC DIMENSIONS
W
Dimensions in mm
H
D
A
235
771
Nominal Dimensions
365
C
B
445
Fig. 75.1
Characteristics
code H W D A B C
AZL 1864 1800 600 400 780 592 510
AZL 1865 1800 600 500 780 592 510
AZL 1866 1800 600 600 780 592 510
AZL 1884 1800 800 400 780 792 710
AZL 1885 1800 800 500 780 792 710
AZL 1886 1800 800 600 780 792 710
AZL 18A5 1800 1000 500 780 992 910
AZL 18A6 1800 1000 600 780 992 910
AZL 18C5 1800 1200 500 780 1192 1110
AZL 18C6 1800 1200 600 780 1192 1110
AZL 2066 2000 600 600 980 592 510
AZL 2068 2000 600 800 980 592 510
BOZZA DI STAMPA
AZL 2084 2000 800 400 980 792 710
AZL 2085 2000 800 500 980 792 710
AZL 2086 2000 800 600 980 792 710
AZL 2088 2000 800 800 980 792 710
AZL 20A5 2000 1000 500 980 992 910
AZL 20A6 2000 1000 600 980 992 910
AZL 20A8 2000 1000 800 980 992 910
AZL 20C5 2000 1200 500 980 1192 1110
AZL 20C6 2000 1200 600 980 1192 1110
AZL 20C8 2000 1200 800 980 1192 1110
The measurements C and (365) correspond to the effective measurements
of the passage underneath the console panel.
21 CATALOGUE
75

RLZ - LATERAL RACEWAY
C
W
The purpose of the RLZ Lateral Cable Raceway cabinet is to
make it possible to place a cabinet in line with a side door,
obtaining a space for a cable raceway and complementary
equipment. The structure is monolithic, which means that it
has no dismountable front and rear panels; a portion of one
side is designed for open coupling with the side of the AZ
cabinet and the other side has a door. Similar to the AZ
cabinets, the door may be opened towards the left or right.
On the side designed for coupling with the AZ cabinet, a
blind electro mechanical plate can be installed, which may
also be supplied pre-bored, on request.
Level of protection IP 55.
RLZ RACEWAY COMPONENTS:
- Press bent monolithic bearing structure;
- Blind roof;
- Bottom equipped with cable entry and relative over plate;
- Side door with lever bolt hinge closure and reinforcing
frame (aperture 120°);
- Lateral component support plate.
Additional components:
- 100 mm or 200 mm H base
- Customised borings on plate, on request.
BOZZA DI STAMPA
H
F
D
E
M
G
Fig. 76.1 Fig. 76.2
21 CATALOGUE
76

RLZ - LATERAL RACEWAY
CODES AND CHARACTERISTIC DIMENSIONS OF THE RLZ RACEWAY
Nominal Dimensions
Characteristics
code H W D C G E F M X Y
RLZ 1852 1800 500 200 1702 402 300 1691 170 365 1750
RLZ 1853 1800 500 300 1702 402 300 1691 270 365 1750
RLZ 1862 1800 600 200 1702 502 400 1691 170 465 1750
RLZ 1863 1800 600 300 1702 502 400 1691 270 465 1750
RLZ 1882 1800 800 200 1702 702 600 1691 170 665 1750
RLZ 1883 1800 800 600 1702 702 600 1691 570 665 1750
RLZ 2052 2000 500 200 1902 402 300 1891 170 365 1950
RLZ 2053 2000 500 300 1902 402 300 1891 270 365 1950
RLZ 2062 2000 600 200 1902 502 400 1891 170 465 1950
RLZ 2063 2000 600 300 1902 502 400 1891 270 465 1950
RLZ 2082 2000 800 200 1902 702 600 1891 170 665 1950
RLZ 2083 2000 800 300 1902 702 600 1891 270 665 1950
RLZ 2262 2200 600 200 2102 502 400 2091 170 465 2150
RLZ 2263 2200 600 300 2102 502 400 2091 270 465 2150
RLZ 2282 2200 800 200 2102 702 600 2091 170 665 2150
RLZ 2283 2200 800 300 2102 702 600 2091 270 665 2150
Dimensions in mm
The G measurement is the distance between the plate and the side door;
Measurements X and Y are the measurements of the electromechanical plate.
ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS:
- Mount the gasket provided on the side of the cable
raceway;
- Insert the cage nuts provided in the slot of the square
frame;
- Place the raceway next to the square;
- Insert all the screws and then tighten them;
- Insert and tighten the hexagonal threaded spacers in the
square to the frame;
- Insert and tighten the electro mechanical plate on the pins
just mounted.
Lateral AZ frame
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Lateral cable raceway
Fig. 77.1 Fig. 77.2
Electromechanical plate
21 CATALOGUE
77

The RFZ cable raceway makes it possible to install a module
for access to the wiring and arrangement of the wires in
the attached cabinets, in any lateral or intermediate position.
The structure is made up of a veritable modular AZ frame,
built of press bent and welded sheet metal.
The front door is reversible. On request, a customised electromechanical
plate can be installed.
The level of protection is IP 55.
RLZ raceway components:
- Press bent monolithic bearing structure;
- Bottom equipped with cable entry and relative cover
plate;
- Removable upper cover;
- Reversible rear door;
- Screw-on rear panel.
Additional components:
- Internal electromechanical plate that can be customised;
- 100 mm or 200 mm H base;
- Side panels.
A
W
D
H
Nominal Dimensions
RFZ - FRONT RACEWAY
Fig. 78.1
CODES AND DIMENSIONS OF RFZ FRONT CABLE RACEWAY
Characteristics
code H W D A B
RFZ1844 1800 400 400 1702 216
RFZ1845 1800 400 500 1702 316
RFZ1846 1800 400 600 1702 416
BOZZA DI STAMPA
RFZ1848 1800 400 800 1702 616
RFZ2044 2000 400 400 1902 216
RFZ2045 2000 400 500 1902 316
RFZ2046 2000 400 600 1902 416
RFZ2048 2000 400 800 1902 616
RFZ2246 2200 400 600 2102 416
RFZ2248 2200 400 800 2102 616
Dimensions in mm
B
Fig. 78.2
21 CATALOGUE
78

AZR - 19” RACK CABINET
AZR - CODES AND CHARACTERISTIC DIMENSIONS
Nominal Dimensions HE unit Characteristics
code H W D n° F I
AZR 1884 1800 800 400 36 110 270
AZR 1885 1800 800 500 36 110 370
AZR 1886 1800 800 600 36 110 470
AZR 2084 2000 800 400 40 110 270
AZR 2085 2000 800 500 40 110 370
AZR 2086 2000 800 600 40 110 470
AZR 2088 2000 800 800 40 110 500
REFERENCE TO OTHER COMMON ACCESSORIES:
- 19” open rack frame (TRE, page 55);
- 19” internal swivel rack frame (TRI, page 55);
- Pair of fixed rack vertical struts (STR, page 55);
- Aluminium front panels (PHE, page 55);
- Rack socket (PPR 100, page 55).
Fig. 79.1
The AZR variant, applied to the standard frame, consists
of insertion in the cabinet of a swivel rack with lever bolt
hinge closure. The frame is monolithic in the 19” rack
support portion, with a compensation panel on the side
where the lever bolt hinge is housed. It can be hinged on
the left or right side of the cabinet and is supported by
two brackets, an upper and a lower one, fixed on the vertical
struts in the back of the cabinet itself, with a standard
aperture of 90°. Equipment having a depth of up to
500 mm can be fixed to the frame. The standard front
door is transparent and identical to the door in the AZV
cabinets.
STANDARD ELEMENTS OF THE AZR CABINET:
- Press bent monolithic bearing structure;
- Bottom equipped with cable entry and relative cover
plate;
- Removable upper cover;
- Hinged and reversible transparent external door;
- 19” internal rack door, swivels 90° (TRI);
- Screw on rear panel.
Additional components:
- Electromechanical plate (PNA or PMB);
- Side panels (SLZ or CLZ);
- 100 mm H (ZCB) base (200 mm H on request);
- 19” open rack frame (TRE);
- Pair of fixed rack vertical struts (STR).
BOZZA DI STAMPA
H
W
I
F 450 465
90°
D
21 CATALOGUE
Fig. 79.2
79

SOA - AX, AX AND AF SERIES CABINET HORIZONTAL PARTITIONS - CODES AND DIMENSIONS
The partitions are normally attached to the front and rear vertical
side struts. For particular requirements of capacity, support crosspieces
may be coupled laterally (see page 130).
H
80
W
D
A
SVZ AND SVX - AZ AND AX SERIES CABINET VERTICAL PARTITIONS - CODES AND DIMENSIONS
B
Fig. 80.1
SV...- Vertical partitions are normally attached with screws between
the front and rear vertical struts of the AZ and AX cabinets.
The partitions are not airtight and in correspondence
to the four corners, the panel has a notch to permit the passage
of cables.
A
Note:
B
AZ
D
H
AX
D
H
SOA, SVX AND SVZ
HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL PARTITIONS
Nominal Dimensions
characteristics dimensions
code W D A B
SOA605 600 500 492 448
SOA606 600 600 492 548
SOA608 600 800 492 748
SOA804 800 400 692 348
SOA805 800 500 692 448
SOA806
800 600
692 548
SOA808 800 800 692 748
SOA105
1000 500
892 448
SOA106 1000 600 892 548
SOA108 1000
800
892 748
SOA125 1200 500 1092 448
SOA126 1200 600 1092 548
SOA128 1200 800 1092 748
SOA145 1400 500 1292 448
SOA146 1400 600 1292 548
SOA148 1400 800 1292 748
SOA165 1600 500 1492 448
SOA166 1600 600 1492 548
SOA168 1600 800 1492 748
Nominal Dimensions
characteristics dimensions
code W D A B
SVZ184 1800 400 1692 209
SVZ185 1800 500 1692 309
SVZ186 1800 600 1692 409
SVZ188 1800 800 1692 609
SVZ204 2000 400 1892 209
SVZ205 2000 500 1892 309
SVZ206 2000 600 1892 409
SVZ208 2000 800 1892 609
SVZ226 2200 600 2092 409
SVZ228 2200 800 2092 609
Nominal Dimensions
characteristics dimensions
BOZZA DI STAMPA
code H D A B
SVX164 1600 400 1492 239
SVX165 1600 500 1492 339
SVX166 1600 600 1492 439
SVX184 1800 400 1692 239
SVX185 1800 500 1692 339
SVX186 1800 600 1692 439
Fig. 80.2 SVX188 1800 800 1692 639
The vertical partitioning may be realised with a perforated SVX204 2000 400 1892 239
panel (5 x 5 holes, 7 mm rectangular step, thickness 1 SVX205 2000 500 1892 339
mm), with customised boring. The request should be made SVX226 2200 600 2092 439
with a full description and the code will be assigned to the
order.
SVX228 2200 800 2092 639
21 CATALOGUE

CCT - ROOF CABLE RACEWAY
The roof cable raceway increases the possibilities of use of
the AZ and AX cabinets, permitting the creation in the upper
part of the cabinets of a cable compartment, bar compartment
or ventilation tunnel. The roof cable raceways can be
coupled in batteries, but it is possible to realise long raceways
in a single piece that may be up to 2400 mm in length.
Lifting of the squares is made possible by special eyebolts
equipped with an extension.
Level of protection IP 55.
ROOF RACEWAY COMPONENTS:
- Bearing structure in press bent and welded
sheet metal;
- Front and rear pair of screw on closure
panels;
- Screw on upper closure panel.
Additional components:
- Pair of side panels;
- Lifting eyebolts;
- Channel attachment crosspieces.
M
W D
C G
B
F
Fig. 81.1
CCT - ROOF CABLE RACEWAY AND PAIR OF SIDE PANELS - CODES AND DIMENSIONS
Pair of side panels.
Supplied separately
Nominal
Dimensions
Characteristics
pair of side panels
code W D M A B C G E F CODE OF PIECES THAT CAN BE COUPLED
CCT6062 600 600 200 492 485 404 380 140 148 CCT600/F
CCT6082 600 800 200 492 685 404 580 140 148 CCT800/F
CCT8062 800 600 200 692 485 604 380 140 148 CCT600/F
CCT8082 800 800 200 692 685 604 580 140 148 CCT800/F
CCT1062 1000 600 200 892 485 804 380 140 148 CCT600/F
CCT1082 1000 800 200 892 685 804 580 140 148 CCT800/F
CCT1262 1200 600 200 1092 485 1004 380 140 148 CCT600/F
CCT1282 1200 800 200 1092 685 1004 580 140 148 CCT800/F
CCT6063 600 600 250 492 485 404 380 190 198 CCT601/F
CCT6083 600 800 250 492 685 404 580 190 198 CCT801/F
CCT8063 800 600 250 692 485 604 380 190 198 CCT601/F
CCT8083 800 800 250 692 685 604 580 190 198 CCT801/F
CCT1063 1000 600 250 892 485 804 380 190 198 CCT601/F
CCT1083 1000 800 250 892 685 804 580 190 198 CCT801/F
CCT1263 1200 600 250 1092 485 1004 380 190 198 CCT601/F
CCT1283 1200 800 250 1092 685 1004 580 190 198 CCT801/F
BOZZA DI STAMPA
A
E
21 CATALOGUE
81

AX FRAMES HAVING A DEPTH OF LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 800 MM
AX SERIES
INPUT DIMENSIONS OF CABLE COMPARTMENT
AX FRAMES HAVING A DEPTH GREATER THAN 800 MM
B
A
Fig. 82.1 Fig. 82.2
CODES OF CABINETS AND CHARACTERISTIC DIMENSIONS OF THE CABLE INPUT COMPARTMENT
Characteristics
Dimensions
CODES A B C
AX1844 AX2044 210 220 -
AX1664 AX1864 AX2064
AX2264
AX1684 AX1884 AX18A4
AX2084 AX2284
AX16A4 AX18A4
AX20A4 AX22A4
AX16C4 AX18C4
AX20C4 AX22C4
404 230 -
604 230 -
804 230 -
1004 230 -
AX18D4 AX20D4 1204 230 -
AX1845 AX1846 AX1848
AX2045 AX2046 AX2048
AX1665
AX2065
AX1865
AX2265
AX1666 AX1866 AX1868 AX2066
AX2068 AX2266 AX2268
210 320 -
404 280 -
404 380 -
AX1685 AX1885 AX2085 AX2285 604 280 -
B
C
B
Characteristics
Dimensions
CODES A B C
AX18A5 AX20A5 AX22A5 804 280 -
AX18A6 AX18A8 AX20A6
AX20A8 AX22A6 AX22A8
804 380 -
AX16C5 AX18C5 AX20C5 AX22C5 1004 280 -
AX16C6 AX18C8 AX20C6
AX20C8 AX22C6 AX22C8
1004 380 -
AX18D5 AX20D5 AX22D5 1204 280 -
AX18D6 AX18D8 AX20D6
AX20D8 AX22D6 AX22D8
1024 380 -
AX226A 404 280 ( 2 ) 220
AX188A AX208A AX228A 604 280 ( 2 ) 220
AX18AA AX20AA AX22AA 804 280 ( 2 ) 220
AX18CA AX20CA AX22CA 1004 280 ( 2 ) 220
BOZZA DI STAMPA
A
AX1686 AX1886 AX1888 AX2086
AX2088 AX2286 AX2288
604 380 -
Dimensions in mm, ( 2 ) for depths greater than 800 mm there are two compartments.
21 CATALOGUE
82

AX SERIES - INPUT DIMENSIONS OF CABLE
COMPARTMENT FOR CABINETS WITH REAR STRUT
DIMENSIONS OF AX FRAMES WITH VERTICAL REAR STRUT
D
I
Characteristics Dimensions
code D E I
AX18E4 AX20E4 604 230 195
AX18E5 AX20E5 AX22E5 604 280 195
AX18E6 AX18E8 AX20E6 AX20E8
AX22E6 AX22E8
604 380 195
D
Fig. 83.1
CODES AND CHARACTERISTIC DIMENSIONS OF THE CABLE INPUT COMPARTMENT
Dimensions in mm
CUSTOMISED CABLE INPUT COMPARTMENTS FOR AX SERIES CABINETS:
The dimensions of the cable input compartment
shown on the previous page and in
the above table correspond to the standard
measurements.
Nevertheless, in customised productions,
where the maximum aperture is required, it
is possible to obtain maximum cable input
compartment dimensions in width and
depth, coupling those shown in the two
tables on the right.
Example: A 1200 mm wide and 600 mm
deep cabinet may have a cable input measuring
945 x 403 mm.
Width
of cabinet
W
E
Characteristics Dimensions
code D E I
AX18F5 AX20F5 604 280 295
AX18F6 AX18F8 AX20F6 AX20F8 604 380 295
Maximum dimensions in
width of the cable
compartment
A
400 145
500 245
600 345
800 545
1000 745
1200 945
1400 1145
1600 1345
1800 1545
Depth of the
cabinet
D
Dimensions in mm
Maximum dimensions in
depth of the
cable compartment
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Dimensions in mm
B
400 203
500 303
600 403
800 603
1000 803
1200 1003
Dimensions in mm
21 CATALOGUE
83

AZ SERIES - INPUT DIMENSIONS OF CABLE
COMPARTMENT FOR CABINETS WITHOUT REAR STRUT
AZ BOTTOM PANELS WITH DEPTH LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 800 MM
AZ BOTTOM PANELS WITH DEPTH GREATER THAN 800 MM
B
A
Fig. 84.1
CODES OF AZ CABINETS AND CHARACTERISTIC DIMENSIONS OF THE CABLE INPUT COMPARTMENT
Characteristic Dimensions
code A B C
AZ1844 AZ2044 210 120
AZ1845 AZ2045 210 220
AZ1846 AZ2046 AZ1848 AZ2048 210 320
AZ1864 AZ2064 AZ2264 300 120
AZ1865 AZ2065 AZ2265 300 220
AZ1866 AZ2066 AZ2266 AZ1868
AZ2068 AZ2268
300 320
AZ1884 AZ2084 AZ2284 500 120
AZ1885 AZ2085 AZ2285 500 220
AZ1886 AZ2086 AZ2286 AZ1888
AZ2088 AZ2288
500 320
B
C
B
A
Fig. 84.2
Characteristic Dimensions
code A B C
AZ18A5 AZ20A5 AZ22A5 AZ22C5 610 220
AZ18A6 AZ20A6 AZ22A6 AZ22C6
AZ18A8 AZ20A8 AZ22A8 AZ22C8
610 320
AZ18C4 AZ18D4 AZ20C4 AZ20D4 900 120
AZ18C5 AZ18D5 AZ20C5 AZ20D5
AZ22D5
AZ18C6 AZ18D6 AZ20C6 AZ20D6
AZ22D6 AZ18C8 AZ18D8 AZ20C8
AZ20D8 AZ22D8
900 220
900 320
AZ226A 300 320 ( 2 ) 80
AZ188A AZ208A 500 320 ( 2 ) 80
BOZZA DI STAMPA
AZ18AA AZ20AA AZ22AA AZ22CA 610 320 ( 2 ) 80
AZ18CA AZ20CA 900 320 ( 2 ) 80
AZ18A4 AZ20A4 AZ22A4 AZ22C4 610 120
( 2 ) Refer to Fig. 84.2, there are two cable compartments in depth
21 CATALOGUE
84

AZ SERIES - INPUT DIMENSIONS OF CABLE
COMPARTMENT FOR CABINETS WITH REAR STRUT
AZ PANELS FOR INPUT OF CABLE COMPARTMENT FOR CABINET WIDTHS OF 1600 AND 1800 MM
E
CODES OF AZ CABINETS AND CHARACTERISTIC DIMENSIONS OF THE CABLE INPUT COMPARTMENT
Characteristic Dimensions
code D E I
AZ18E4 AZ20E4 500 120 300
AZ18E5 AZ20E5 AZ22E5 500 220 300
AZ18F5 AZ20F5 500 220 400
AZ18E6 AZ18E8 AZ20E6
AZ20E8 AZ22E6 AZ22E8
AZ18F6 AZ18F8 AZ20F6
AZ20F8
CUSTOMISED CABLE INPUT COMPARTMENTS FOR AZ SERIES CABINETS:
The dimensions of the cable input compartment
shown on the previous page and in
the above table correspond to the standard
measurements.
Nevertheless, in customised productions,
where the maximum aperture is required, it
is possible to obtain maximum cable input
compartment dimensions in width and
depth, coupling those shown in the two
tables on the right.
Example: A 1400 mm wide and 800 mm deep
cabinet may have a cable input measuring
1135 x 545 mm.
Width
of cabinet
W
D
500 320 300
500 320 400
Maximum dimensions in
width of the cable
compartment
A
400 135
500 235
600 335
800 535
1000 735
1200 935
1400 1135
1600 1335
1800 1535
I
D
Depth of the
cabinet
Fig. 85.1
Maximum dimensions in
depth of the cable
compartment
B
BOZZA DI STAMPA
D
400 145
500 245
600 345
800 545
1000 745
1200 945
Dimensions in mm
Dimensions in mm
21 CATALOGUE
85

AF SERIES - IP 55 MODULAR CABINETS
The primary characteristic of the AF series cabinets is the
monoblock frame: the bottom, roof and pre-bored electro
welded sides in press bent sheet steel. Access to the cabinet
is provided through the front and rear, where a door and
rear panel are installed, or both a front and rear door. Along
the entire perimeter of the inside, there is the usual boring
with the step for attachment of components. The door and
rear panels are the same ones used in the AX and AZ
series. On the bottom of the monoblock there is an opening
for the passage of cables, with a panel for closure.
In addition to the basic configuration, it is also possible to
order the following configurations:
AFB – Blind external door;
AFV – Transparent external door and blind internal door;
AFD – Transparent external door and frame with modular
internal panels.
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Fig. 86.1
86
21 CATALOGUE

AF SERIES – MONOBLOCK FRAME
Codes and dimensions
H
W
I
S
G
F
D
T
Fig. 87.1
Nominal Dimensions
AF MONOBLOCK FRAME, COMPLETE WITH:
- Bearing structure in press bent, pre-bored and
completely welded sheet metal sections;
- Fixed bottom with opening for the passage of cables, with
relative power plate;
- Borings for eyebolts, base and attachment of
components for completion.
Note:
- Frames having a width of 1600 mm have a vertical
rear strut;
- The following customised productions may be provided
on request:
- Borings on sides;
- Borings on roof.
Characteristics
code H W D F G I S T
AF1264 1200 600 400 346 311 528 501 1111
AF1284 1200 800 400 346 311 728 701 1111
AF12A4 1200 1000 400 346 311 928 901 1111
AF12C4 1200 1200 400 346 311 1128 1101 1111
AF1464 1400 600 400 346 311 528 501 1311
AF1484 1400 800 400 346 311 728 701 1311
AF14A4 1400 1000 400 346 311 928 901 1311
AF14C4 1400 1200 400 346 311 1128 1101 1311
AF1664 1600 600 400 346 311 528 501 1511
AF1684 1600 800 400 346 311 728 701 1511
AF16A4 1600 1000 400 346 311 928 901 1511
AF16C4 1600 1200 400 346 311 1128 1101 1511
AF1864 1800 600 400 346 311 528 501 1711
AF1865 1800 600 500 446 411 528 501 1711
AF1884 1800 800 400 346 311 728 701 1711
AF1885 1800 800 500 446 411 728 701 1711
AF18A4 1800 1000 400 346 311 928 901 1711
AF18A5 1800 1000 500 446 411 928 901 1711
AF18C4 1800 1200 400 346 311 1128 1101 1711
AF18C5 1800 1200 500 446 411 1128 1101 1711
AF18E4 1800 1600 400 346 311 1528 1501 1711
AF18E5 1800 1600 500 446 411 1528 1501 1711
AF2064 2000 600 400 346 311 528 501 1911
AF2065 2000 600 500 446 411 528 501 1911
AF2084 2000 800 400 346 311 728 701 1911
AF2085 2000 800 500 446 411 728 701 1911
AF20A4 2000 1000 400 346 311 928 901 1911
AF20A5 2000 1000 500 446 411 928 901 1911
AF20C4 2000 1200 400 346 311 1128 1101 1911
AF20C5 2000 1200 500 446 411 1128 1101 1911
AF20E5 2000 1600 500 446 411 1528 1501 1911
Dimensions in mm
BOZZA DI STAMPA
21 CATALOGUE
87

AFB - SERIES SINGLE DOOR CABINET
D
F
W
AFB SERIES CABINET WITH SINGLE DOOR, COMPLETE WITH:
- Single-piece frame with opening door the passage of cables;
- Blind door with 120° aperture;
- Screw-on rear panel;
- Electromechanical plate.
Dimensions in mm
DBE...
X
Y
Fig. 88.1
H
RPE...
Additional elements available on request:
- Eyebolts (see pag. 140);
- 100 or 200 mm H base.
Note:
- Cabinets having a width of 1000 mm have only one door;
- Doors, rear panels and electromechanical plates are
the same as in AX, AZ, DBF and RPE series cabinets
...(See pages 19, 22 and 25);
- The internal door reinforcement frames are the same as the
ones quoted for the DBE blind doors (see page 19);
- The cable compartments are shown on page 95;
- Positions S and T (Fig. 88.1) are the effective passage
measurements for both the front and rear part of the
cabinet.
Nominal Dimensions Characteristics Plate
code H W D F Door Code Rear panel code X Y
AFB1264 1200 600 400 346 DBE126 RPE126 490 1080
AFB1284 1200 800 400 346 DBE128 RPE128 690 1080
AFB12A4 1200 1000 400 346 DBE12A RPE12A 890 1080
AFB1464 1400 600 400 346 DBE146 RPE146 490 1280
AFB1484 1400 800 400 346 DBE148 RPE148 690 1280
AFB14A4 1400 1000 400 346 DBE14A RPE14A 890 1280
AFB1664 1600 600 400 346 DBE166 RPE166 490 1480
AFB1684 1600 800 400 346 DBE168 RPE168 690 1480
AFB16A4 1600 1000 400 346 DBE16A RPE16A 890 1480
AFB1864 1800 600 400 346 DBE186 RPE186 490 1680
AFB1865 1800 600 500 446 DBE186 RPE186 490 1680
AFB1884 1800 800 400 346 DBE188 RPE188 690 1680
AFB1885 1800 800 500 446 DBE188 RPE188 690 1680
AFB18A4 1800 1000 400 346 DBE18A RPE18A 890 1680
AFB18A5 1800 1000 500 446 DBE18A RPE18A 890 1680
AFB2064 2000 600 400 346 DBE206 RPE206 490 1880
AFB2065 2000 600 500 446 DBE206 RPE206 490 1880
AFB2084 2000 800 400 346 DBE208 RPE208 690 1880
AFB2085 2000 800 500 446 DBE208 RPE208 690 1880
AFB20A4 2000 1000 400 346 DBE20A RPE20A 890 1880
AFB20A5 2000 1000 500 446 DBE20A RPE20A 890 1880
BOZZA DI STAMPA
21 CATALOGUE
88

AFB SERIES – DOUBLE DOOR
R
W
AFB SERIES CABINET WITH DOUBLE DOOR, COMPLETE WITH:
- Single-piece frame with opening door the passage of
cables;
- Blind doors with rabbets and 120° aperture;
- Screw-on rear panel(s);
- Electromechanical plate(s).
H
D F X
RPE...
Fig. 89.1
Y
Additional elements available on request:
- Eyebolts (see pag. 140);
- 100 or 200 mm H base.
Note:
- Cabinets having a width of 1600 mm have two screw-on
rear panels;
- Doors, rear panels and electromechanical plates are the
same as in AX, AZ, DBF and RPE series cabinets (see
pages 19, 22 and 25);
- The internal door reinforcement frames are the same as
the ones quoted for the DBE blind doors (see page 19);
- The cable compartments are shown on page 95;
Nominal Dimensions Characteristics Plate
code H W D F R door code rear panel code X Y
AFB12C4 1200 1200 400 346 1192 DBE12C RPE12C 1090 1080
AFB14C4 1400 1200 400 346 1192 DBE14C RPE14C 1090 1280
AFB16C4 1600 1200 400 346 1192 DBE16C RPE16C 1090 1480
AFB18C4 1800 1200 400 346 1192 DBE18C RPE18C 1090 1680
AFB18C5 1800 1200 500 446 1192 DBE18C RPE18C 1090 1680
AFB18E4 1800 1600 400 346 792( 1 ) DBE18E RPE18E 749( 2 ) 1680
AFB18E5 1800 1600 500 446 792( 1 ) DBE18E RPE18E 749( 2 ) 1680
AFB20C4 2000 1200 400 346 1192 DBE20C RPE20C 1090 1880
AFB20C5 2000 1200 500 446 1192 DBE20C RPE20C 1090 1880
AFB20E5 2000 1600 500 446 792( 1 ) DBE20E RPE20E 1490 1880
- Dimensions in mm;
DBE...
Nota:
- ( 1 ) There are two rear panels on 1600 mm wide cabinets and the frame has a central vertical strut;
- ( 2 ) There are two electromechanical plates coupled together with screws on 1600 mm wide cabinets;
- The measurements of the doors and rear panels are shown on pages 19 and 22.
- The measurements of the electromechanical plates, their position and the remaining space between the plate
and the front door are shown on page 25.
BOZZA DI STAMPA
21 CATALOGUE
89

AFV SERIES – TRANSPARENT DOOR
AND INTERNAL DOOR
AFV SERIES CABINET WITH DOUBLE DOOR, COMPLETE WITH:
- Single-piece frame with opening door the passage of
cables;
- Transparent door with 120° aperture (see page 20, DTE);
- Blind internal door (see page 21, DBI);
- Blind rear panel (see page 22, RPE);
- Electromechanical plate (see page 25, PNA).
W
RPE...
DTE...
Additional elements available on request:
- Eyebolts (see pag. 140);
- 100 or 200 mm H base.
NOTE:
- Cabinets over 1000 mm in width have two doors;
- The internal door reinforcement frame is the same as
the one quoted on page 20 (DTE);
- The cable compartments are shown on page 95;
- The effective free space between the internal and
external doors are shown on page 21, DBI.
H
D
Fig. 90.1
Nominal Dimensions Components code Plate
code H W D Transparent door code Internal door code Rear panel code X Y
AFV1264 1200 600 400 DTE126 DBI126 RPE126 490 1080
AFV1284 1200 800 400 DTE128 DBI128 RPE128 690 1080
AFV12A4 1200 1000 400 DTE12A DBI12A RPE12A 890 1080
AFV1464 1400 600 400 DTE146 DBI146 RPE146 490 1280
AFV1484 1400 800 400 DTE148 DBI148 RPE148 690 1280
AFV14A4 1400 1000 400 DTE14A DBI14A RPE14A 890 1280
AFV1664 1600 600 400 DTE166 DBI166 RPE166 490 1480
AFV1684 1600 800 400 DTE168 DBI168 RPE168 690 1480
AFV16A4 1600 1000 400 DTE16A DBI16A RPE16A 890 1480
AFV1864 1800 600 400 DTE186 DBI186 RPE186 490 1680
AFV1865 1800 600 500 DTE186 DBI186 RPE186 490 1680
AFV1884 1800 800 400 DTE188 DBI188 RPE188 690 1680
AFV1885 1800 800 500 DTE188 DBI188 RPE188 690 1680
BOZZA DI STAMPA
AFV18A4 1800 1000 400 DTE18A DBI18A RPE18A 890 1680
AFV18A5 1800 1000 500 DTE18A DBI18A RPE18A 890 1680
AFV2064 2000 600 400 DTE206 DBI206 RPE206 490 1880
AFV2065 2000 600 500 DTE206 DBI206 RPE206 490 1880
AFV2084 2000 800 400 DTE208 DBI208 RPE208 690 1880
AFV2085 2000 800 500 DTE208 DBI208 RPE208 690 1880
AFV20A4 2000 1000 400 DTE20A DBI20A RPE20A 890 1880
AFV20A5 2000 1000 500 DTE20A DBI20A RPE20A 890 1880
Dimensions in mm
- The measurements of the transparent doors, internal doors and rear panels are shown on pages 20, 21 and 22; on page 21,
the standard distances between the internal and external doors are also shown;
- The measurements of the electromechanical plates, their position and the residual space between the plate and the front door
are shown on page 25.
DBI...
90
21 CATALOGUE

AFV SERIES – CABINET WITH DOUBLE
TRANSPARENT DOORS AND INTERNAL DOORS
H
W
Nominal Dimensions
AFV CABINET, WITH DOUBLE TRANSPARENT DOORS AND
INTERNAL DOORS:
- Single-piece frame with opening door the passage of
cables;
- Double transparent door with rabbet and 120°
aperture (see page 20, DTE);
- Double internal door with rabbet and 110°
aperture (see page 21, DBI);
- Blind rear panel (see Page 22, RPE);
- Electromechanical plate (see page 25, PNA).
Additional elements available on request:
- Eyebolts (see pag. 140);
- 100 or H=200 mm H base.
NOTE:
- Cabinets having a width of 1600 mm have a
central vertical rear strut; therefore there are
two rear panels;
- The cable compartments are shown on page 95;
- The effective free space in the internal door is
shown on page 21, DBI.
code H W D R Transparent door code Internal door code Rear panel code X Y
AFV12C4 1200 1200 400 1192 DTE12C DBI12C RPE12C 1090 1080
AFV14C4 1400 1200 400 1192 DTE14C DBI14C RPE14C 1090 1280
AFV16C4 1600 1200 400 1192 DTE16C DBI16C RPE16C 1090 1480
AFV18C4 1800 1200 400 1192 DTE18C DBI18C RPE18C 1090 1680
AFV18C5 1800 1200 500 1192 DTE18C DBI18C RPE18C 1090 1680
AFV18E4 1800 1600 400 792( 1 ) DTE18E DBI18E RPE18E 749( 2 ) 1680
AFV18E5 1800 1600 500 792( 1 ) DTE18E DBI18E RPE18E 749( 2 ) 1680
AFV20C4 2000 1200 400 1192 DTE20C DBI20C RPE20C 1090 1880
AFV20C5 2000 1200 500 1192 DTE20C DBI20C RPE20C 1090 1880
AFV20E5 2000 1600 500 792( 1 ) DTE20E DBI20E RPE20E 1490 1880
- Dimensions in mm;
RPE...
DBI...
D
DTE...
Fig. 91.1
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Note:
- ( 1 )There are two rear panels on 1600 mm wide cabinets and the frame has a central vertical strut;
- ( 2 ) There are two electromechanical plates coupled together with screws on 1600 mm wide cabinets;
- The characteristic dimensions of the transparent doors and rear panels are shown on pages 20 and 21.
- The measurements of the electromechanical plates, their position and the remaining space between the plate and the
front door are shown on page 25.
Plate
21 CATALOGUE
91

AFD SERIES – TRANSPARENT DOOR
WITH MODULAR INTERNAL FRAME
1 2
COMPOSITION OF “AFD” CABINETS:
Fig. 92.1
N
D
C
218
B
A
6
“AFD” MODULAR CABINET - Codes and dimensions
W
H
3
4
5
1. Internal modular frame, page 45;
2. DIN bar attachment crosspiece, page 45;
3. Instrument support panels, page 43;
4. Open frame for panels, page 55;
5. Transparent door, page 20;
6. Component plate, page 44.
CHARACTERISTIC MEASUREMENTS OF THE MODULAR FRAME
30
104 124
Nominal Dimensions
25
Fig. 92.2
Characteristics
code H W D A B C N
AFD1264 1200 600 400 200 440 465 1000
AFD1284 1200 600 400 200 440 465 1000
AFD1464 1400 600 400 200 440 465 1200
AFD1484 1400 800 400 200 640 665 1200
AFD1664 1600 600 400 200 440 465 1400
AFD1684 1600 800 400 200 640 665 1400
AFD1864 1800 600 400 200 440 465 1600
AFD1865 1800 600 500 300 440 465 1600
AFD1884 1800 800 400 200 640 665 1600
AFD1885 1800 800 500 300 640 665 1600
AFD2064 2000 600 400 200 440 465 1800
AFD2065 2000 600 500 300 440 465 1800
AFD2084 2000 800 400 200 640 665 1800
AFD2085 2000 800 500 300 640 665 1800
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Dimensions in mm
NOTE:
B – Modular internal frame;
C – Distance between square holes
Fig. 92.3
- Measurement N corresponds to the height to be occupied with
the panels indicated on page 43, with the exception of the two
upper and lower compensation panels, which have a nominal
height of 50 mm;
- On request, the standard modular frame may be substituted
with a special vertical strut that permits the realisation of
separate compartments, together with the SOA and CPM code
accessories (see pages 46 and 47).
21 CATALOGUE
92

AFO SERIES - HORIZONTAL SINGLE PIECE FRAME
HORIZONTAL SINGLE PIECE FRAME FOR “AFO” SERIES CABINETS
W
C
G
F
D
“AFO” SINGLE PIECE FRAME, COMPLETE WITH:
- Bearing structure in press bent, pre-bored sheet metal
sections, completely welded;
- Fixed bottom with cable input compartment and the
relative closure plate;
- Pre-bored to accommodate eyebolts, base and
attachment components to complete cabinet.
H
Nominal Dimensions
S
T
Fig. 93.1
NOTE:
- Frames 1600 mm wide and greater have a vertical
rear strut;
- The following features may be customised on request:
- Side bores;
- Roof bores.
Characteristics
code H W D F G I S T
AF061404 600 1400 400 346 311 1328 1301 511
AF081404 800 1400 400 346 311 1328 1301 711
BOZZA DI STAMPA
AF061604 600 1600 400 346 311 1528 1501 511
AF081604 800 1600 400 346 311 1528 1501 711
AF101604 1000 1600 400 346 311 1528 1501 911
AF081804 800 1800 400 346 311 1728 1701 711
AF101804 1000 1800 400 346 311 1728 1701 911
AF082004 800 2000 400 346 311 1928 1901 711
AF102004 1000 2000 400 346 311 1928 1901 911
Dimensions in mm
21 CATALOGUE
93

AFO SERIES - HORIZONTAL SINGLE PIECE CABINET
WITH DOUBLE DOOR AND REAR PANEL
AFO SERIES – HORIZONTAL SINGLE PIECE CABINET WITH DOUBLE DOOR AND REAR PANEL
W
“AFO” SINGLE PIECE CABINET, COMPLETE WITH:
H
- Bearing structure in press bent, pre-bored sheet metal
sections, completely welded;
- Fixed bottom with cable input compartment and the
relative closure plate;
- Blind front doors with rabbets and 120° aperture;
- Screw-on rear panel(s);
- Electromechanical plate.
D
F
R
Nominal Dimensions
X
Additional components:
- Eyebolts (see pag. 140);
- 100 or H=200 mm H base.
Y
Fig. 94.1
NOTE:
- Cabinets 1600 mm wide and greater have two screw
on rear panels;
- The measurements and codes of front doors, rear panels
and electromechanical plates are shown, respectively, on
pages 19-22 and 25;
- The cable compartments are shown on page; 95;
Plate Characteristics
code H W D F Door Code Rear panel code X Y
AFO061404 600 1400 400 346 DBE0614 RPE0614 1290 480
BOZZA DI STAMPA
AFO081404 800 1400 400 346 DBE0814 RPE0814 1290 680
AFO061604 600 1600 400 346 DBE0616 RPE0616 1490 480
AFO081604 800 1600 400 346 DBE0816 RPE0816 1490 680
AFO101604 1000 1600 400 346 DBE1016 RPE1016 1490 880
AFO081804 800 1800 400 346 DBE0818 RPE0818 1690 680
AFO101804 1000 1800 400 346 DBE1018 RPE1018 1690 880
AFO082004 800 2000 400 346 DBE0820 RPE0820 1890 680
AFO102004 1000 2000 400 346 DBE1020 RPE1020 1890 880
Dimensions in mm
94
21 CATALOGUE

AF SERIES – DIMENSIONS OF CABLE
INPUT COMPARTMENT
AF SINGLE-PIECE FRAME WITHOUT CABLE INPUT COMPARTMENT AND VERTICAL REAR STRUT
Characteristic Dimensions
code A B
AF1264 AF1464 AF1664
AF1864 AF2064
300 120
E
Fig. 95.1
B
D
I
A
AF SINGLE-PIECE FRAME AND CABLE INPUT COMPARTMENT WITH VERTICAL REAR STRUT
D
Fig. 95.2
Dimensions in mm
AF1284 AF1484 AF1684
AF1884 AF2084
AF18A4 AF12A4 AF14A4
AF16A4 AF20A4
AF12C4 AF14C4 AF16C4
AF18C4 AF20C4 AF061404
AF081404
500 120
600 120
900 120
AF1865 AF2065 300 220
AF1885 AF2085 500 220
AF18A5 AF20A5 610 220
AF18C5 AF20C5 900 220
Characteristic Dimensions
code D E I
AFB18E4 AF061604 AF081604
AF101604
604 230 195
AFB18E5 AFB20E5 604 280 195
BOZZA DI STAMPA
AF081804 AF101804 604 280 295
AF082004 AF102004 804 230 195
CUSTOMISED CABLE INPUT COMPARTMENTS FOR AF SERIES CABINETS:
Dimensions in mm
The cable input compartment of AF series cabinets may also be customised. The maximum dimensions of the cable input
compartment for this type of cabinet are the same as the maximum dimensions for the AX series.
Therefore, refer to the table on page 83 for the measurements.
21 CATALOGUE
95

The AS series cabinets are built from a single structure,
made of press bent and welded sheet steel, to ensure airtight
sealing with the door. The hinged door is reinforced
with a special support frame with horizontal crosspieces
and cable raceways.
The bottom is fixed and has an opening for the passage of
cables, with the relative cover. Since the cabinet is made of
single welded structure, it is accessible only from the front.
AS SERIES – IP 55 SINGLE PIECE
FRAME MODULAR CABINETS
Optional variants for other configurations of the basic “AS”
Series cabinet include:
“ASB” – Blind external door;
“ASV” – Blind and/or perforated internal door (on request)
and transparent external door;
“ASD” – Modular internal blind and/or perforated panels and
transparent external door;
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Fig. 96.1
96
21 CATALOGUE

AS SERIES – SINGLE PIECE FRAME
“AS” SINGLE PIECE FRAME, COMPLETE WITH:
W
I
G
D
- Single piece bearing structure;
- Fixed bottom with cable input compartment and the relative
closure plate;
- Pre-bored to accommodate eyebolts, base and attachment
components to complete cabinet.
H
F
Fig. 97.1
Nominal Dimensions
Additional components:
- Hinged and reversible front door with 120° aperture;
- 100 or 200 mm H base;
- Internal electro mechanical plate.
NOTE:
- Since the cabinet is completely closed on five sides, it is
accessible only from the door;
- The following features may be customised on request:
- Side bores;
- Roof bores.
- For the door see page 19 (DBE);
- For the door see page 25 (PNA...);
- For the cable input compartment, see page 95.
Characteristics
code H W D F G I S T
AS1264 1200 600 400 373 311 528 501 1111
AS1284 1200 800 400 373 311 728 701 1111
AS1462 1400 600 200 173 111 528 501 1311
AS1464 1400 600 400 373 311 528 501 1311
AS1484 1400 800 400 373 311 728 701 1311
AS1662 1600 600 200 173 111 528 501 1511
AS1664 1600 600 400 373 311 528 501 1511
AS1684 1600 800 400 373 311 728 701 1511
AS1686 1600 800 600 573 511 728 701 1511
AS1864 1800 600 400 373 311 528 501 1711
AS1884 1800 800 400 373 311 728 701 1711
AS1886 1800 800 600 573 511 728 701 1711
AS2084 2000 800 400 373 311 728 701 1911
AS2086 2000 800 600 573 511 728 701 1911
AS20A4 2000 1000 400 373 311 928 901 1911
AS20A6 2000 1000 600 573 511 928 901 1911
Dimensions in mm
S
T
BOZZA DI STAMPA
21 CATALOGUE
97

ASB SERIES (MONOBLOCK) CABINET WITH SINGLE BLIND
DOOR, COMPLETE WITH:
- Single piece bearing structure;
- Fixed bottom with cable input compartment and the
relative closure plate;
- Pre-bored for eyebolts and base;
- Single blind door with 120° aperture,
see page 19 (BDE);
- Electromechanical plate, see page 25 (RPE)
Additional components:
- 100 or H=200 mm H base.
- Eyebolts (see pag. 140);
NOTE:
- The following features may be customised on request:
- Side bores;
- Boring on door;
- Roof bores;
- Boring on electromechanical plate;
- Positioning of plate on rear panel.
Nominal Dimensions
H
Fig. 98.1
ASB SERIES – SINGLE PIECE FRAME
CABINET WITH SINGLE DOOR
W
Y
PNA...
X
Plate Characteristics
code H W D F Door Code X Y
ASB1264 1200 600 400 373 DBE126 490 1080
ASB1284 1200 800 400 373 DBE128 690 1080
ASB1462 1400 600 200 173 DBE146 490 1280
ASB1464 1400 600 400 373 DBE146 490 1280
ASB1484 1400 800 400 373 DBE148 690 1280
ASB1662 1600 600 200 173 DBE166 490 1480
ASB1664 1600 600 400 373 DBE166 490 1480
BOZZA DI STAMPA
ASB1684 1600 800 400 373 DBE168 690 1480
ASB1686 1600 800 600 573 DBE168 690 1480
ASB1864 1800 600 400 373 DBE186 490 1680
ASB1884 1800 800 400 373 DBE188 690 1680
ASB1886 1800 800 600 573 DBE188 690 1680
ASB2084 2000 800 400 373 DBE208 690 1880
ASB2086 2000 800 600 573 DBE208 690 1880
ASB20A4 2000 1000 400 373 DBE20A 890 1880
ASB20A6 2000 1000 600 573 DBE20A 890 1880
DBE...
F
D
Dimensions in mm
98
21 CATALOGUE

ASV SERIES – “MONOBLOCK” CABINET WITH
SINGLE TRANSPARENT DOOR AND BLIND INTERNAL DOOR
H
D
Fig. 99.1
W
F
PNA...
DBI...
DTE...
ASV – CABINET WITH TRANSPARENT DOOR AND INTERNAL BLIND
DOOR:
- Single piece (“monoblock”) bearing structure;
- Fixed bottom with cable input compartment and
the relative closure plate;
- Pre-bored for eyebolts and base;
- Transparent external door with 120° aperture;
- Blind internal door;
- Electromechanical plate.
Additional components:
- 100 or 200 mm H base.
- Eyebolts (see pag. 140);
CODES AND CHARACTERISTIC DIMENSIONS
Nominal Dimensions
NOTE:
- The following features may be customised on request:
- Side bores;
- Boring on internal door;
- Roof bores;
- Boring on electromechanical plate;
- Positioning of plate on rear panel.
Plate Characteristics
code H W D F Transparent Door Code Blind internal Door Code X Y
ASV1264 1200 600 400 373 DTE126 DBI126 490 1080
ASV1284 1200 800 400 373 DTE128 DBI128 690 1080
ASV1462 1400 600 200 173 DTE146 DBI146 490 1280
ASV1464 1400 600 400 373 DTE146 DBI146 490 1280
ASV1484 1400 800 400 373 DTE148 DBI148 690 1280
ASV1662 1600 600 200 173 DTE166 DBI166 490 1480
ASV1664 1600 600 400 373 DTE166 DBI166 490 1480
ASV1684 1600 800 400 373 DTE168 DBI168 690 1480
ASV1686 1600 800 600 573 DTE168 DBI168 690 1480
ASV1864 1800 600 400 373 DTE186 DBI186 490 1680
ASV1884 1800 800 400 373 DTE188 DBI188 690 1680
ASV1886 1800 800 600 573 DTE188 DBI188 690 1680
ASV2084 2000 800 400 373 DTE208 DBI208 690 1880
ASV2086 2000 800 600 573 DTE208 DBI208 690 1880
ASV20A4 2000 1000 400 373 DTE20A DBI20A 890 1880
ASV20A6 2000 1000 600 573 DTE20A DBI20A 890 1880
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Dimensions in mm
Reference to positions of electromechanical plates on next page.
21 CATALOGUE
99

ASV SERIES – MODULAR MONOBLOCK CABINET
1 2
3
4
COMPOSITION OF “ASD” CABINETS:
1. Internal modular frame, page 45;
2. DIN bar attachment crosspiece, page 45;
3. Instrument support panels, page 43;
4. Open frame for panels, page 55;
5. Transparent door, page 20;
6. Component plate, page 44.
Fig. 100.1
H
W
B – Modular internal frame position;
C – Distance between square holes
6
A
“ASD” MODULAR CABINET - Codes and dimensions
B
151
C
D
Fig. 100.3
N
5
NOTA:
CHARACTERISTIC MEASUREMENTS OF THE MODULAR FRAME:
30
Dimensions in mm
104 124
Nominal Dimensions
25
Fig. 100.2
Characteristics
code H W D A B C N
ASD1264 1200 600 400 249 440 465 1000
ASD1284 1200 600 400 249 440 465 1000
ASD1462 1400 600 200 49 440 465 1200
ASD1464 1400 600 400 249 440 465 1200
ASD1484 1400 800 400 249 640 665 1200
ASD1662 1600 600 200 49 440 465 1400
ASD1664 1600 600 400 249 440 465 1400
ASD1684 1600 800 400 249 640 665 1400
ASD1864 1800 600 400 249 440 465 1600
ASD1884 1800 800 400 249 640 665 1600
ASD2084 2000 800 400 249 640 665 1800
ASD2086 2000 800 600 449 640 665 1800
BOZZA DI STAMPA
- Measurement N corresponds to the height to be occupied with
the panels indicated on page 43, with the exception of the two
upper and lower compensation panels, which have a nominal
height of 50 mm;
- On request, the standard modular frame may be substituted
with a special vertical strut that permits the realisation of
separate compartments, together with the SOA and CPM code
accessories (see pages 46 and 47).
100
21 CATALOGUE

ST – IP 65 SERIES OF AIRTIGHT BOX CABINETS
The new “ST” series of cabinets includes a vast assortment
of airtight cabinets that are particularly suitable for civil and
industrial uses. The new cabinets, now equipped with new
invisible internal hinges that allow assembly of the door on
either the right or left side and new, larger cable inputs, are
made of press-bent and welded sheet steel, with a triple
angle raceway to ensure airtightness with the door (equipped
with a gasket). Internal and external painting is performed
with RAL 7035 light grey epoxy-polyester powders and
the internal equipment support plate is galvanised. The electro
mechanical plate is assembled in the rear part and attached
to four robust electro welded screws on the bottom.
COMPONENTS OF THE BASIC CABINET:
. The bearing structure is made of press-bent sheet steel sections, completely welded to create a single piece or “mono-block” with
shoulders of the same width as the two side panels;
. The width of the cable input on the lower part is adaptable to the width of the cabinet;
. The internal equipment support plate in 20/10 thick galvanised sheet steel, is bent to reinforce the entire perimeter;
. The hinged front door with a 120° aperture (which may be increased to 180° on request) is reversible and equipped with a gasket
around the perimeter, which adapts perfectly to the structure;
. Closure with one or two boxes, according to the size (any other box available on request);
. Copper-plated M6 screws are used for the earth connection and are applied on the entire structure and the doors, thereby
guaranteeing electrical continuity throughout the structure.
The following optional variants for other configurations of the basic “ST” Series cabinets are available:
“STB” – Blind external door/or perforated (on request);
“STV” – Blind and/or perforated internal door (on request) and transparent external door;
“STM” – Blind and/or perforated internal modular panels and transparent external door;
21 CATALOGUE
Fig. 101.1
BOZZA DI STAMPA
101

STB – IP 65 AIRTIGHT BOX CABINETS
WITH SINGLE DOOR
STB SERIES BOX CABINET WITH SINGLE DOOR, COMPLETE WITH:
W
S
D
- Airtight box cabinet with mono-block structure
- Fixed bottom with cable input compartment;
- Bottom closure flange with gasket to guarantee air tightness;
- Internal electro mechanical plate;
- Blind door with double finned PVC opening.
H
D
20
H
n°4 bores
ø9
20
20
B
W
20
A
STC...
Fig. 102.1
Fig. 102.2
Additional components:
- Wall application kit (/SFM400).
NOTE:
The following features may be customised on request:
- Side, rear, roof and bottom bores;
- Boring on door;
- Boring on electromechanical plate;
- Various types of closure boxes.
Positions A and B are the same as the effective passage in the
front part of the box cabinet.
The characteristic measurements of the box cabinet are shown in fig. 102.1
Fig. 102.2 shows the box cabinet from the rear, with the characteristic position
of the attachment bores;
Fig. 102.3 shows an exploded drawing of the box cabinet with the characteristic
accompanying elements.
STC blind door
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Closing plates PPCS..
STP internal plate
Fig. 102.3
21 CATALOGUE
102

STB - IP 65 AIRTIGHT BOX CABINETS
WITH SINGLE DOOR
Nominal Dimensions
Plate Characteristics
CODE H W D S A B Plate Code X Y
STB302015 300 200 150 126 152 265 STP3020 148 248
STB302515 300 250 150 126 202 265 STP3025 198 248
STB302520 300 250 200 176 202 265 STP3025 198 248
STB303015 300 300 150 126 252 265 STP3030 248 248
STB352515 350 250 150 126 202 315 STP3525 198 298
STB352520 350 250 200 176 202 315 STP3525 198 298
STB403015 400 300 150 126 252 365 STP4030 248 348
STB403020 400 300 200 176 252 365 STP4030 248 348
STB404020 400 400 200 176 352 365 STP4040 348 348
STB406020 400 600 200 176 552 365 STP4060 548 348
STB503015 500 300 150 126 252 465 STP5030 248 448
STB503020 500 300 200 176 252 465 STP5030 248 448
STB503515 500 350 150 126 302 465 STP5035 298 448
STB503520 500 350 200 176 302 465 STP5035 298 448
STB504016 500 400 160 136 352 465 STP5040 348 448
STB504020 500 400 200 176 352 465 STP5040 348 448
STB504025 500 400 250 226 352 465 STP5040 348 448
STB505020 500 500 200 176 452 465 STP5050 448 448
STB604020 600 400 200 176 352 565 STP6040 348 548
STB604025 600 400 250 226 352 565 STP6040 348 548
STB606020 600 600 200 176 552 565 STP6060 548 548
STB606025 600 600 250 226 552 565 STP6060 548 548
STB606030 600 600 300 276 552 565 STP6060 548 548
STB604040 600 400 400 376 352 565 STP6040 348 548
STB606040 600 600 400 376 552 565 STP6060 548 548
STB705020 700 500 200 176 452 665 STP7050 448 648
STB705025 700 500 250 226 452 665 STP7050 448 648
STB805020 800 500 200 176 452 765 STP8050 448 748
STB805025 800 500 250 226 452 765 STP8050 448 748
STB806020 800 600 200 176 552 765 STP8060 548 748
STB806025 800 600 250 226 552 765 STP8060 548 748
STB806030 800 600 300 276 552 765 STP8060 548 748
STB808030 800 800 800 776 752 765 STP8080 748 748
STB806040 800 600 400 376 552 765 STP8060 548 748
STB808040 800 800 400 376 752 765 STP8080 748 748
STB906020 900 600 200 176 552 865 STP9060 548 848
STB906025 900 600 250 226 552 865 STP9060 548 848
STB906030 900 600 300 276 552 865 STP9060 548 848
STB106025 1000 600 250 226 552 965 STP1060 548 948
STB106030 1000 600 300 276 552 965 STP1060 548 948
STB108020 1000 800 200 176 752 965 STP1080 748 948
STB108025 1000 800 250 226 752 965 STP1080 748 948
BOZZA DI STAMPA
STB108032 1000 800 320 296 752 965 STP1080 748 948
STB106040 1000 600 400 376 552 965 STP1060 548 948
STB108040 1000 800 400 376 752 965 STP1080 748 948
STB126030 1200 600 300 276 552 1165 STP1260 548 1148
STB128025 1200 800 250 226 752 1165 STP1280 748 1148
STB128030 1200 800 300 276 752 1165 STP1280 748 1148
STB126040 1200 600 400 376 552 1165 STP1260 548 1148
STB128040 1200 800 400 376 752 1165 STP1280 748 1148
STB146040 1400 600 400 376 552 1365 STP1460 548 1348
STB148040 1400 800 400 376 752 1365 STP1480 748 1348
Dimensions in mm
21 CATALOGUE
103

Fig. 104.1
T
H
W
Dimensions in mm
STI...
S
Nominal Dimensions
STT...
D
STV - AIRTIGHT BOX CABINETS WITH SINGLE
TRANSPARENT DOOR AND BLIND INTERNAL DOOR
21 CATALOGUE
STV BOX CABINET WITH SINGLE TRANSPARENT DOOR,
COMPLETE WITH:
- Airtight box cabinet with mono-block structure;
- Fixed bottom with cable input compartment;
- Bottom closure flange with gasket to guarantee
air tightness;
- Internal electro mechanical plate;
- Transparent door with double finned PVC opening.
- Blind door with double finned PVC opening.
Additional components:
- Wall application kit (SFM400).
Codes and Characteristic Dimensions
NOTE:
The same customisations are available as in the STB
version, with the possibility to perform special boring
on the internal door.
Plate Characteristics
CODE H W D S T Code internal door code plate X Y
STV403020 400 300 200 176 50 STI4030 STP4030 248 348
STV404020 400 400 200 176 50 STI4040 STP4040 348 348
STV406020 400 600 200 176 50 STI4060 STP4060 548 348
STV503015 500 300 150 126 50 STI5030 STP5030 248 448
STV503020 500 300 200 176 50 STI5030 STP5030 248 448
STV503515 500 350 150 126 50 STI5035 STP5035 298 448
STV503520 500 350 200 176 50 STI5035 STP5035 298 448
STV504016 500 400 160 136 50 STI5040 STP5040 348 448
STV504020 500 400 200 176 50 STI5040 STP5040 348 448
STV504025 500 400 250 226 50 STI5040 STP5040 348 448
STV505020 500 500 200 176 50 STI5050 STP5050 448 448
STV604020 600 400 200 176 50 STI6040 STP6040 348 548
STV604025 600 400 250 226 50 STI6040 STP6040 348 548
STV606020 600 600 200 176 50 STI6060 STP6060 548 548
STV606025 600 600 250 226 50 STI6060 STP6060 548 548
STV606030 600 600 300 276 50 STI6060 STP6060 548 548
STV705020 700 500 200 176 50 STI7050 STP7050 448 648
STV705025 700 500 250 226 50 STI7050 STP7050 448 648
STV805020 800 500 200 176 50 STI8050 STP8050 448 748
STV805025 800 500 250 226 50 STI8050 STP8050 448 748
STV806020 800 600 200 176 50 STI8060 STP8060 548 748
BOZZA DI STAMPA
STV806025 800 600 250 226 50 STI8060 STP8060 548 748
STV806030 800 600 300 276 50 STI8060 STP8060 548 748
STV808030 800 800 800 776 50 STI8080 STP8080 748 748
STV906020 900 600 200 176 50 STI9060 STP9060 548 848
STV906025 900 600 250 226 50 STI9060 STP9060 548 848
STV906030 900 600 300 276 50 STI9060 STP9060 548 848
STV106025 1000 600 250 226 50 STI1060 STP1060 548 948
STV106030 1000 600 300 276 50 STI1060 STP1060 548 948
STV108020 1000 800 200 176 50 STI1080 STP1080 748 948
STV108025 1000 800 250 226 50 STI1080 STP1080 748 948
STV108032 1000 800 320 296 50 STI1080 STP1080 748 948
STV126030 1200 600 300 276 50 STI1260 STP1260 548 1148
STV128025 1200 800 250 226 50 STI1280 STP1280 748 1148
STV128030 1200 800 300 276 50 STI1280 STP1280 748 1148
NB: The “T” measurement is the standard distance between the external and internal doors.
104

STC, STT - IP 65 AIRTIGHT BOX CABINETS,
WITH BLIND AND TRANSPARENT DOORS
B
B
60.5
60.5
67.5
T
A
A
S
47.5
Fig. 105.1
Fig. 105.2
17.5
17.5
Dimensions in mm
Nominal Dimensions
Characteristics
CODE H W B A T S
STT3020 300 200 294 192 173 77
STT3025 300 250 294 242 173 127
STT3030 300 300 294 292 173 177
STT3525 350 250 344 242 223 127
STT4030 400 300 394 292 273 177
STT4040 400 400 394 392 273 277
STT4060 400 600 394 592 273 477
STT5030 500 300 494 292 373 177
STT5035 500 350 494 342 373 227
STT5040 500 400 494 392 373 277
STT5050 500 500 494 492 373 377
STT6040 600 400 594 392 473 277
STT6060 600 600 594 592 473 477
STT7050 700 500 694 492 573 377
STT8050 800 500 794 492 673 377
STT8060 800 600 794 592 673 477
STT8080 800 800 794 792 673 677
STT9060 900 600 894 592 773 477
STT1060 1000 600 994 592 873 477
STT1080 1000 800 994 792 873 677
STT1260 1200 600 1194 592 1073 477
STT1280 1200 800 1194 792 1073 677
Dimensions in mm
STC - Codes and Characteristic Dimensions
Nominal Dimensions
Characteristics
CODE H W B A
STC3020 300 200 294 192
STC3025 300 250 294 242
STC3030 300 300 294 292
STC3525 350 250 344 242
STC4030 400 300 394 292
STC4040 400 400 394 392
STC4060 400 600 394 592
STC5030 500 300 494 292
STC5035 500 350 494 342
STC5040 500 400 494 392
STC5050 500 500 494 492
STC6040 600 400 594 392
STC6060 600 600 594 592
STC7050 700 500 694 492
STC8050 800 500 794 492
STC8060 800 600 794 592
STC8080 800 800 794 792
STC9060 900 600 894 592
STC1060 1000 600 994 592
STC1080 1000 800 994 792
STC1260 1200 600 1194 592
STC1280 1200 800 1194 792
STC1460 1400 600 1394 592
STC1480 1400 800 1394 792
STT - Codes and Characteristic Dimensions
BOZZA DI STAMPA
21 CATALOGUE
105

STI, STP - IP 65 AIRTIGHT BOX CABINETS,
WITH BLIND INTERNAL DOOR AND INTERNAL PLATE
Fig. 106.1
STI - Codes and Characteristic Dimensions
Internal frame
A
B
M
N
B
Blind internal door
A
S
12
T
4 ea. 12 ø bores
Fig. 106.2
Nominal Dimensions
Characteristics
CODE H W B A T S
STI3020 300 200 91 227 255 142
STI3025 300 250 141 227 255 192
STI3030 300 300 191 227 255 242
STI3525 350 250 141 277 305 192
STI4030 400 300 191 327 355 242
STI4040 400 400 291 327 355 342
STI4060 400 600 491 327 355 542
STI5030 500 300 191 427 455 242
STI5035 500 350 241 427 455 292
STI5040 500 400 291 427 455 342
STI5050 500 500 391 427 455 442
STI6040 600 400 291 527 555 342
STI6060 600 600 491 527 555 542
STI7050 700 500 391 627 655 442
STI8050 800 500 391 727 755 442
STI8060 800 600 491 727 755 542
STI8080 800 800 691 727 755 742
STI9060 900 600 491 827 855 542
STI1060 1000 600 491 927 955 542
STI1080 1000 800 691 927 955 742
STI1260 1200 600 491 1127 1155 542
STI1280 1200 800 691 1127 1155 742
Dimensions in mm
Dimensions in mm
STP - Codes and Characteristic Dimensions
Nominal Dimensions
Characteristics
CODE H W B A N M
STP3020 300 200 149 249 125 225
STP3025 300 250 199 249 175 225
STP3030 300 300 249 249 225 225
STP3525 350 250 199 299 175 275
STP4030 400 300 249 349 225 325
STP4040 400 400 349 349 325 325
STP4060 400 600 549 349 525 325
STP5030 500 300 249 449 225 425
STP5035 500 350 299 449 275 425
STP5040 500 400 349 449 325 425
STP5050 500 500 449 449 425 425
STP6040 600 400 349 549 325 525
STP6060 600 600 549 549 525 525
STP7050 700 500 449 649 425 625
STP8050 800 500 449 749 425 725
STP8060 800 600 549 749 525 725
STP8080 800 800 749 749 725 725
STP9060 900 600 549 849 525 825
STP1060 1000 600 549 949 525 925
STP1080 1000 800 749 949 725 925
STP1260 1200 600 549 1149 525 1125
STP1280 1200 800 749 1149 725 1125
STP1460 1400 600 549 1349 525 1325
STP1480 1400 800 749 1349 725 1325
BOZZA DI STAMPA
21 CATALOGUE
106

STM - MODULAR IP 65 AIRTIGHT BOX CABINETS
H
T
W
Fig. 107.1
Fig. 107.2
54
CTM...
S
D
STT...
STM BOX CABINET WITH SINGLE TRANSPARENT DOOR AND
MODULAR FRAME, COMPLETE WITH:
- Airtight box cabinet with mono-block structure;
- Fixed bottom with cable input compartment;
- Bottom closure flange with gasket to guarantee
air tightness;
- Internal electro mechanical plate;
- Transparent door with double finned PVC box opening.
- Modular internal struts.
Additional components:
- Wall application kit (SFM400).
- Modular internal panels;
- DIN guide
NOTE:
The same customisations are available as in the STB box
cabinet, with the possibility to perform special boring on
the modular panels, as indicated below.
Nominal Dimensions Characteristics Plate
CODE H W D S T Internal strut kit plate code X Y
STM404020 400 400 200 176 35 CTM4040 STP4040 348 348
STM604020 600 400 200 176 35 CTM6040 STP6040 348 548
STM604025 600 400 250 226 35 CTM6040 STP6040 348 548
STM606030 600 600 300 276 35 CTM6060 STP6060 548 548
STM705020 700 500 200 176 35 CTM7050 STP7050 448 648
STM705025 700 500 250 226 35 CTM7050 STP7050 448 648
STM906030 900 600 300 276 35 CTM9060 STP9060 548 848
STM106025 1000 600 250 226 35 CTM1060 STP1060 548 948
STM128030 1200 800 300 276 35 CTM1280 STP1280 748 1148
Dimensions in mm
CTM...
F
CTM - Internal strut modular kit, Codes and dimensions
Nominal Dimensions Characteristics Panels
CODE H W F G N°
CTM4040 400 400 320 350 2
CTM6040 600 400 480 350 3
CTM7050 700 500 640 450 4
CTM6060 600 600 480 550 3
CTM9060 900 600 800 550 5
CTM1060 1000 600 965 550 6
CTM1280 1200 800 1120 750 7
Dimensions in mm
BOZZA DI STAMPA
G
The 54 mm position corresponds to the distance between the surface
of the panel and the internal surface of the door.
The position F corresponds to the effective distance for insertion of
the CSY, CSX, CSZ and CP panels;
The G position corresponds to the effective distance between the
internal struts where the aforementioned panels are lodged.
21 CATALOGUE
107

CSY, CSX, CSZ AND CPK
MODULAR PANELS FOR IP 65 AIRTIGHT BOX CABINETS
H
H
W
W
F
S
Fig. 108.1
I
Fig. 108.2
CSZ - MODULAR CONTIGUOUS INSTRUMENT SUPPORT PANEL
Dimensions in mm
CPK - DOUBLE BLIND MODULAR PANEL
Dimensions in mm
Nominal Dimensions
12
12
F
Characteristics
CODE H W G M Module nos
CSZ414 158 330 47 245 14
CSZ520 158 430 47 351 20
CSZ625 158 530 47 438 25
CSZ836 158 730 47 630 36
CSY - BLIND MODULAR PANEL
H
G
Nominal Dimensions
CODE H W S
H
W
W
Characteristics
CSY400 158 330 297 - -
CSY500 158 430 397 - -
CSY600 158 530 497 - -
CSY800 158 730 697 - -
Dimensions in mm
CSX - MODULAR INSTRUMENT SUPPORT PANEL
Nominal Dimensions
CODE H W F I
Characteristics
CSX4272 158 330 67 104 -
CSX5272 158 430 67 204 -
CSX6272 158 530 67 304 -
CSX8272 158 730 67 504 -
CSX4296 158 330 92 104 -
CSX5296 158 430 92 204 -
CSX6296 158 530 92 304 -
CSX8296 158 730 92 504 -
Dimensions in mm
M
S
12
Fig. 108.3
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Nominal Dimensions
CODE H W S
Characteristics
CPK401 318 330 297 - -
CPK501 318 430 397 - -
CPK601 318 530 497 - -
CPK801 318 730 697 - -
12
79
160
79
Fig. 108.4
NOTE: For the DIN guides, see the codes and dimensions relative to the nominal width of the box cabinet “L” on page 45.
21 CATALOGUE
108

PPCST - CLOSURE PLATES FOR IP 65
AIRTIGHT BOX CABINETS
W FROM 250 TO < 400
PPCST1 - CABLE INPUT FOR BOX CABINETS FROM 250 TO < 400 MM
Nominal Dimensions Characteristics
CODE
W
PPCST1 from 250 to < 400 Assembly kit
ASSEMBLY KIT:
27
27
27
80
W FROM 400 TO < 600
80
W FROM 600 TO 800
200
350
550
110
110
110
230
Fig. 109.1
380
Fig. 109.2
580
- Closing plate 110 x 230;
- Gasket 109 x 229;
- 6 ea. Trilobite M5 x 12 screws.
PPCST2 - CABLE INPUT FOR BOX CABINETS FROM 400 TO < 600 MM
CODE
ASSEMBLY KIT:
- Closing plate 110 x 380;
- Gasket 109 x 379;
- 8 ea. Trilobite M5 x 12 screws.
PPCST3 - CABLE INPUT FOR BOX CABINETS FROM 400 TO 800 MM
ASSEMBLY KIT:
Nominal Dimensions
- Closing plate 110 x 580;
- Gasket 109 x 579;
- 10 ea. Trilobite M5 x 12 screws.
W
Characteristics
PPCST2 from 400 to < 600 Assembly kit
Nominal Dimensions
Characteristics
BOZZA DI STAMPA
CODE
W
PPCST3 from 600 to 800 Assembly kit
80
Fig. 109.3
21 CATALOGUE
109

SFM, STTP - WALL AND RAIN PROTECTION ROOF
HOOKS FOR IP 65 AIRTIGHT BOX CABINETS
11
SFM400 - WALL HOOK KIT FOR BOX CABINET
35
73
47
CODE
Nominal Dimensions
W
Characteristics
SFM400 for all assembly kit
20
20
Outside rear part
of box cabinet
Fig. 110.1
Fig. 110.2
Wall application kit (SFM400)
- 4 ea. Galvanised supports;
- 4 ea. M6 TEFR screws;
- 4 ea. Airtight gaskets;
- 4 ea. M6 elastic lodging cage.
NOTE:
STTP - STB CABINET RAINPROOF ROOF, Codes and characteristic dimensions
N
D
70
M
W
The hook is mounted on the rear of the cabinet in either
the horizontal or vertical position. The bore in the rear of
the box cabinet is the same distance from the upper and
side borders (see Fig. 110.2). The assembly plan is shown
in the figure. First it is inserted in the bore of the M6 elastic
cage lodging and then the gasket, hook (in the vertical
or horizontal position) are tightened with the M6 TEFR
screws. Avoid tightening the screws excessively to avoid
breaking the elastic lodging (max. torque 8 Nm).
Nominal Dimensions
Characteristics
CODE W D M N
BOZZA DI STAMPA
ST3020TP 300 200 396 296
ST4020TP 400 200 496 296
ST4025TP 400 250 496 346
ST5020TP 500 200 596 296
ST5025TP 500 250 596 346
ST6020TP 600 200 696 296
ST6025TP 600 250 696 346
ST6030TP 600 300 696 396
ST8025TP 800 250 896 346
ST8030TP 800 300 896 396
Rainproof roof support
brackets (4 x)
Fig. 110.3
Dimensions in mm
21 CATALOGUE
110

ST - IP 65 ST AIRTIGHT BOX CABINETS,
WITH DOUBLE DOOR
The ST airtight cabinets with double door belong to the same
series as the ST box cabinets, except that they have double
doors with rabbets because of their width. This series of box
cabinets has been updated with the addition of the larger cabinets
and the new characteristics already described for the ST
cabinets. It is therefore possible to invert the direction in
which the doors open.
H
D
R
Fig. 111.1
W
ST SERIES BOX CABINET WITH DOUBLE DOOR, COMPLETE WITH:
- Airtight box cabinet with mono-block structure;
- Fixed bottom with cable input compartment (double for box
cabinets with a width of over 800 mm);
- Bottom closure flange with gasket to guarantee
air tightness;
- Double internal door with rabbet, with PVC box and double
fin opening;
- Internal electro mechanical plate.
ST BOX CABINET WITH DOUBLE DOOR - CODES AND CHARACTERISTIC DIMENSIONS
21 CATALOGUE
X
D
Y
Q
S
T
Fig. 111.2
Nominal Dimensions Characteristics Plate
CODE H W D R S T U V X Y
STB608030 600 800 300 276 394 593 565 752 748 548
STB801020 800 1000 200 176 494 793 765 952 948 748
STB801030 800 1000 300 276 494 793 765 952 948 748
STB801220 800 1200 200 176 594 793 765 1152 1148 748
STB801230 800 1200 300 276 594 793 765 1152 1148 748
STB801240 800 1200 400 376 594 793 765 1152 1148 748
STB101030 1000 1000 300 276 494 993 965 952 948 948
STB101230 1000 1200 300 276 594 993 965 1152 1148 948
STB121030 1200 1000 300 276 494 1193 1165 952 948 1148
STB121230 1200 1200 300 276 594 1193 1165 1152 1148 1148
STB121240 1200 1200 400 376 594 1193 1165 1152 1148 1148
STB601430 600 1400 300 276 694 593 565 1352 1348 548
STB801440 800 1400 400 376 694 793 765 1352 1348 748
STB801640 800 1600 400 376 794 793 765 1552 1548 748
STB601440 600 1400 400 376 694 593 565 1352 1348 548
STB601640 600 1600 400 376 794 593 565 1552 1548 548
STB101640 1000 1600 400 376 794 993 965 1552 1548 948
STB801840 800 1800 400 376 894 793 765 1752 1748 748
STB101840 1000 1800 400 376 894 993 965 1752 1748 948
STB802040 800 2000 400 376 994 793 765 1952 1948 748
STB102040 1000 2000 400 376 994 993 965 1952 1948 948
Dimensions in mm
BOZZA DI STAMPA
111

A
PPCST2
M
W
I
A
M
M
I
A
W
M
27
I
PPCST - IP65 ST AIRTIGHT BOX CABINET CABLE
COMPARTMENT, WITH DOUBLE DOOR
CABLE COMPARTMENT FOR AIRTIGHT BOX CABINETS, WITH DOUBLE DOOR AND WIDTH FROM 1000 TO 1600 MM
80
M
D
Fig. 112.1
Nominal Dimensions Characteristics Panels PPCST Elements
CODE W D M I A N° 2
STB..10.. 1000 200-300 350 150 75 PPCST2
STB..12.. 1200 200-300-400 350 250 125 PPCST2
STB..14.. 1400 300-400 550 150 75 PPCST3
STB..16.. 1600 400 550 250 125 PPCST3
Dimensions in mm
380
A
27
PPCST3
110 110
Fig. 112.2
In box cabinets with double doors, the cable
compartment is modular, as in STB box cabinets
(see Page 109), up to a width of 800 mm.
Beyond this width, the boring is repeated according
to the modules indicated below and with the
dimensions shown in the tables, which refer to
figures 112.1 and 112.3. The gaskets and closure
plates correspond to the ones shown in
figures 112.2 and 112.3, whose unit make up
corresponds to the one shown for the assembly
kit on page 109.
80
D
Fig. 112.4
580
Fig. 112.3
CABLE COMPARTMENT FOR AIRTIGHT BOX CABINETS, WITH DOUBLE DOOR AND WIDTH FROM 1800 TO 2000 MM
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Nominal Dimensions Characteristics Panels PPCST Elements
CODE W D M I A N° 3
STB..18.. 1800 400 350 250 125 PPCST2
STB..20.. 2000 400 550 116,7 58,3 PPCST3
Dimensions in mm
21 CATALOGUE
112

STP, STC - PLATES AND DOORS FOR IP 65
AIRTIGHT ST BOX CABINETS, WITH DOUBLE DOOR
STP, ELECTROMECHANICAL PLATE FOR IP 65 ST AIRTIGHT BOX CABINETS WITH DOUBLE DOOR: CODES AND DIMENSIONS
T
M
B
N
4 ea. 12 ø bores
Fig. 113.1
12
A
Nominal Dimensions
STC, DOORS FOR IP 65 AIRTIGHT BOX CABINETS WITH DOUBLE DOOR: CODES AND DIMENSIONS
S
Fig. 113.2
Characteristics
CODE H W B A N M
STP6080 600 800 749 549 725 525
STP8010 800 1000 949 749 925 725
STP8012 800 1200 1149 749 1125 725
STP1010 1000 1000 949 949 925 925
STP1012 1000 1200 1149 949 1125 925
STP1210 1200 1000 949 1149 925 1125
STP1212 1200 1200 1149 1149 1125 1125
STP6014 600 1400 1349 549 1325 525
STP8014 800 1400 1349 749 1325 725
STP8016 800 1600 1549 749 1525 725
STP6016 600 1600 1549 549 1525 525
STP1016 1000 1600 1549 949 1525 925
STP8018 800 1800 1749 749 1725 725
STP1018 1000 1800 1749 949 1725 925
STP8020 800 2000 1949 749 1925 725
STP1020 1000 2000 1949 949 1925 925
Dimensions in mm
Make up of the STP Code:
- Galvanised electromechanical plate, thickness 20/10;
- 4/6 ea. M8 washers;
- 4/6 ea. M8 self-blocking nuts.
S
Nominal Dimensions
Characteristics
CODE H W T S
STC6080 600 800 593 394
STC8010 800 1000 793 494
STC8012 800 1200 793 594
STC1010 1000 1000 993 494
STC1012 1000 1200 993 594
STC1210 1200 1000 1193 494
STC1212 1200 1200 1193 594
STC6014 600 1400 593 694
STC8014 800 1400 793 694
STC8016 800 1600 793 794
STC6016 600 1600 593 794
STC1016 1000 1600 993 794
STC8018 800 1800 793 894
STC1018 1000 1800 993 894
STC8020 800 2000 793 994
STC1020 1000 2000 993 994
BOZZA DI STAMPA
T
Dimensions in mm
Make up of the STC Code:
- Doors with rabbet complete with closure box;
- 4/6 ea. Mobile hinges;
- 4/6 ea. Hinge attachment screws
21 CATALOGUE
113

CDB - IP 55 SHUNT BOX WITH COVER
CDB - Shunt boxes
The CDB series box cabinets are derived from the ST
series. The body of the box cabinet is completely blind, and
it is not equipped with any type of flange; nevertheless, it
may be custom bored according to the customer’s requirements.
The pre-bored supports are welded inside the
box, which permit insertion of a large plate, which facilitates
the installation of terminal boxes, cable raceways and
DIN guides. The plate can also be customised with special
boring. There is a triple corner in the coupling between the
cable raceway and the cabinet, which is especially designed
to allow maximum aperture for access inside the box
cabinet. The blind cover is screwed on (with Phillips
screws) and is equipped with a polyurethane gasket that
guarantees the gasket remains perfectly impermeable to
water (IP 55 protection).
Optional elements:
The blind cover can be provided with quarter-turn screws
on request (rapid closure).
CDB - Shunt box with cover
basic components:
- Press-bent and welded box structure;
- Screw on blind cover;
- Welded plate attachment supports.
H
L
I
P
Elements available on request:
- Galvanised component support plate;
- Rapid closure screws (quarter-turn).
N
bores ø 9 mm
BOZZA DI STAMPA
20
20
Fig. 114.1
M
Fig. 114.2 Fig. 114.2
21 CATALOGUE
114

CDB, CDV - IP 55 SHUNT BOXES WITH BLIND
AND TRANSPARENT COVERS
CDB - SHUNT BOX WITH BLIND COVER CODES AND CHARACTERISTIC DIMENSIONS
Nominal Dimensions Characteristic Dimensions Codes and plate dimensions
CODE H W D N M I Plate Code X Y
CDB151580 150 150 80 127 127 120 CDB151580/P 135 120
CDB202080 200 200 80 177 177 170 CDB202080/P 185 170
CDB302080 200 300 80 177 277 270 CDB302080/P 285 170
CDB402080 200 400 80 177 377 370 CDB402080/P 385 170
CDB502080 200 500 80 177 477 470 CDB502080/P 485 170
CDB602080 200 600 80 177 577 570 CDB602080/P 585 170
CDB802080 200 800 80 177 777 770 CDB802080/P 785 170
CDB151512 150 150 120 127 127 120 CDB151512/P 135 120
CDB301512 150 300 120 127 277 270 CDB301512/P 285 120
CDB202012 200 200 120 177 177 170 CDB202012/P 185 170
CDB302012 200 300 120 177 277 270 CDB302012/P 285 170
CDB402012 200 400 120 177 377 370 CDB402012/P 385 170
CDB502012 200 500 120 177 477 470 CDB502012/P 485 170
CDB602012 200 600 120 177 577 570 CDB602012/P 585 170
CDB802012 200 800 120 177 777 770 CDB802012/P 785 170
CDB303012 300 300 120 277 277 270 CDB303012/P 285 270
CDB403012 300 400 120 277 377 370 CDB403012/P 385 270
CDB503012 300 500 120 277 477 470 CDB503012/P 485 270
CDB603012 300 600 120 277 577 570 CDB603012/P 585 270
CDB404012 400 400 120 377 377 370 CDB404012/P 385 370
CDB604012 400 600 120 377 577 570 CDB604012/P 585 370
CDB804012 400 800 120 377 777 770 CDB804012/P 785 370
CDB222215 220 220 150 197 197 190 CDB222215/P 205 190
Dimensions in mm
CDV - IP 55 SHUNT BOX WITH TRANSPARENT COVER: CODES AND CHARACTERISTIC DIMENSIONS
H
W
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Fig. 115.1
Nominal Dimensions Characteristic Dimensions Codes and plate dimensions
CODE H W D N M I Plate Code X Y
CDV202012 200 200 120 177 177 170 CDB202012/P 185 170
CDV302012 200 300 120 177 277 270 CDB302012/P 285 170
CDV402012 200 400 120 177 377 370 CDB402012/P 385 170
CDV502012 200 500 120 177 477 470 CDB502012/P 485 170
CDV602012 200 600 120 177 577 570 CDB602012/P 585 170
CDV802012 200 800 120 177 777 770 CDB802012/P 785 170
Dimensions in mm
21 CATALOGUE
I
M
D
N
115

CDB../P - PLATES FOR CDB CABINETS; CODES AND DIMENSIONS
CDB../P - ELECTROMECHANICAL PLATES
FOR IP 55 SHUNT BOXES
Fig. 116.1
X
Y
N
Nominal Box Dimensions
I
4 ea. 7ø bores
Characteristic Plate Dimensions
CODE H W D N I X Y
CDB151580/P 150 150 80 52 120 135 120
CDB202080/P 200 200 80 104 170 185 170
CDB302080/P 200 300 80 104 270 285 170
CDB402080/P 200 400 80 104 370 385 170
CDB502080/P 200 500 80 104 470 485 170
CDB602080/P 200 600 80 104 570 585 170
CDB802080/P 200 800 80 104 770 785 170
CDB151512/P 150 150 120 52 120 135 120
CDB301512/P 150 300 120 52 270 285 120
CDB202012/P 200 200 120 104 170 185 170
CDB302012/P 200 300 120 104 270 285 170
CDB402012/P 200 400 120 104 370 385 170
CDB502012/P 200 500 120 104 470 485 170
CDB602012/P 200 600 120 104 570 585 170
CDB802012/P 200 800 120 104 770 785 170
CDB303012/P 300 300 120 195 270 285 270
CDB403012/P 300 400 120 195 370 385 270
CDB503012/P 300 500 120 195 470 485 270
CDB603012/P 300 600 120 195 570 585 270
CDB404012/P 400 400 120 299 370 385 370
CDB604012/P 400 600 120 299 570 585 370
BOZZA DI STAMPA
CDB804012/P 400 800 120 299 770 785 370
CDB222215/P 220 220 150 117 190 205 190
Dimensions in mm
Standard CDB box cabinet plates are completely blind, with the exception
of four bores for attachment. The cabinets may be custom bored
at the request of the customer, obviously respecting the external
dimensions of the plate as shown in the table (positions X and Y).
21 CATALOGUE
116

IP 55 CONSOLES
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Fig. 117.1
Quadritalia produces various series of consoles: LC, BLC, LMC, LAS, BLD and LAR. Each of these series has a
special composition to satisfy any requirement for customisation on the part of customers. All consoles are
made from press-bent sheet metal to guarantee the robustness of the structure, and are assembled in respect
of IP 55 protection. They may be equipped with electromechanical plates in galvanised sheet metal with a thickness
of 2 or 2.5 mm; the depth of installation can also be varied in some models.
Special boring may be performed on the structure, doors, console and rear panels, on request.
21 CATALOGUE
117

LC - IP 55 MODULAR CONSOLES
LC – Modular Consoles
The LC series modular consoles were especially
designed to provide maximum modularity in composition.
They are essentially built from the following
components, which may be used together:
- Base with electromechanical plate;
- Upper cabinet supplied without plate;
- Console shelf supplied without cover;
- Hood for upper cabinet;
- Electromechanical plate for upper cabinet;
- Console cover;
- Modular base around perimeter
(100 or 200 mm H).
This assortment of elements permits the user to
obtain various customisations, optimising space
and the cost of the console itself. Any composition
ensures robustness and the IP 55 level of protection.
CFF
EXAMPLES OF MODULAR COMPOSITIONS OF LC COMPONENTS
LCA
LCM
LCB
Fig. 118.2
Console made up of:
LCA, CFF, LCM, LCB.
[Fig. 118.2]
Console made up of:
LCA, LCB. [fig. 118.4]
LCA
Fig. 118.1
LCM../C
Console made up of:
2 ea. LCB, LCM../C,
LCM. [fig. 118.3]
BOZZA DI STAMPA
LCM
LCB
LCM
LCB
Fig. 118.3
LCB
LCB
Fig. 118.4
Console made up of:
LCM, LCM../C, LCB.
[Fig. 118.5]
21 CATALOGUE
Fig. 118.5
118

LCB - BASE FOR IP 55 MODULAR CONSOLES
LCB - Base for IP 55 modular consoles
Standard components:
- Structure in press-bent sheet metal
- Front door;
- Rear door;
- Electromechanical plate.
Elements available on request:
- 100 or 200 mm H base
- Any special boring requested on the sides, front rear door
and rear panel of the structure.
LCB - CODES AND CHARACTERISTIC DIMENSIONS
Nominal Dimensions Dimensions characteristics Codes and plate dimensions
CODE H W D E A B C G Plate code X Y
LCB064 670 600 400 345 500 550 594 570 LCB064/P 490 555
LCB084 670 800 400 345 700 550 794 770 LCB084/P 690 555
LCB104 670 1000 400 345 900 550 994 970 LCB104/P 890 555
LCB124 670 1200 400 345 1100 550 1194 1170 LCB124/P 1090 555
LCB144 670 1400 400 345 1300 550 1394 1370 LCB144/P 1290 555
LCB164 670 1600 400 345 1500 550 1594 1570 LCB164/P 1490 555
LCB065 670 600 500 445 500 550 594 570 LCB064/P 490 555
LCB085 670 800 500 445 700 550 794 770 LCB084/P 690 555
LCB105 670 1000 500 445 900 550 994 970 LCB104/P 890 555
LCB125 670 1200 500 445 1100 550 1194 1170 LCB124/P 1090 555
LCB145 670 1400 500 445 1300 550 1394 1370 LCB144/P 1290 555
LCB165 670 1600 500 445 1500 550 1594 1570 LCB164/P 1490 555
Dimensions in mm
H
E
W
A
Y
B
D
X
C
Fig. 119.1
BOZZA DI STAMPA
H
W
G
D
Fig. 119.2
21 CATALOGUE
119

LCA - UPPER COMPARTMENT OF IP 55
MODULAR CONSOLES
H
D
W
B
N
A
Q
8°
Fig. 120.1
G
LCA - Upper compartment for IP 55 modular consoles
Standard components:
- Structure in press-bent sheet metal
- Front panel
- Rear panel;
- Lower part built for connection with the base or console shelf.
Additional components:
- Electromechanical plate (indicated in the table);
- Any customised boring of the front and rear panels;
- Boring may also be performed on the structure on request.
Nominal Dimensions Characteristic Dimensions Codes and plate dimensions
CODE H W D Q A B C G M N E Plate Code X Y
LCA064 490 600 400 330 596 476 420 520 255 348,5 469 LCA064/P 490 410
LCA084 490 800 400 330 796 476 420 720 255 348,5 469 LCA084/P 690 410
LCA104 490 1000 400 330 996 476 420 920 255 348,5 469 LCA104/P 890 410
LCA124 490 1200 400 330 1196 476 420 1120 255 348,5 469 LCA124/P 1090 410
LCA144 490 1400 400 330 1396 476 420 1320 255 348,5 469 LCA144/P 1290 410
LCA164 490 1600 400 330 1596 476 420 1520 255 348,5 469 LCA164/P 1490 410
LCA065 490 600 500 430 596 476 420 520 355 448,5 469 LCA064/P 490 410
LCA085 490 800 500 430 796 476 420 720 355 448,5 469 LCA084/P 690 410
LCA105 490 1000 500 430 996 476 420 920 355 448,5 469 LCA104/P 890 410
LCA125 490 1200 500 430 1196 476 420 1120 355 448,5 469 LCA124/P 1090 410
LCA145 490 1400 500 430 1396 476 420 1320 355 448,5 469 LCA144/P 1290 410
LCA165 490 1600 500 430 1596 476 420 1520 355 448,5 469 LCA164/P 1490 410
Dimensions in mm
LCA - UPPER COMPARTMENT FOR IP 55 MODULAR CONSOLES; CODES AND DIMENSIONS
M
C
BOZZA DI STAMPA
X
Y
48
E
Fig. 120.2
21 CATALOGUE
120

LCM - IP 55 SHELF FOR MODULAR CONSOLES
LCM - Shelf for modular consoles
Basic components:
- Press-bent shelf structure;
- Shelf panel;
- Built for attachment of the upper panel and LCB base.
W
Additional components:
- Upper horizontal panel (shown in the table);
- Customised boring on one or both panels may be
performed on request;
H
B
Nominal Dimensions
W
A
Fig. 121.1
C
D
155
Codes and dimensions of the upper panel
CODE H W D C G E Upper panel Code A B
LCM064 200 600 885 370 520 473 LCM064/C 598 345
LCM084 200 800 885 370 720 473 LCM084/C 798 345
LCM104 200 1000 885 370 920 473 LCM104/C 998 345
LCM124 200 1200 885 370 1120 473 LCM124/C 1198 345
LCM144 200 1400 885 370 1320 473 LCM144/C 1398 345
LCM164 200 1600 885 370 1520 473 LCM164/C 1598 345
LCM065 200 600 985 370 520 473 LCM065/C 598 445
LCM085 200 800 985 370 720 473 LCM085/C 798 445
LCM105 200 1000 985 370 920 473 LCM105/C 998 445
LCM125 200 1200 985 370 1120 473 LCM125/C 1198 445
LCM145 200 1400 985 370 1320 473 LCM145/C 1398 445
LCM165 200 1600 985 370 1520 473 LCM165/C 1598 445
Dimensions in mm
LCM - SHELF FOR MODULAR CONSOLES; CODES AND DIMENSIONS
BOZZA DI STAMPA
8°
G
E
48
Fig. 121.2
21 CATALOGUE
121

CFF - IP 55 HOOD FOR MODULAR
CONSOLE UPPER CABINET
80
A
Fig. 122.1
H
D
CFF - HOOD FOR MODULAR CONSOLE UPPER CABINET; CODES AND DIMENSIONS
Nominal
Codes and dimensions of UPPER CABINET
Dimensions
CODE H W A Upper cabinet Code H W D
CFF060 490 600 598 LCA064 490 600 400
CFF080 490 800 798 LCA084 490 800 400
CFF100 490 1000 998 LCA104 490 1000 400
CFF120 490 1200 1198 LCA124 490 1200 400
CFF140 490 1400 1398 LCA144 490 1400 400
CFF160 490 1600 1598 LCA164 490 1600 400
CFF060 490 600 598 LCA064 490 600 500
CFF080 490 800 798 LCA084 490 800 500
CFF100 490 1000 998 LCA104 490 1000 500
CFF120 490 1200 1198 LCA124 490 1200 500
CFF140 490 1400 1398 LCA144 490 1400 500
CFF160 490 1600 1598 LCA164 490 1600 500
Dimensions in mm
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Note:
The standard bases shown on pages 31-33 can be installed on all LC modular consoles,
both with the 100 and 200 mm height. The codes of these bases are shown on the price
list with a special code that groups corners, front and side flanges.
The L and P measurements alongside the codes of the modular consoles are valid for composition
of the base.
W
21 CATALOGUE
122

BLC - IP 55 MONO-BLOCK CONSOLE
BLC console, mono-block:
Basic components:
- Structure in press bent and welded sheet steel;
- Hinged front door;
- Hinged shelf panel;
- Internal electro mechanical plate, with rear screws;
- Closed bottom with removable plate;
Additional components:
- 100 or 200 mm H base;
- Any customised boring on the structure and door of
the console.
G
C
(*)
595
498
X
D
W
595
H 8°
Nominal Dimensions Characteristic Dimensions Codes and plate dimensions
CODE H W D G C A B Plate Code X Y
BLC060 970 600 542 598 526 495 596 BLC060/P 520 910
BLC080 970 800 542 798 726 695 796 BLC080/P 720 910
BLC100 970 1000 542 998 926 895 496(*) BLC100/P 920 910
BLC120 970 1200 542 1198 1126 1095 596(*) BLC120/P 1120 910
BLC140 970 1400 542 1398 1326 1295 696(*) BLC140/P 1320 910
BLC160 970 1600 542 1598 1526 1495 796(*) BLC160/P 1520 910
Dimensions in mm
BLC - MONO-BLOCK CONSOLE WITH SHELF; CODES AND DIMENSIONS
There are two front doors with rabbets for these dimensions.
50
Fig. 123.1
BOZZA DI STAMPA
44
610
A
Y
(*)
B
716
Fig. 123.2
21 CATALOGUE
123

BLD mono-block console:
Basic components:
- Structure in press bent and welded sheet steel;
- Hinged front door;
- Hinged shelf panel;
- Electromechanical plate.
- Closed bottom;
- 50 mm H base welded to the structure.
Additional components:
- Any customised boring on the structure, door and shelf
of the console.
BLD - MONO-BLOCK CONSOLE WITH SHELF AND 50 MM H BASE, CODES AND DIMENSIONS
Nominal Dimensions Characteristic Dimensions Codes and plate dimensions
CODE H W D G C A B Plate Code X Y
BLD065 1050 650 350 590 590 877 646 BLD065/P 560 930
BLD080 1050 800 350 740 740 877 796 BLD080/P 710 930
BLD100 1050 1000 350 940 940 877 496 (*) BLD100/P 910 930
BLD120 1050 1200 350 1140 1140 877 596 (*) BLD120/P 1110 930
30
G
30
C
28
280
840
48
X
H
D
BLD - IP 55 MONOBLOCK CONSOLE
B
W
356
Fig. 124.1
(*) There are two front doors with rabbets
for these dimensions.
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Y
A
Fig. 124.2
21 CATALOGUE
124

LMC - IP 55 MONO-BLOCK CONSOLE WITH SHELF
LMC mono-block console:
Basic components:
- Structure in press bent and welded sheet steel;
- Hinged front door;
- Hinged shelf panel;
- Electromechanical plate.
- Closed bottom with removable plate;
- Screw on rear panel.
Additional components:
- Any customised boring on the structure, door and shelf
of the console.
- 100 or 200 mm H base
Fig. 125.1
LMC - MONO-BLOCK CONSOLE WITH SHELF AND FRONT/REAR DOOR, CODES AND DIMENSIONS
Nominal Dimensions Characteristics dimensions Codes and plate dimensions
CODE H W D G C A E Plate Code X Y
LMC060 970 600 400 526 495 596 596 LMC060/P 490 710
LMC080 970 800 400 726 695 796 796 LMC080/P 690 710
LMC100 970 1000 400 926 895 996 996 LMC100/P 890 710
LMC120 970 1200 400 1126 1095 596* 596* LMC120/P 1090 710
LMC140 970 1400 400 1326 1295 696* 696* LMC140/P 1290 710
LMC160 970 1600 400 1526 1495 796* 796* LMC160/P 1490 710
Dimensions in mm
778
G
E*
Y
H
500
D
W
(*) - Dimensions with the asterisk indicate that
the version has two doors with rabbets;
(E*) Rear door, (A*) Front door;
(X,Y) – Plate dimensions (X) horizontal,
(Y) vertical;
BOZZA DI STAMPA
610
595
598
716
44
A*
(D,C) – Width measurements, respectively of the
rear door and front door openings.
Fig. 125.2
X
C
21 CATALOGUE
125

ALM Mono-block upper cabinet for BLC and LMC consoles:
ALM - UPPER CABINET FOR IP 55
BLC AND LMC CONSOLES
165
This is a particular accessory for BLC and LMC type consoles,
for use in cases where special equipment must be
lodged in a separate area from the underlying console
and display of the equipment is required, which requires
an almost vertical angle of visualisation.
W
A
340
Basic components:
- Structure in press bent and welded sheet steel;
- Screw-on front panel;
- Closed bottom with boring for attachment of BLC and LMC
console shelf panel;
Additional components:
- Any customised borings on the structure and front panel,
on request.
Example of installation of upper cabinet on an LMC console.
The installation is made on the upper part of the console shelf,
attaching a gasket to ensure air tightness and placing it between
the upper cabinet and the console shelf. The attachment is
made with screws.
H
200
D
265
Fig. 126.1
30
Fig. 126.2
ALM - UPPER CABINET FOR IP 55 BLC AND LMC CONSOLES; DIMENSIONS
Nominal Dimensions
CODE H W D A B
ALM060 300 600 228 596 540
ALM080 300 800 228 796 740
ALM100 300 1000 228 996 940
ALM120 300 1200 228 1196 1140
ALM140 300 1400 228 1396 1340
ALM160 300 1600 228 1596 1540
B
Characteristic Dimensions
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Dimensions in mm
126
21 CATALOGUE

LAS - CONSOLE WITH SHELF AND IP 55
MONO-BLOCK UPPER CABINET
LAS - Console with shelf and mono-block upper
cabinet:
W
480
Basic components:
- Structure in press bent and welded sheet steel;
- Hinged front door;
- Hinged shelf panel;
- Hinged upper cabinet panel;
- Rear door along entire height;
- Standard electromechanical plate.
Additional components:
- Enlarged electromechanical plate;
- 100 or 200 mm H base;
- Any customised boring on the structure, front and
rear doors, shelf panel and upper cabinet panel.
H
D
1000
LAS - CONSOLE WITH SHELF AND MONO-BLOCK UPPER CABINET - CHARACTERISTIC DIMENSIONS
1310
1215
50
470
665
374.5
Fig. 127.1
Nominal Dimensions Characteristics Dimensions Codes and standard and enlarged plate dimensions
CODE H W D A B G E F L Q Standard X Y Enlarged Xm Ym
LAS08 1315 800 650 726 695 725 722 796 796 794 LAS08/P 690 910 LAS08/PM 690 1200
LAS10 1315 1000 650 926 895 925 922 996 996 994 LAS10/P 890 910 LAS10/PM 890 1200
LAS12 1315 1200 650 1126 1095 1125 1122 1196 1196 594* LAS12/P 1090 910 LAS12/PM 1090 1200
LAS14 1315 1400 650 1326 1295 1325 1322 1396 1396 694* LAS14/P 1290 910 LAS14/PM 1290 1200
LAS16 1315 1600 650 1526 1495 1525 1522 1596 1596 794* LAS16/P 1490 910 LAS16/PM 1490 1200
Dimensions in mm
E
565
B
D
A
492
92
G
Ym
F
Xm
L
X
470
440
344
(*) - Dimensions with the
asterisk indicate that the version
has two doors with rabbets;
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Y
648
Fig. 127.2
Q
21 CATALOGUE
127

LAR Console with mono-block upper cabinet
Basic components:
- Structure in press bent and welded sheet steel;
- Hinged front door;
- Hinged upper cabinet panel;
- Screw-on rear panel along entire height;
- Standard electromechanical plate.
Additional components:
- Enlarged electromechanical plate;
- 100 or 200 mm H base;
- Any customised boring on the structure, front and
rear doors, shelf panel and upper cabinet panel.
LAR - MONO-BLOCK CONSOLE WITH UPPER CABINET – CHARACTERISTIC DIMENSIONS
1267
A
H
D
W
LAR - IP 55 MONO-BLOCK CONSOLE
WITH UPPER CABINET
Fig. 128.1
Nominal Dimensions Characteristic Dimensions Codes and standard and enlarged plate dimensions
CODE H W D A B C E G Standard X Y Enlarged Xm Ym
LAR08 1270 800 500 796 725 735 722 796 LAR08/P 710 710 LAR08/PM 710 1060
LAR10 1270 1000 500 996 925 935 922 496* LAR10/P 910 710 LAR10/PM 910 1060
LAR12 1270 1200 500 1196 1125 1135 1122 596* LAR12/P 1110 710 LAR12/PM 1110 1060
LAR14 1270 1400 500 1396 1325 1335 1322 696* LAR14/P 1310 710 LAR14/PM 1310 1060
LAR16 1270 1600 500 1596 1525 1535 1522 796* LAR16/P 1510 710 LAR16/PM 1510 1060
Dimensions in mm
1205
E
B
C
X
Xm
Ym
420
700
(*) - Dimensions with the
asterisk indicate that the version
has two doors with rabbets;
BOZZA DI STAMPA
C
766
Y
Fig. 128.2
G
21 CATALOGUE
128

ACCESSORIES
ACCESSORIES
BOZZA DI STAMPA
21 CATALOGUE
129

CROSS PIECES AND SECTIONS; STL, XTL, FTL
STL Section
This metal section is designed for assembly between
the lateral vertical struts of the AZ series cabinets. They
are installed at the desired height and the slots permit
transversal adjustment.
STL Section - FOR AZ CABINETS; DIMENSIONS
45
G
STL
CODE
Nominal
Dimensions
Depth of the
cabinet
D
Characteristic
Dimensions
STL445 400 400 210
STL545 500 500 310
STL645 600 600 410
STL845 800 800 610
STLA45 1000 1000 810
XTL Section
This metal section is designed for assembly between
the lateral vertical struts of the AX series cabinets.
They are installed at the desired height and the slots
permit transversal adjustment.
XTL Section - FOR AX CABINETS; DIMENSIONS
CODE
Nominal
Dimensions
Depth of the
cabinet
G
Characteristic
Dimensions
D
G
XTL445 400 400 240
XTL545 500 500 340
XTL645 600 600 440
XTL845 800 800 640
XTLA45 1000 1000 840
FTL Section
This metal section is designed for assembly between
the lateral vertical struts of the AF series cabinets. They
are installed at the desired height and the slots at the
extremities facilitate attachment and if the space between
the front and rear boring differs from standard
boring.
FTL Section - FOR AF CABINETS; DIMENSIONS
CODE
Nominal
Dimensions
Depth of
the cabinet
Characteristic
Dimensions
D I G
FTL456 400 400 324 340
FTL556 500 500 424 440
FTL656 600 600 524 540
FTL856 800 800 724 740
Fig. 130.1
45
Fig. 130.2
26
Dimensions in mm
Dimensions in mm
BOZZA DI STAMPA
I
G
G
45
45
56
XTL
FTL
Fig. 130.3
Dimensions in mm
21 CATALOGUE
130

CROSS PIECES AND SECTIONS; STL2, XTL2, XTZ
STL2 Sections
This metal section is designed for assembly between the lateral
vertical struts of the AZ series cabinets. They are installed in the
desired position in height and the slots permit lateral adjustment.
These sections are used in cases where the crosspiece must
sustain the weight of other accessories (i.e. plate).
STL2 Section - FOR AZ CABINETS; DIMENSIONS
45
G
CODE
Nominal
Dimensions
Depth of the
cabinet
Characteristic
Dimensions
D
G
STL470 400 400 210
STL570 500 500 310
STL670 600 600 410
STL870 800 800 610
STLA70 1000 1000 810
XTL2 Sections
This metal section is designed for assembly between the lateral
vertical struts of the AX series cabinets. They are installed in the
desired position in height and the slots permit lateral adjustment.
These sections are used in cases where the crosspiece must
sustain the weight of other accessories (i.e. plate).
XTL2 Sections - FOR AZ CABINETS; DIMENSIONS
CODE
Nominal
Dimensions
Depth of the
cabinet
Characteristic
Dimensions
D
G
XTL470 400 400 240
XTL570 500 500 340
XTL670 600 600 440
XTL870 800 800 640
XTLA70 1000 1000 840
XTZ Section
This metal section is designed for assembly between the front
vertical struts of the AZ series cabinets, or between two STL lateral
crosspieces. They are installed in the desired position in height
and the slots on the three surfaces permit versatile attachment
of other crosspieces, horizontal partitions and are also used as a
support for equipment inside the cabinet.
XTZ Section - FOR AZ CABINETS; DIMENSIONS
CODE
Nominal
Dimensions
Depth of the
cabinet
Characteristic
Dimensions
D
G
XTZ470 400 400 295
XTZ670 600 600 495
XTZ870 800 800 695
XTZA70 1000 1000 895
XTZC70 1200 1200 1095
XTZD70 1400 1400 1295
XTZE70 1600 1600 1495
XTZF70 1800 1800 1695
Fig. 131.1
45
Fig. 131.2
Dimensions in mm
Dimensions in mm
BOZZA DI STAMPA
27,5
Fig. 131.3
Dimensions in mm
G
G
71
71
XTL2
XTZ
71
21 CATALOGUE
131

“A” Detail
STA
A
STF
STZ
101
CROSSPIECES AND SECTIONS; STZ, STA, STF
STZ Section
This metal section is designed for assembly between the front vertical struts of the AZ series cabinets, or between two STL lateral crosspieces.
They are installed in the desired position in height and the slots on the three surfaces permit versatile attachment of other
crosspieces, horizontal partitions and are also used as a support for equipment inside the cabinet.
STZ Section - FOR AZ CABINETS; DIMENSIONS
CODE
Dimensions in mm
Nominal
Dimensions
Dimensions in mm
Dimensions in mm
Depth of the
cabinet
Characteristic
Dimensions
STZ410 400 400 295
STZ610 600 600 495
STZ810 800 800 695
STZA10 1000 1000 895
STZC10 1200 1200 1095
STZD10 1400 1400 1295
STZE10 1600 1600 1495
STZF10 1800 1800 1695
D
G
G
G
G
27,5
Fig. 132.1
STA and STF Sections
These pre-bored sections have a standard length of 2000 mm. Users may cut these sections to the desired size, to create vertical supports
suitable for any series and size of cabinet. The sections are attached horizontally with special brackets, or even directly to the vertical
struts of the cabinet, creating a continuous attachment support, especially in batteries of cabinets. Any attachment accessories
are excluded from the supply.
CODE
Nominal
Dimensions
Characteristic
Dimensions
STA200 32x27 2000
CODE
Dimensions
nominal
G
Dimensions
characteristics
Fig. 132.2
BOZZA DI STAMPA
STF200 27x42x27 2000
G
B
Fig. 132.3
“B” Detail
21 CATALOGUE
132

CROSSPIECES AND SECTIONS;
SGD, CPS5846, SGK AND AMR
SGD Sections
This section is designed for application to DIN guide cabinets.
It can be attached to the vertical struts of the cabinet,
independently of the rack structure, or as an auxiliary
to the rack itself, for special applications. It is usually
couplet to the bored corner (CPS5846 of fig. 133.2, in
which case it has a code as an SGK set…
I
SGD
CODE
CODE
Characteristic Dimensions
W
SGD150 148 108
SGD060 58 18
Dimensions in mm
CODE
CPS5846
Dimensions in mm
CODE
Dimensions in mm
Characteristic Dimensions
47x47x30
Composition Kit
Code Code
SGK150 SGD150 CPS5846
SGK060 SGD060 CPS5846
Width of
cabinet
Characteristic Dimensions
M
I
AMR040 400 274 252
AMR050 500 374 352
AMR060 600 474 452
AMR080 800 674 652
AMR100 1000 874 852
AMR120 1200 1074 1052
AMR140 1400 1274 1252
AMR160 1600 1474 1452
AMR180 1800 1674 1652
I
Fig. 133.1
Fig. 133.2
W
M
I
CPS5846
Cable routine section: AMR
The AMR cable routing section is placed on and attached to the lower plate support crosspieces, for the purpose of guiding the cables
that connect the various equipment attached to the electromechanical plate. This section can be considered an accessory to the electromechanical
plate and it is available for the various cabinet widths, as shown in the table.
AMR - CABLE ROUTING SECTION; CODES AND CHARACTERISTIC DIMENSIONS
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Fig. 133.3
AMR
21 CATALOGUE
133

TIP: Internal door section
This section is attached on the inside of the door, directly to the
tubular reinforcement frame. It is used to attach cable raceways
directly to the
door of the cabinet and
permits the creation of
a continuous attachment
support in batteries
of cabinets.
See fig. 134.2 for application.
Dimensions in mm
A
Fig. 134.2
LIP - INNER DOOR CONSOLE WITH SUPPORT JACKS
CROSSPIECES AND ACCESSORIES
TIP, LIP - INTERNAL DOOR SHELF
17 TIP
4,25 ø bores
26 mm distance
Fig. 134.1
CODE
Nominal width
of door
I
TIP Section - INTERNAL DOOR SECTION: CODES AND DIMENSIONS
Characteristic Dimensions
A
I
TIP400 400 280 260
TIP500 500 380 360
TIP600 600 480 460
TIP700 700 580 560
TIP800 800 680 660
TIP900 900 780 760
TIPA00 1000 880 860
Dimensions in mm
This accessory is attached to the inner doorframe, as indicated in figure 134.3, with
two corner brackets, a staff and sliding and positioning jack. When it is not in use it
can be folded parallel to the door, without occupying space inside the cabinet. It is useful
for keyboards and documents.
The right and left groups of the support jack for the console shelf have a separate
code, which is indicated in the table that includes the entire assembly kit. The maximum
load that can be supported by the shelf is approximately 80 N.
LIP - INNER DOOR CONSOLE: CODES AND DIMENSIONS
CODE
Width of
cabinet
W
LIP500 500 430
LIP600 600 530
LIP700 700 630
LIP800 800 730
LIP/S Left and Right jack couples
Characteristic Dimensions
300
W
A
Fig. 134.3
BOZZA DI STAMPA
LIP/S
29
134
21 CATALOGUE

PTR SECTIONS - TRANSFORMER DOOR SECTION
PTR - TRANSFORMER SECTION
The transformer support section is an
accessory that is attached to the perimeter
slots of the bottom, according to the
direction of width or depth of the cabinet,
especially built to support and attach the
transformer unit, with the sliding block.
It is particularly robust, easy to assembly
and adjust for adaptation to the various
types of transformers. The L or P dimension
respectively indicates placement
according to the width or depth. This section
is always used in couples, even if only
one code is indicated in the table.
GRAPH SHOWING ADMISSIBLE LOAD FOR THE PTR SECTION
M (Kg)
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600
CODE
Width of
cabinet
L/P (mm)
Fig. 135.1
PTR..L: TRANSFORMER SUPPORT, APPLICABLE IN WIDTH
Characteristic dimensions
L Block
PTR600L 600 580 PTR680
PTR800L 800 780 PTR680
PTR1000L 1000 980 PTR680
PTR1200L 1200 1180 PTR680
PTR1400L 1400 1380 PTR680
PTR1600L 1600 1580 PTR680
Kit of 4 ea. PTR681 blocks
PTR681
Dimensions in mm
21 CATALOGUE
Block
PTR680
L/P
Fig. 135.2
CODE
Key to graph:
The maximum transformer load mass
can be obtained from the graph, according
to the nominal L or P value of the
transformer section. It should be born
in mind that this load refers to two
parallel sections without intermediate
supports and without dynamic loads. If
there are intermediate supports, the
load corresponds to a value of L or P
equal to the distance between the supports.
Example:
- For a PTR800L section having a nominal
length of 800 mm, the mass M of
the maximum load amounts to 150 kg;
- For a PTR1000P section having a nominal
depth of 1000 mm, the mass M of
the maximum load amounts to 125 kg;
PTR..P: TRANSFORMER SUPPORT, APPLICABLE IN DEPTH
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Depth of
the cabinet
Characteristic dimensions
P Block
PTR400P 400 380 PTR680
PTR500P 500 480 PTR680
PTR600P 600 580 PTR680
PTR800P 800 780 PTR680
PTR1000P 1000 980 PTR680
Kit of 4 ea. PTR681 blocks
Dimensions in mm
PTR681
PTR
135

KCR090 - CONSOLE JACK KIT
This kit is applicable on consoles as a shelf support. It is always used in
pairs and is applied to the lateral vertical struts of the shelf support.
Corner (1) is attached to the inner part of the shelf, while corner (2) with
the sliding slot is attached to the lateral vertical struts of the console and
the shaft (3) acts as a sliding connection between the two corners. (See
Fig 136.1)
ACCESSORIES - KCR090: CONSOLE JACK,
BC0170: ANTI-CLOSURE BLOCK
1
KCR090
CODE
Characteristic Dimensions
Sliding slot length
KCR090 90
Dimensions in mm
BCO170 - MECHANICAL ANTI-CLOSURE DOOR BLOCKAGE KIT
3
Fig. 136.1
This device, which can be applied to AX and AZ series cabinets, permits closure of the
door only if the principle door has been chosen.
Obviously the two doors must be side by side, which is a typical arrangement for batteries
of cabinets. It is important and necessary to specify which door is considered the
principle one, whether left or right. (See Fig 136.3)
Fig. 136.3
Doors side by side
Vertical struts of
cabinets joined in
batteries
Setting of the
lever on reinforcement
tubes
BOZZA DI STAMPA
CODE
Supply characteristics
2
BCO170
Fig. 136.2
Make up of anti-closure door blockage kit
. BCO170 left or right;
. 4 ea. Cage nuts;
. 4 ea. M6 TEFR screws.
BCO170D
BCO170D/M
BCO170S
BCO170S/M
Kit dismounted right
Kit assembled right
Kit dismounted left
Kit assembled left
21 CATALOGUE
136

ACCESSORIES - BCC110: BOX CABINET JACK
BCO100: MECHANICAL DOOR BLOCK
BCC110: 90° or 110° door block for box cabinets
Fig. 137.2
The BCC110 jack is a mechanical piece that prevents accidental closure
of a cabinet door, keeping it open and blocked at 90° or 110°. It is
universal and can therefore be mounted on both the right and left door
openings
90
80
BCO100 - MECHANICAL DOOR BLOCK
86
40,5
Fig. 137.1
This accessory permits blockage of two doors side by side in a
battery of cabinets; it is possible to open a door only if the main
door has been opened previously. The block can be applied to
batteries of AX and AZ series cabinets and is different for the
two series; it is always necessary to indicate the location of the
main door in the drawing. (See Fig 137.4)
Fig. 137.3
CODE
BCC110/S
BCC110/M
CODE
BCO100X
BCO100X/M
BCO100Z
BCO100Z/M
Supply characteristics
Kit dismounted
Kit assembled
Supply characteristics
Kit dismounted for AX cabinets
Kit assembled for AX cabinets
Kit dismounted for AZ cabinets
Kit assembled for AZ cabinets
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Fig. 137.4
21 CATALOGUE
137

BCO110 - Mechanical door block prevents accidental closure of a
cabinet door. As you can see in figure 138.2, the door is kept open
and blocked at 90° or 120°, according to the position where it is
ACCESSORIES - BCO110: DOOR BLOCK,
KMG: GAS SPRING KIT
mounted between the cabinet and the inner tubular reinforcement
frame of the door.
CODE
Supply characteristics
Fig. 138.1
KMG - GAS SPRING KIT
ø
L
Fig. 138.3
BCO110
BCO110/M
Kit dismounted right
Kit assembled right
Fig. 138.2
The gas springs prevent accidental closure of panels and doors (which are
opened upwards), etc. They also assist the operator, thanks to the compressed
gas contained in the springs, in lifting the panels and doors, or
prevent the doors from opening or closing too quickly.
For doors opened downwards (tip over drawers), the braking gas springs
are useful, which prevent a violent action in opening the door, which could
cause wear and tear on the support hinges over a period of time.
KMG - GAS SPRING: CODES AND CHARACTERISTICS
CODE
Action
Capacity
N
Characteristic Dimensions
L
ø
KMG243/10 Push 100 243 6
KMG257/20 Push 200 257 8
KMG444/20 Push 200 444 8
KMG444/40 Push 400 444 8
KMG444/50 Push 500 444 8
BOZZA DI STAMPA
KFG182 Braking 45 182 6
Dimensions in mm
138
21 CATALOGUE

ACCESSORIES - TSA: DRAWING POCKET,
GLF: EYEBOLTS
TSA - Drawing Pocket
Fig. 139.1
Two versions of the drawing pockets are available:
- In PVC, with RAL 2004 and 7035 colours, attached
with bi-adhesive tape;
- In metal, in RAL 7035, with attachment to internal door
tubes with self-threading screws.
H
GLF - EYEBOLTS
Fig. 139.2 Fig. 139.3
D
TSA - DRAWING POCKET - CHARACTERISTICS AND DIMENSIONS
Material Size Attachment
Width
Door
W
Characteristic Dimensions
CODE H D W
TSA104 PVC RAL 2004 A4 Self threading screws - 206 236 30
TSA135 PVC Ral 7035 A4 Self threading screws - 206 236 30
TSA106 Metal A3 Self threading screws 600 292 438 70
TSA107 Metal A3 Self threading screws 700 292 538 70
TSA108 Metal A3 Self threading screws 800 292 638 70
TSA111 Metal A3 Self threading screws 1000 292 838 70
TSA110 Metal A4 Self threading screws 400 292 223 70
The eyebolts are accessories used for lifting of cabinets or small
batteries of cabinets. Every cabinet is normally produced with bores
for the attachment of eyebolts.
The maximum capacity of the eyebolts is in accordance with UNI ISO
3266 norms and namely:
- GLF810 straight pull 2250 N; 45° pull 2x830 N;
- GLF812 straight pull 3330 N; 45° pull 2x1180 N;
- GLF816 straight pull 6860 N; 45° pull 2x2450 N.
GLF - EYBOLTS CODES AND DIMENSIONS
CODE
Fig. 139.4
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Nominal
Dimensions
Kit Package Characteristic Dimensions
Diameter (d) n° pieces ø L A
GLF810 M10 1 25 63 18
GLF812 M12 1 30 76 22
GLF816 M16 1 35 89 26
A
ø
L
GLR612 M12 4 30 76 22
Dimensions in mm
d
21 CATALOGUE
139

GLR912 - Composite eyebolt for AZ and AF cabinets
The GLR912 eyebolt is a coupling of the GLF812 eyebolt,
with a threaded reinforcement bar. It is used with AZ and
AF cabinets.
ACCESSORIES - GLR, GLP:
COMPOSITE AND HEAVY-DUTY EYEBOLTS
GLR112 - Composite eyebolt for AS cabinets and consoles.
The GLR112 eyebolt is a coupling of the GLF812 eyebolt with a reinforcing
square, washer and nut. It is used with AS cabinets and several
consoles, where the
roof is not particularly
GLR112
robust.
GLR912
Fig. 140.1
GLP830 - HEAVY DUTY EYEBOLT
CODE
GLR912
GLR712
CODE
GLR112
GLR612
Supply characteristics
1 ea composite eyebolt
Kit of 4 composite eyebolts
Supply characteristics
1 ea. composite eyebolt
Kit of 4 composite eyebolts
Fig. 140.2
The GLP830 heavy-duty eyebolt in the universal version is used on AX and AZ cabinets; it is intended for use with batteries of cabinets.
It is realised in 5 mm thick sheet metal, to make the structure rigid, and has two slots for attachment between two cabinets. It
has a large bore (ø 50 mm) for lodging of the hook and has no sharp corners.
Maximum capacity of the heavy-duty eyebolt:
GLP830 straight pull: 4900 N; 45° pull: 2x1750 N
NOTE: It is particularly important to take the duration of the lifting
operation into consideration:
- Two pairs of steel cables must be used, which have a sufficient
capacity and a maximum angle of 45° between the two forces
of traction;
- The eyebolts must be placed at a distance to create an angle
of no more than 45° between them.
GLP830
BOZZA DI STAMPA
CODE
Supply characteristics
GLP830
1 ea. Heavy-duty eyebolt
GLP934
Kit of 4 heavy-duty eyebolts
Fig. 140.3
21 CATALOGUE
140

ACCESSORIES - GLP/P: EYEBOLT WITH EXTENSION,
TRV: LIFTING BEAMS
GLP/P - EYEBOLT WITH EXTENSION
The extension is a necessary accessory when there are cable raceways on the roof. It
takes the hood of the eyebolt from the level of the cabinet roof to the upper level of the
cable raceway on the roof.
It is available only as an extension, or in association with the eyebolt and M12 attachment
screws in the lower part, in two versions having a height of 200 and 250 mm.
M12
Fig. 141.1
CODE
GLP/P
GLP/P1
GLR920
GLR921
TRV - LIFTING BEAMS
Supply characteristics
200 mm H extension
250 mm H extension
200 mm H extension and GLF812 eyebolt
250 mm H extension and GLF812 eyebolt
It is always advisable to use lifting beams for cabinets joined in batteries. These accessories are made of 5 mm thick sheet metal and
are supplied with bores for lifting and attachment, according to the composition of the battery to be lifted.
Steel cables must be used. It is therefore advisable to increase the number of steel cables.
W
M12
Fig. 141.2
BOZZA DI STAMPA
21 CATALOGUE
141

ACCESSORIES - TRV: LIFTING CRITERIA
Max 45° Max 45°
Heavy Duty Eyebolts
Eyebolts
LIFTING BEAMS
Maximum length 1600 mm
With a pair of lifting beams, it is possible
to lift batteries of cabinets having
an overall weight of 59000 N (Kg. 6000
mass).
The problem in lifting extremely heavy
batteries of cabinets is no so much the
lifting beams, but the force that it places
on the steel cables. It is therefore
advisable to increase the number of
steel cables.
NOTE: It is particularly important to take
the duration of the lifting operation into
consideration:
- Two pairs of steel cables must be
used, which have a sufficient capacity
and a maximum angle of 45° between
the two forces of traction;
- The eyebolts must be placed at a
distance to create an angle of no more
than 45° between them.
Fig. 142.1
Lifting beams
Maximum length 3200 mm
Fig. 142.2
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Maximum length 6400 mm
Fig. 142.3
142
21 CATALOGUE

ACCESSORIES - TRV: LIFTING CRITERIA
W
Fig. 143.2
45
80
TRV - LIFTING BEAMS; CODES AND DIMENSIONS
CODE
Length of the
battery
Length of the
beam
W
TRV160 1600 1596
TRV200 2000 1996
TRV240 2400 2396
TRV300 3000 2996
TRV320 3200 3196
TRV360 3600 3596
TRV400 4000 3996
TRV420 4200 4196
TRV440 4400 4396
TRV480 4800 4796
TRV560 5600 5596
TRV580 5800 5796
TRV600 6000 5996
TRV640 6400 6396
TRV740 7400 7396
Fig. 143.1
Space between lifting and
attachment bores
BOZZA DI STAMPA
The spaces between the beams depend on
the composition of the battery; there should
always be two terminal bores, while the
others should be in correspondence with the
union between the cabinets.
Dimensions in mm
21 CATALOGUE
143

FAV - PROTECTIVE ALUMINIUM WINDOWS
ACCESSORIES - FAV: PROTECTIVE
ALUMINIUM WINDOWS
These windows are necessary to protect instruments
that must be visible or accessible from dust and
water from outside the cabinet (for example display
screens, keyboards or instruments that require frequent
adjustment) without the operating having the
possibility to access the cabinet.
The structure guarantees IP 54 protection, thanks to
the neoprene adhesive tape and the gasket around
the perimeter of the transparent panel and the door
rabbet.
The widow structure is in anodised aluminium and the
transparent element is in 3 mm thick acrylic glass.
The closure (with keys) is located laterally, to improve
aesthetics and allow elimination of harmful obstacles.
Fig. 144.1 Fig. 144.2
Fig. 144.3
W
H
TRANSVERSAL SECTION OF THE PROTECTIVE ALUMINIUM WINDOW
Door section
Fig. 144.4
CODE
3 mm thick
acrylic glass
Characteristic Dimensions
H
W
FAV303 300 300
FAV403 400 300
FAV404 400 400
FAV405 400 500
FAV503 500 300
FAV504 500 400
FAV505 500 500
FAV604 600 400
FAV605 600 500
FAV606 600 600
FAV807 800 700
FAV1005 1000 500
FAV1006 1000 600
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Dimensions in mm
Neoprene flat
adhesive tape
21 CATALOGUE
144

ACCESSORIES - AUXILIARY BRACKETS,
COMPONENTS BELONGING TO VARIOUS KITS
The brackets and crosspieces are shown below as auxiliaries and are part of the components of the various assembly kits. They are
generally not supplied separately, but it is deemed opportune to list them in the event a kit is incomplete and there is a need to identify
a missing piece.
Fig. 145.1
STZ100
STZ101
STX100
Corner bracket in universal version
designed for upper attachment of
the electromechanical plates of AX
and AF cabinets. Also used for
other types of cabinets where attachment
of the plate is performed in
a manner similar to the AX cabinet.
STZ100 and STZ101
Right and Left version brackets,
included in the AZ cabinet plate
attachment kit. Designed for the
upper attachment of the electromechanical
plate:
- Right bracket code STZ100;
- Left bracket code STZ101.
Fig. 145.3
STX100
Fig. 145.5 STXZ02
Cabinet battery joining
plate in rear-to-rear
direction.
Assembled in corners
between vertical and
Fig. 145.6
horizontal struts, to
strengthen the connection
between cabinets in
the direction of depth.
STXZ02
Fig. 145.7
TPP..X
TPP..X
Lower AX and AF
plate support.
Attached between
the horizontal front
and rear struts.
Used as a support
for the plate and its
attachment in the
desired position in
depth.
The code depends on
the depth.
Fig. 145.2
STXZ01
Plate for joining of
AX and AZ cabinets
in batteries. These
plates connect the
vertical struts laterally,
in the direction
of cabinet width.
SQZ400
SQZ380
Fig. 145.4
SQZ380
Corner bracket in
single version designed
for upper attachment
of the electromechanical
plates
of AS cabinets and
consoles.
Also used for combined
attachment of
STA and STF
SQZ380 sections
STXZ01
SQZ400
Universal corner bracket
designed for upper attachment
of the electromechanical
plates of LAS cabinets
and consoles. On one side the
M8 bore is threaded, while it
is smooth with ø 8 on the
other side.
BOZZA DI STAMPA
CODE
Width of
cabinet
W
Characteristic dimensions
Peff
TPP40X 400 332
TPP50X 500 432
TPP60X 600 532
TPP80X 800 732
TPPA0X 1000 932
TPPC0X 1200 1132
Dimensions in mm
21 CATALOGUE
145

Fig. 146.1
Fig. 146.2
Fig. 146.3
TPS..X
TPP..Z
TPS..X
Upper crosspiece for
attachment of AX
and AF plate.
Attached between
the horizontal front
and rear struts.
Serves the purpose
of positioning and
attaching the
STX100 bracket between
the crosspiece
and the plate. The
code depends on the
depth of the cabinet.
TPP..Z
Lower AZ plate support
crosspiece.
Attached between
the horizontal front
and rear struts.
Used as a support
for the plate and its
attachment in the
desired position in
depth.
The code depends on
the depth.
ZCN100
This is used prevalently on
ST box cabinets.
It is attached in pairs and at
the sides of the lower part
of the door to hook onto the
lower border of the box
cabinet and with its lateral
fins to centre it horizontally.
ZCN100 Closure of the door is
through the box positioned
in the upper part of the door.
This system avoids placing a hinge on the door and therefore it
can be completely removed from the box cabinet.
ACCESSORIES - AUXILIARY BRACKETS,
COMPONENTS BELONGING TO VARIOUS KITS
CODE
Width of
cabinet
W
Characteristic dimensions
Peff
TPS40X 400 332
TPS50X 500 432
TPS60X 600 532
TPS80X 800 732
TPSA0X 1000 932
TPSC0X 1200 1132
Dimensions in mm
CODE
Width of
cabinet
W
Characteristic dimensions
Peff
TPP40Z 400 209
TPP50Z 500 309
TPP60Z 600 409
TPP80Z 800 609
TPPA0Z 1000 809
TPPC0Z 1200 1009
Dimensions in mm
Fig. 146.4
BOZZA DI STAMPA
146
21 CATALOGUE

ACCESSORIES - HINGES, KITS FOR
CABINETS, BOX CABINETS AND CONSOLES
CAP - HINGES
It is indispensable to be able to open the door of the cabinets 180° for some applications, or to facilitate wiring. For this purpose, several
hinge solutions are available for single cabinets, cabinets in batteries and for box cabinets.
Fig. 147.1
CAP120
CAP 120
120° door aperture kit for
standard cabinets in zama,
with a steel pin. The central
hook is welded to the door,
while the remaining part is
fixed to the cabinet.
The pin is an integral part of
the hinge.
Fig. 147.3 CAP180E
180° door aperture kit for
standard cabinets. This
hinge, in black zama with a
stainless steel pin, is used
for both single cabinets and
cabinets in batteries.
Fig. 147.4
CAP180CA
CAP180CB
Fig. 147.7
CAP180E
Fig. 147.5 CAP180CA - CAP180CB
180° door aperture kit for
box cabinets and doors. The
CAP180CA type is in black
Fig. 147.6
polyamide, while the
CAP180CB version is in
black zama. Both have the
seat for M6 screws. The
suffix MTG indicates that
assembly is included.
CAP180I
CAP180I
Door aperture kit for standard
cabinets. This hinge, in
black zama with a stainless
steel pin, is used almost
exclusively for internal
doors.
Fig. 147.2
CAP180C
Fig. 147.8
CAP120C
CAP180M
CAP120CA
CAP120C
120° door aperture kit in
steel for standard box cabinets.
The central hook is
welded to the door, while the
remaining part is screwed
to the cabinet.
CAP180C
180° door aperture kit for
standard box cabinets. The
hinge is in black zama, with
M6 plated screws.
The MTG suffix indicates
that assembly is included.
CAP180M
Modular panel aperture kit.
The hinge and pin are both
in black polyamide.
CAP120CA
120° door aperture kit for 2
mm thick box cabinets and
several standard consoles.
The hinge is in steel with the
central hook to be screwed
to the box cabinet or console
with M4 screws, while
the external part is welded
to the door. Pin in steel.
BOZZA DI STAMPA
21 CATALOGUE
147

Fig. 148.1
NTL999
CAP120 - TYPES OF KIT COMPOSITIONS
NTL999
The latch is designed to
hook onto the lever bolt for
closure of the door. It is
fixed to the cabinet and is a
component of the hinge kits.
It is in natural zama.
ACCESSORIES - HINGES, KITS FOR CABINETS,
BOX CABINETS AND CONSOLES
Fig. 148.2
GMT001
GMT001
This piece (rubber sheath)
in ethyl propylene sponge
rubber, is placed in the central
part of the upper and
lower horizontal struts
when there is a double
door, to ensure air
tightness between the door
and frame.
CAP120 SCREWS TSP M6 NUT M6 NTL999 GMT001 SCREWS TTIC M6
Type of Kit CODE N° N° N° N° N° N°
Kit CAP120 single door
H=1200-1400
Kit CAP120 single door
H=1600
Kit CAP120 single door
H=1800-2200
Kit CAP120 double door
H=1600
Kit CAP120 double door
H=1800-2200
Kit CAP120 double door
H=1200-1400
CAP120C - COMPOSITION OF KIT
CAP12001 2 4 4 2 -
CAP12002 3 7 10 4 - 3
CAP12003 4 8 8 4 - -
CAP12022 6 10 14 4 2 4
CAP12023 8 12 12 4 2 -
CAP12021 4 8 8 2 2 -
CAP120C SCREW TSP M5 NUT M5 FL.
Type of Kit CODE N° N° N°
Kit CAP120C
(single Hinge)
CAP180E - TYPE OF KIT COMPOSITION
CAP120C01 1 1 1
CAP180E SCREW TSP M6 NUT M6 NTL999 GMT001 SCREW TTIC M6
Type of Kit CODE N° N° N° N° N° N°
Kit CAP180E single door
H=1200-1400
Kit CAP180E single door
H=1600
Kit CAP180E single door
H=1800-2200
BOZZA DI STAMPA
CAP180E01 2 8 8 2 -
CAP180E02 3 10 13 4 - 3
CAP180E03 4 12 12 4 - -
Kit CAP180E double
door H=1600
Kit CAP180E double
door H=1800-2200
Kit CAP180E double
door H=1200-1400
CAP180E22 6 16 20 4 2 4
CAP180E23 8 20 20 4 2 -
CAP180E21 4 12 12 2 2 -
21 CATALOGUE
148

ACCESSORIES - HINGES, KITS FOR
CABINETS, BOX CABINETS AND CONSOLES
CAP180C - COMPOSITION OF KIT
CAP180C SCREWS TSP M5 NUT M5 FL.
Type Kit CODE N° N° N°
Kit CAP180C
(single hinge)
CAP180C01 1 - 4
CAP180CB - COMPOSITION OF KIT
CAP180I - COMPOSITION OF KIT
CAP180CA - COMPOSITION OF KIT
CAP180M - COMPOSITION OF KIT
CAP180CA SCREWS TSP M5 NUT M5 FL.
Type Kit CODE N° N° N°
Kit CAP180CA
(single hinge)
CAP180CB SCREWS TSP M5 NUT M5 FL.
Type Kit CODE N° N° N°
Kit CAP180CB
(single hinge)
CAP180CB01 1 4 4
CAP180CA01 1 4 4
CAP180M SCREWS TSP M6 NUT M6 FL.
Type Kit CODE N° N° N°
Kit CAP180M
(single hinge)
CAP180I SCREWS TSP M6 NUT M6 FL.
Type Kit CODE N° N° N°
Kit CAP180I
(single hinge)
CAP180I01 1 1 1
CAP180M01 1 1 1
BOZZA DI STAMPA
CAP120CA - COMPOSITION OF KIT
CAP120CA SCREWS TE M4 WASHER. M4 Zig.
Type Kit CODE N° N° N°
Kit CAP120CA
(single hinge)
CAP120CA01 1 2 2
21 CATALOGUE
149

ACCESSORIES - PZC: ADJUSTABLE FEET,
RGS WHEEL SUPPORTS
PZC - ADJUSTABLE ARTICULATED FEET
PZC 104 feet are robust, versatile and economic; they are used in a wide range of applications
in all situations where there is a need to maintain the cabinet or console above the
round. The leg is articulated and adjustable and permits correct positioning of the cabinet,
even on broken pavement; when it is in contact with the ground, the anti-vibration disc performs
a useful insulating action against any harmful vibrations that may be present.
The M12 threaded leg in white galvanised steel is supplied without a nut; the base in polyamide
material is reinforced with fibreglass, and the anti-vibration disk is in thermo-plastic
rubber. The PZC 110 feet are made of stainless steel and are therefore necessary in humid,
acid environments where food or pharmaceutical products are processed, or in marine
environments. The anti-vibration disc is in Adiprene and performs an important insulating
action against vibrations.
All of the feet can be applied to the base of the cabinet or directly to the bottom of the
cabinet, thanks to their threaded leg.
- Supply characteristics
PZC104
PZC110
RGS - WHEEL SUPPORTS
Base foot H=50 mm (kit of 4 pcs.)
Base foot H=50 mm in stainless steel (kit of 4 pcs.)
RGS060
RGS100
RGS - WHEEL SUPPORTS
Fig. 150.1
Wheel supports are accessories that permit easy attachment of all types of wheels (even with brakes) to the bases of cabinets and consoles.
These supports are snapped into place without the use of screws, nuts and bolts. The wheels are provided with a tang that can
be attached directly to the base or bottom of the cabinet, but for reasons of stability of the cabinet, it is advisable, in any case, to use
the wheel support.
Fig. 150.2
D
RGS060
RGS100
BOZZA DI STAMPA
I
G
Fig. 150.3
Type of wheel
Characteristic dimensions
CODE D I G
RGS060 Wheel support ø60 M6 M6 46 46
RGS100 Wheel support ø100 e ø125 M8 60 80
Dimensions in mm
21 CATALOGUE
150

ACCESSORIES - RGS: WHEEL SUPPORTS,
RGF AND RGO SWIVEL AND FIXED WHEELS
RGS - EXAMPLE OF APPLICATION
In Fig. 141.1 an example of application of the wheel support is shown. The support
is hooked to the corner of the base, as indicated, and then attached to the lower bore
of the corner. The width of the support is 120 mm, while the depth is 100 mm. The
overall displacement of the base is therefore 200 mm in depth, while the width
remains within the base.
The capacity of the support is suitable for the capacity indicated for the swivel or
fixed wheels.
RGF, RGO - LIGHT WHEELS
Fig. 151.2
Fig. 151.4
RGO060
RGF060/Q
RGF 060 - RGO 060
Small wheels (diameter 60 mm, width 24
mm, height from ground 85 mm) in plastic
material are suitable for the movement of
small cabinets. The movement of the wheels
takes place through a bushing. Wheels may
be oriented and equipped with an M12 threaded
tang (RGO 060) or with a plate (RGO
060 / Q and RGF 060 / Q). In both versions
the wheel can be equipped with a brake (i.e.:
RGF 060 / F). The support in galvanised sheet
metal can accommodate loads up to a maximum
of 50 Kg.
Fig. 151.1
RGO060/Q
RGO060/F
Fig. 151.5 Fig. 151.5
Fig. 151.3
BOZZA DI STAMPA
CODE
Type of wheel
Description
Maximum
capacity N
Characteristic dimensions
Height from
ground
Plate and tang
dimensions
RGO060 Orientable wheel ø60 pin M10 490 85 M10x25
RGO060/Q Orientable wheel ø60 plate support 490 85 60x50
RGF060/Q Fixed wheel ø60 plate support 490 85 60x50
RGO060/F Swivel wheel ø60, threaded pin. M10 and brake 490 85 M10x25
RGO060/QF Swivel wheel ø60, with plate and brake 490 85 60x50
RGF060/QF Fixed wheel ø60, with plate and brake 490 85 60x50
Fig. 151.6
Dimensions in mm
21 CATALOGUE
151

RGF AND RGO ACCESSORIES
SWIVEL AND FIXED WHEELS
RGF and RGO - HEAVY, LARGE AND SMALL WHEELS
RGO100/Q
RGO125/Q
RGF 100 ; RGO 100
SMALL HEAVY WHEEL
RGF 125 ; RGO 125
LARGE HEAVY WHEEL
RGF100/Q
RGF125/Q
Fig. 152.1
CODE
Type of wheel
Description
Maximum
capacity N
Characteristics
Height from
ground
Plate or tang size
RGO100/Q Swivel wheel ø100 with plate 785 128 100x83
RGO100/QF Swivel wheel ø100 with plate and brake 785 128 100x83
RGF100/Q Fixed wheel ø100 with plate 785 128 100x83
RGF100/QF Fixed wheel ø100 with plate and brake 785 128 100x83
RGO125 Swivel wheel ø125 with pin M10 1177 155 100x83
RGO125/F Swivel wheel ø125, pin M10 and brake 1177 155 M10x25
RGO125/Q Orientable wheel ø125 with plate 1177 155 100x83
RGO125/QF Orientable wheel ø125 with plate and brake 1177 155 100x83
RGF125/Q Fixed wheel ø125 with plate 1177 155 100x83
RGF125/QF Fixed wheel ø125 with plate and brake 1177 155 100x83
Dimensions in mm.
20
87
M10
ø60
Medium and large sized wheels in solid rubber
with a nucleus of moulded sheet metal. This
wheel is suitable for the movement of medium
sized frames (each wheel can sustain up to
1225 N, depending on the model). The movement
of the wheel takes place on ball bearings.
The support is in galvanised sheet metal.
The wheel can be equipped with a brake
(i.e.: RGO 125 / F)
155 (128) (87)
60 (46)
ø125 (100) (60)
ø11 (6,2)
24 37
Fig. 152.2
Fig. 152.3
ø11 (6,2)
RGO100/QF
RGO125/QF
60 (46)
80 (46) 80 (46)
BOZZA DI STAMPA
155 (128) (87)
ø125 (100) (60)
152
Fig. 152.4 Fig. 152.5 Fig. 152.6
NOTE: The dimensions between parentheses refer, respectively, to the size groupings that appear in the two tables of codes for wheels
with plates, having different wheel diameters and heights. They are shown here for purely indicative purposes, inasmuch as they generally
have suitable supports for the different sizes.
21 CATALOGUE

ACCESSORIES - SCREWS, NUTS AND BOLTS
DIF17
DIF22
DIU37
DGM600- DGM800
Fig. 153.1
Fig. 153.3
Fig. 153.4
SCREWS
A vast array of screws, nuts and bolts in
cages are available. In particular, the cage
nuts for external use (DGM900 and
DGM908, can be easily inserted in the 15 x
9 rectangular bores on the outside of the vertical
shafts and cross pieces. All of the nuts
and bolts are made of galvanised steel. The
screws illustrated, with the exception of the
cage nuts indicated for the purpose of facilitating
identification, are specific to
Quadritalia’s production.
VTM912
SCREWS - LIST OF CODES, DESCRIPTION AND QUANTITY
DGM900- DGM908
VTR506
Fig. 153.2
CODE
Characteristics of supply
N° of
Pieces
DDM500 Nut M5 w/flanges 100
DDM600 Nut M6 w/flanges 100
DDM800 Nut M8 w/flanges 100
DGM600 Cage nut for inside use M6 100
DGM800 Cage nut for external use M8 100
DGM900 Cage nut for external use M6 100
DGM908 Dado a gabbia per esterno M8 100
VTR500 Flared head Phillips screws M5x12 100
VTR506 Screws for tubular doorframe 1
VTR510 Self-tapping tri-lobe screws M5x8 100
VTR600 Screws with flanges M6x8 hexagonal head 100
VTR616 Screw with flanges TE M6x16 100
VTR800 Screws with flanges M8x16 hexagonal head 100
VTR610 Embedded hexagonal flare head screw M6x12 100
VTM900 Phillips head screw M6x14 100
VTM912 Special M6x50 screw for head of base 1
VTD600 Flanged screw TE M6x8 and flanged nut M6 100
VTD616 Flanged screw TE M6x16 and flanged nut M6 100
VTD800 Flanged screw TE M8x16 and flanged nut M8 100
DIF17 Spacer for side panel H=18 (female to female) 1
DIR22 Spacer for back panel H=23 (female to female) 1
DIU37 Joint spacer M6, H=38 (male to male) 1
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Fig. 153.5
Fig. 153.6
Fig. 153.7
21 CATALOGUE
153

SPX ACCESSORIES - LATERAL PLATE INSERTION SUPPORT
CP18; INTERNAL RACK HINGE
SPX - LATERAL PLATE INSERTION SUPPORT
This accessory is used to facilitate lateral insertion of several electro mechanical plates inside cabinets, especially when cabinets are
placed side by side, creating a track to slide them on. It is also used for positioning and anchoring of enlarged plates. This accessory is
common to AZ and AX series cabinets.
SPX...
SPX - CODES AND MEASUREMENTS
Fig. 154.1
CP18 - 180° INTERNAL RACK FRAME HINGE
CODE
SPX040/B
SPX050/B
SPX060/B
SPX080/B
SPX100/B
SPX120/B
SPX140/B
SPX160/B
SPX180/B
Characteristics – Dimensions
Fig. 154.2 Fig. 154.3
CODE
CP18XD
CP18XS
CP18ZD
CP18ZS
CP18..
Characteristics – Dimensions
180° Rack frame hinge AX internal right
180° Rack frame hinge AX internal left
180° Rack frame hinge AZ internal right
180° Rack frame hinge AZ internal left
Support for lateral insertion of plate W=400 (pairs)
Support for lateral insertion of plate W=500 (pairs)
Support for lateral insertion of plate W=600 (pairs)
Support for lateral insertion of plate W=800 (pairs)
Support for lateral insertion of plate W=1000 (pairs)
Support for lateral insertion of plate W=1200 (pairs)
Support for lateral insertion of plate W=1400 (pairs)
Support for lateral insertion of plate W=1600 (pairs)
Support for lateral insertion of plate W=1800 (pairs)
Fig. 154.4
CP18 - 180° INTERNAL RACK FRAME HINGE
This type of hinge is mounted on the internal rack frame when
it is necessary to open them 180° on the outer part of the
cabinet, as shown in Figs. 154.3 and 154.4. It is mounted on
AX and AZ cabinets and is produced in the Right and Left versions.
GNE020
BOZZA DI STAMPA
GNE020 - RAPID CORNER JOINT FOR DOOR REINFORCEMENT TUBES
This accessory was designed especially to permit rapid joining of internal door reinforcement
tubes. It can be mounted rapidly and is successively fixed to the tubular frame.
This piece is not on the price list, but is shown here in the event a piece needs to be replaced.
Fig. 154.5
154
21 CATALOGUE

PPG ACCESSORIES - PPG; GUILLOTINE STYLE
CABLE CONDUIT
PPG...
PPG - GUILLOTINE STYLE CABLE CONDUIT
Mounted on the bottom of the cabinets in place of the standard fixed cable entrance plates,
this accessory makes it possible to shut out almost any entry of dust in the electrical
cabinet, by pinching the gasket it is equipped with.
It is divided into two adjustable parts in depth (range per side approximately 85 mm.)
and can also be mounted at a later time if the user deems it necessary to replace the
standard plate.
Fig. 155.1
B
A
20
~ 85 mm
Fig. 155.2
CABINET FLOOR CABLE RACEWAY OPENING (AX - AF (AS) CABLE RACEWAY OPENING AZ
W D CODE A B CODE A B
400 400 PPG 404 210 220 PPGZ 404 210 120
400 500 PPG 405 - - PPGZ 405 210 220
600 400 PPG 604 404 230 PPGZ 604 300 120
600 500 PPG 605 404 280 PPGZ 605 300 220
600 600 PPG 606 404 380 PPGZ 606 300 320
800 400 PPG 804 604 230 PPGZ 804 500 120
800 500 PPG 805 604 280 PPGZ 805 500 220
800 600 PPG 806 604 380 PPGZ 806 500 320
BOZZA DI STAMPA
1000 400 PPG 104 604 230 PPGZ 104 610 120
1000 500 PPG 105 804 280 PPGZ 105 610 220
1000 600 PPG 106 804 380 PPGZ 106 610 320
1200 400 PPG 124 1004 230 PPGZ 124 900 120
1200 500 PPG 125 1004 280 PPGZ 125 900 220
1200 600 PPG 126 1004 380 PPGZ 126 900 320
1400 500 PPG 145 1204 280 - - -
1400 600 PPG 146 1204 380 - - -
Dimensions in mm
21 CATALOGUE
155

ACCESSORIES - PLATE ATTACHMENT PINS
PRN100
PLATE ATTACHMENT PINS
PRN100C
PDN100
Fig. 156.1
The pins in the illustration on the right are used to anchor the electro mechanical plates
inside the cabinets and consoles. They are part of the assembly kit and are usually not
provided separately (they are not quoted on the price list).
The PRN 100 pin is used to anchor the bottom of the electro mechanical plates of the
cabinets.
The PRN 100C, PRN100L and PRN100Y pins differ from each other as far as the lengths
of the cylindrical tangs are concerned, which are respectively 11, 16 and 20 mm in length.
They are used prevalently in the consoles and sometimes in cabinets when anchoring of
the plate is done on the vertical sides.
PRN100L
In Fig. 156.6 an example of application of the PRN100 pin
is illustrated, with the cap for the electro mechanical plate
PDN100. The sequence of assembly is described on page
26; it is the typical assembly of the plate in the AZ, AX, AF
and AS series cabinets.
In Fig. 156.6, an example of the application of pins
PRN100C, PRN100L or PRN100Y is shown; the pin is
attached to the vertically bored crosspiece with a cage nut,
with a laterally grooved plate for anchorage on the pin. This
is a typical anchoring application of the plate on consoles or
cabinets where there is no possibility to place the plate on
the bottom crosspiece. The choice of the type C, L or Y pin
depends on the distance at which the plate can be placed
with respect to the crosspiece.
PRN100Y
Fig. 156.2 Fig. 156.3 Fig. 156.4
PDN100
Anchoring and centring cap
for the electro mechanical
Electro
mechanical plate
plate This cap is inserted in
the special slot at the base of
PRN100
the plate.
The PRN100 pin is inserted
in it and is attached in turn to
a cage nut for interiors,
inserted on the lower cross
PDN100
Fig. 156.5
piece.
The application refers to a
plate resting on the bottom.
Fig. 156.6
BOZZA DI STAMPA
PRN100C
Electro
mechanical plate
Fig. 156.6
156
21 CATALOGUE

ACCESSORIES - CLOSURE SYSTEM: SRR,
CLOSURE BOXES AND KEYS
CLOSURE BOXES
A variety of boxes are available, which
SRR795
SRR796
are generally applied in the boxes and
consoles. They may also be applied in
cabinets, however.
The standard box for cases is the
SRR795, built of PVC, which is inserted
with double fins. Fig. 157.1 Fig.
157.2 Fig. 157.1 Fig. 157.2
SRR795/Yale
SRR775
SRR776
Fig. 157.7
Fig. 157.8
Fig. 157.9
Fig. 157.4
CODE
SRR795
SRR796
SRR766
SRR735
SRR755
SRR756
SRR793
SRR775
SRR776
SRR795/YALE
Boxes and Keys
SRR755
SRR756
CLOSURE BOXES and KEYS - CODES AND DESCRIPTION
Description – Characteristics
Fig. 157.3
SRR735 e SRR786
SRR793
Fig. 157.5 Fig. 157.6
PVC box with 3 mm double fin insert
Chrome plated box with 3 mm double fin insert
Chromed box with 7 mm triangular insert
PVC box with 7 mm triangular insert
Box with “butterfly” handle and Yale type lock
Box with “T” handle and Yale type lock
Box with “FIAT” insert and key
Box and square plaque with 3 mm double fin insert
Box with square plaque, tongue and hook closure and 3 mm double fin insert
Box with insert and Yale type closure
SRR763 SRR763/PVC
SRR762 SRR761
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Fig. 157.10 Fig. 157.11 Fig. 157.12 Fig. 157.13
SRR764
CODE
Description – Characteristics
Fig. 157.14
SRR763
SRR763/PVC
SRR762
SRR761
SRR764
black powder zama key, 3 mm double fin
PVC key, 3 mm double fin
Black zama powder key, 7 mm triangle
Key for handle and chrome plated box with head in black polyamide
“FIAT” type key in black polyamide
21 CATALOGUE
157

HANDLES
ACCESSORIES - CLOSURE SYSTEMS
SRR: HANDLES
SRR790
SRR780
Standard cabinets have closures with SRR790M plaques
and a bolt lock, equipped with double fin insert.
Alternatively closures with triangular inserts, FIAT inserts,
butterfly handles and keys may be inserted, with any type of
standardised closure.
A swivel disappearing or lockable handle may also be
assembled as an accessory, equipped with a SRR770B key.
A “RONIS 455” type closure can be mounted on the latter.
Fig. 158.3
Fig. 158.4
SRR790/M
SRR700/M
SRR770A
CODE
SRR790
SRR780
SRR790/M
SRR700/M
SRR785
SRR705
SRR700
SRR770A
SRR770B
SRR184A
SRR770/R
SRR785
Fig. 158.5 Fig. 158.6
Fig. 158.7
SRR770B
SRR770/R
Fig. 158.1 Fig. 158.2
Description – Characteristics
Double fin action for gear box lock (without plaque)
7 mm triangular insert for gear box lock (without plaque)
Long plaque for SRR790 and SRR780
Short plaque for SRR790 and SRR780
“FIAT” action for gear box lock with long plaque and key
Butterfly handle with gear box lock, plaque and key
“T” Handle for gear box lock with plaque and key
Disappearing handle gear box lock double fin insert
Disappearing handle for gear box lock with Yale type key insert
Lockable swivel handle in polyamide
Disappearing handle for gear box lock with “RONIS 455” type closure
SRR700
BOZZA DI STAMPA
SRR184A
SRR705
A schematic representation is
shown on the following page,
indicating the overall composition
of the closure system and
its various standard components.
It should be taken into consideration
that any type of closure
will have a bolt shaft suitable for
the overall height of the cabinet.
Fig. 158.8
Fig. 158.9
Fig. 158.10
158
21 CATALOGUE

ACCESSORIES - CLOSURE SYSTEMS;
APPLICATION PLAN
SHAFT H=2000
SHAFT H=1800 E 1600
SRR790/M
SHAFT H=700
SRR785
SHAFT H=1400
SRR780
SRR790
SRR700
SRR705
DOOR
Lock with
gear box
BOZZA DI STAMPA
SHAFT H=700
SRR770A
SHAFT H=1400
SHAFT H=2000
SHAFT H=1800 E 1600
Fig. 159.1
21 CATALOGUE
159

IP 54 - IP 55 VENTILATION SYSTEMS
160
Fig. 160.1
FLT - GFV FILTERS AND FANS
The new “FLT ..7” series of filters and filters with “GFV ..7”
fans permits the user to obtain IP54 level protection (an IP
55 level of protection can be obtained on some of them on
request, by simply substituting the filtering cloth), and has
been widened with new models, to satisfy the increasing
needs of our customers.
MOST IMPORTANT FEATURES
The plastic parts are in ABS UL 94-V0 (nylon charged with
fibreglass), which guarantees self-extinguishing capabilities.
The filtering cloths are in non-fabric material that has a high
yield and progressive structure, in synthetic thermally bound
and unbreakable fibres. They are resistant up to 100° C and
up to 100% of relative humidity. They can store up to 650
g/m2 of dust. The loss of initial load is 25 Pa.
The cloths can be cleaned by rinsing, treatment with a jet of
water or beating. Quality is in accordance with DIN 24185
norms.
The fans utilised in the kit are built according to CE, VDE and
TUV norms. The rotation supports are exclusively ball bearings
for high dependability and long life (Min. 50,000 hours
21 CATALOGUE
at 25° C and 65% relative humidity).
All of the materials can be recycled.
OTHER CHARACTERISTICS
115 V AC or 230 V AC feed voltages are available. Other
power voltages in AC and DC are available on request.
Standard suction air flow (from outside the electric panel
towards the inside); on request, the opposite air flow (forced)
can be installed for filtering groups with a fan.
Standard RAL 7035 colour. Standard level of protection
IP 54 (on request IP 55 protection or EMC protection is available).
BOZZA DI STAMPA
ASSEMBLY
Assembly of the filters takes place flush with the electric
panel to avoid harmful external displacement (maximum protrusion
from the panel 8 mm). Assembly on the panel with
1.2 ÷ 2.2 mm thickness is performed with a snap on clip,
with no need for screws.
The field of tolerance of the boring with respect to the nominal
dimensions is 1.5 mm.

IP 54 - IP55 VENTILATION SYSTEMS:
FLT AND GFV FILTERS AND FANS
FILTERING GROUPS WITH IP 55 LEVEL OF PROTECTION
FILTERING GROUPS WITH EMC PROTECTION
The FLT 307, FLT 407 and FLT 707 filters and filters with
fans GFV 357, GFV 557 and GFV 757 are available, on
request, with IP 55 level of protection.
The level of protection can be ordered by adding the abbreviation
IP 55 to the filter code or code of the filter and fan
kit. In any case, the level of protection of previously installed
filters and filter and fan kits can be increased by substituting
the standard filtering cloth with the IP 55 cloth.
The special filtering cloth (which can also be ordered as a
spare part) guarantees an FU5 level of filtering, with 97%
separation, in accordance with the DIN 24185 norm.
FLT - FILTERS AND FILTERING CLOTHS
CODE
Description
FLT 007 Filter 105x105 IP 54
FLT 107 Filter 150x150 IP 54
FLT 307 Filter 204x204 IP 54
FLT 407 Filter 250x250 IP 54
FLT 707 Filter 325x325 IP 54
GFV - FILTERS AND FANS
CODE Description Voltage Frequency Absorption Air capacity
CODE
All series 7 filters and filters with fans are available, on
request, in the electromagnetic emission screening versions.
Incoming or outgoing electromagnetic emissions are
diminished by 15÷28 dB, depending on the frequency.
The EMC version of the filter kit is obtained by metal plating
of the plastic parts that must act as a screen, coupled to a
suitable metallic mesh and application of a special gasket
that also makes the unit water and dust proof.
FLT 007 / P
FLT 101 / P
FLT 307 / P
FLT 307 / P / IP55
FLT 407 / P
FLT 407 / P / IP55
FLT 707 / P
FLT 707 / P / IP55
Description
Filtering cloth 105x105 (package of 6 pcs.)
Filtering cloth 150x150 (package of 6 pcs.)
Filtering cloth 204x204 (package of 6 pcs.)
Filtering cloth 204x204 IP 55 (package of 6 pcs)
Filtering cloth 250x250 (package of 6 pcs.)
Filtering cloth 250x250 IP 55 (package of 6 pcs)
Filtering cloth 325x325 (package of 6 pcs.)
Filtering cloth 325x325 IP 55 (package of 6 pcs)
Fan
Operating
Noise Kit
Capacity
Temperature
VCA Hz mA W m 3 /h m 3 /h dB(A) °C
GFV 057 /1 Filter105x105 + fan 115 50/60 140/110 9/7 45/54 23/30 40/44 -20 ÷ +70°C
GFV 057 /2 Filter105x105 + fan 230 50/60 70/55 10/8 45/54 23/30 40/44 -20 ÷ +70°C
GFV 157 /1 Filter150x150 + fan 115 50/60 170/160 20/18 160/178 57/61 43/48 -20 ÷ +70°C
GFV 157 /2 Filter150x150 + fan 230 50/60 90/80 20/19 160/178 57/61 43/48 -20 ÷ +70°C
GFV 357 /1 Filter204x204 + fan 115 50/60 320/270 23/21 195/220 120/135 41/43 -20 ÷ +70°C
GFV 357 /2 Filter204x204 + fan 230 50/60 165/135 23/21 195/220 120/135 41/43 -20 ÷ +70°C
GFV 557 /1 Filter250x250 + fan 115 50/60 250/250 30/30 348/384 240/270 50/55 -20 ÷ +70°C
GFV 557 /2 Filter250x250 + fan 230 50/60 120/120 29/29 348/384 240/270 50/55 -20 ÷ +70°C
GFV 757 /1 Filter325x325 + fan 115 50 820 71 825 500 65 -20 ÷ +50°C
GFV 757 /2 Filter325x325 + fan 230 50 320 67 825 500 65 -20 ÷ +50°C
Movement support for all GFV: Ball bearings
BOZZA DI STAMPA
NOTE:
To order:
a. A filter or filtering group with fan having a forced air flow, add the abbreviation /R to the code
(i.e. GFV 157 /2 /R)
b. A filter or filtering group with fan with IP 55 level of protection, add the abbreviation /IP55 to the code
(i.e. GFV 557 /2 /IP55);
c. A filter or filtering group with fan with EMC level of protection, add the abbreviation /EMC to the code
(i.e. GFV 757 /2 /EMC);
21 CATALOGUE
161

FLT and GFV - DIMENSIONS – CHARACTERISTICS
IP 54 – IP 55 VENTILATION SYSTEMS;
VNT - FANS
DIMA
FLT
GFV
B
N
C
T
S
A
CODE
M
Ø
D E F G
Dimensions - Characteristics
Filter Fan Boring Template Plaque FLT GFV
A B M N Ø C D E T F G P S
FLT007 GFV057 95 95 92 92 3,3 105 105 91 16 90 80 60 5
FLT107 GFV157 131 131 125,5 125,5 4,5 150 150 124 23 124 121 71 5,5
FLT307 GFV357 185 185 177 177 4,5 204 204 175 20,5 175 127 90 7
FLT407 GFV557 230 230 223 223 4,5 250 250 220 23 220 172 113 8
FLT707 GFV757 303 302 291 291 4,5 325 325 288 24 288 208 156 8
Dimensions in mm.
VNT - FANS
Fig. 162.2
S
P
Fig. 162.1
BOZZA DI STAMPA
CODE Description Voltage Frequency Absorption Air capacity Fan Noise
Operating
Temperature
VCA Hz mA W m3/h dB(A) °C
VNT 141 /1 Fan ø120 115 50/60 170/160 20/18 160/181 43/48 -10 ÷ +60°C
VNT 141 /2 Fan ø120 230 50/60 90/80 20/19 160/178 43/48 -20 ÷ +70°C
VNT 441 /1 Fan ø150 115 50/60 300/270 36/33 345/405 50/53 -10 ÷ +60°C
VNT 441 /2 Fan ø150 230 50/60 100/110 24/21 345/405 50/53 -20 ÷ +70°C
Movement support for all fans: Ball bearings
VNT fans may be used to realise ventilation systems without filters. The VNT 441 can be applied to a GTF 100 to make it
more efficient. The VNT 141 is also the spare part for the GFV157 and GFV357; the VNT441 is the spare part for the GFV557.
162
21 CATALOGUE

GTF AND GTFV: ROOF MOUNTED
VENTILATION SYSTEMS
GTF
The GTF 100 roof mounted ventilation system is installed on the roof
or on the wall of the electric panel and allows extraction of air directly
from the upper part of the panel, where the warmest air accumulates
due to convection. It is possible to apply a VNT 441 /1 or a
VNT 441 /2 on the GTF, to make the roof mounted system more efficient.
Fig. 163.1
GTFV
GTFV roof mounted ventilation systems consist of a special roof
where a centrifugal fan is installed. This system permits operations
to be performed with a high degree of prevalence, capable of overcoming
normal resistance due to a clogged filter.
It is therefore possible to maintain a high capacity of air movement
and efficiency, even with a partially clogged filter, thereby reducing
the need for periodical maintenance.
The structure in RAL 7035 painted sheet metal is equipped with an
airtight gasket. The motor operates on ball bearings and is equipped
with internal thermal protection. The power cable supplied is 3 m
long.
CODE
D
W
Fan air capacity
with free intake
Fig. 163.2 Fig. 163.3
Voltage:
Frequency
Absorbed
power
A
Characteristic Dimensions
Fig. 163.1 - Plan for application of the ventilation roof with fan
support bracket.
B
H
Fig. 163.4
GTFS00 - Fan support bracket for
ventilation roof.
Operating
Level
Noise Level
Temperature
m 3 /h V - Hz W W D H A B °C dB(A)
of
Protection
GTF 100 — — — 420 340 50 382 300 — — IP 24
GTFV 200 / 1 575 115 - 50 / 60 80 460 380 105 380 300 -20 / 55 62 IP 44
GTFV 200 / 2 575 230 - 50 / 60 80 460 380 105 380 300 -20 / 55 62 IP 44
GTFV 250 / 1 860 115 - 50 / 60 85 460 380 105 380 300 -20 / 55 70 IP 44
GTFV 250 / 2 860 230 - 50 / 60 85 460 380 105 380 300 -20 / 55 70 IP 44
BOZZA DI STAMPA
GTFV 300 / 2 1510 230 - 50 / 60 170 540 400 160 440 320 -20 / 55 76 IP 44
GTFV 350 / 2 2365 230 - 50/60 170 600 550 265 480 470 -20 / 55 77 IP 44
Fig. 163.5 Fig. 163.6
Fig. 163.7
9 x 9 square bore 9 x 9 square bore 9 x 9 square bore
Boring template for GT100 – GTFV200 – GTFV250
Boring Template for GTFV300
21 CATALOGUE
Boring Template for GTFV350
163

CF-P; WALL MOUNTED AIR CONDITIONERS
CF-P
Structure in RAL 7035 painted sheet
metal, complete with self-adhesive gasket
and alternative hermetically sealed compressor
with thermo-amperometric protection,
operating with ecological R134 refrigerant
(HFC); centrifugal or axial condenser
fan on ball bearings, with internal thermal
protection; mechanical thermostat for adjustment,
calibrated at 35° C, field of adjustment
20 ÷ 45 °C, differential 4° C; synthetic
air filter in 6 mm thick polyurethane,
5 ppi inside the protection grill; condensation
dissipater in models larger than 800
W, 3 m long power cable.
Fig. 164.1
Fig. 164.2
CF-P : Operating plan for a wall mounted air conditioner
CODE Power
Maximum
Maximum start Dimensions:
operating
up voltage H x W x D
voltage
Weight
V - Hz A A mm Kg
CF - P / 356 230 - 50 / 60 1,4 5 436x320x180 17
CF - P / 356-1 100-115 - 50/60 2,8 10 436x320x180 18
CF - P / 456 230 - 50 / 60 2 15 634x308x221 23
CF - P / 856 230 - 50 / 60 2,8 15 634x308x221 26
CF - P / 1056 230 - 50 / 60 3 14,5 784x322x220 29
CF - P / 1150 230 - 50 / 60 2,8 16 934x406x244 42
CF - P / 1456 230 - 50 / 60 5 17 934x406x244 42
CF - P / 1456-4 400/440-50/60 3,3 9 934x406x244 50
CF - P / 2056 230 - 50 / 60 5 20 934x406x244 44
CF - P / 2056-4 400 - 50/60 2 10 1004x406x244 66
CF - P / 2860 230 - 50 / 60 9 38 1234x508x375 86
CF - P / 2860-4 400-3-50/60 3 16 1234x508x375 83
CF - P / 4160 230 - 50/60 9,2 46,5 1234x508x375 81
CF - P / 4160-4 400-3-50/60 3,5 18 1234x508x375 86
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Available on request:
Signalling device, free from voltage, dirty filter; cabinet temperature display; diagnostics panel with visual signals and free
from voltage for: dirty filter, cabinet temperature alarm, cabinet temperature display; frame for semi-embedding of conditioner;
non-standard painting.
164
21 CATALOGUE

CF-P ; WALL MOUNTED AIR CONDITIONERS
Other technical data to identify
the conditioner to install on
cabinet walls. All conditioners
are equipped with a self-cleaning
system for the condenser,
which makes cleaning of the air
filter unnecessary, eliminating
ordinary maintenance. There
are five assembly templates
for the entire range and an
ecological condensation dissipater
has also been incorporated
for the codes from
CF-P/1150 to 4160.
It is possible to request customised
painting, by indicating
the code VER/COND.
Fig. 165.1
CODE
Power
yield
L35 L35
Power
yield
L35 L50
Absorbed
Power
L35 L50
Working
limit
Cabinet
Working
limit
Environment
Cabinet
side
protection
Nose level
W W W °C °C IP dB(A)
CF - P / 356 330 270 240 25 ÷ 45 20 ÷ 55 IP 54 60
CF - P / 356-1 330 270 240 25 ÷ 45 20 ÷ 55 IP 54 60
CF - P / 456 500 410 324 25 ÷ 45 20 ÷ 55 IP 54 65
CF - P / 856 850 620 415 25 ÷ 45 20 ÷ 55 IP 54 65
CF - P / 1056 900 760 570 25 ÷ 45 20 ÷ 55 IP 54 65
CF - P / 1150 1050 840 506 25 ÷ 45 20 ÷ 55 IP 54 65
CF - P / 1456 1400 1170 939 25 ÷ 45 20 ÷ 55 IP 54 65
CF - P / 1456-4 1400 1170 630 25 ÷ 45 20 ÷ 55 IP 54 65
CF - P / 2056 2000 1700 1146 25 ÷ 45 20 ÷ 55 IP 54 65
CF - P / 2056-4 2000 1700 1012 25 ÷ 45 20 ÷ 55 IP 54 65
CF - P / 2860 2700 2300 1450 25 ÷ 45 20 ÷ 55 IP 54 70
CF - P / 2860-4 2700 2300 1450 25 ÷ 45 20 ÷ 55 IP 54 70
CF - P / 4160 4000 2900 1800 25 ÷ 45 20 ÷ 55 IP 54 75
CF - P / 4160-4 4000 2900 1780 25 ÷ 45 20 ÷ 55 IP 54 75
CONDITIONER BORING TEMPLATE CF-P
Fig. 165.1
Fig. 165.2
Fig. 165.3
Fig. 165.4
Fig. 165.5
CF-P/356 , CF-P/356-1
CF-P/456 , CF-P/856
CF-P/1050 , CF-P/1056
CF-P/1150 , CF-P/1456 , CF-P/2056
CF-P/2860 , CF-P/4160
Fig. 165.2
Fig. 165.3 Fig. 165.4 Fig. 165.5
BOZZA DI STAMPA
21 CATALOGUE
165

CS-T ; ROOF MOUNTED CONDITIONERS
CS-T
Fig. 166.1
Structure in RAL 7035 painted sheet
metal, complete with self-adhesive
gasket and alternative hermetically sealed
compressor with thermo-amperometric
protection, operating with ecological
R134 refrigerant (HFC); centrifugal
or axial condenser fan on ball bearings,
with internal thermal protection;
mechanical thermostat for adjustment,
calibrated at 35° C, field of adjustment
20 ÷ 45 °C, differential 4° C; synthetic
air filter in 6 mm thick polyurethane, 5
ppi inside the protection grill; condensation
dissipater in models larger than
800 W, 3 m long power cable.
CODE
Power
Maximum
operating
voltage
Fig. 166.2
CS-T ; Example of application and operation
of a roof mounted conditioner
Fig. 166.2.
Maximum start
up voltage
Dimensions:
H x W x D
Weight
V - Hz A A mm Kg
CS - T / 356 230 - 50 / 60 1,4 5 180x476x324 17
CS - T / 356-1 115 - 50/60 2,8 10 180x476x324 17
CS - T / 656 230 - 50 / 60 1,8 16 330x600x320 30
CS - T / 656-4 400/440 - 50/60 1 7,7 330x600x320 37
CS - T / 956 230 - 50 / 60 2,7 15 330x600x320 38
CS - T / 1456 230 - 50 / 60 4,3 17 350x604x448 45
CS - T / 1456-44 400/440 - 50/60 2,9 9,8 350x604x448 53
CS - T / 2056 230 - 50/60 5 22 350x604x448 44
CS - T / 2056-4 400/440 - 50/60 2,75 13 350x604x448 56
CS - T / 2850 230 - 50/60 8 38 487x804x480 81
CS - T / 2850-4 400 - 50/60 2,3 16 487x804x480 85
CS - T / 4150 230 - 50/60 9 38 487x804x480 84
CS - T / 4150-4 400 - 50/60 3,8 17 487x804x480 86
CS - T / 4150-44 400-3-50/60 4,8 25 488x908x554 105
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Available on request:
Signalling device, free from voltage, dirty filter; cabinet temperature display; diagnostics panel with visual signals and free
from voltage for: dirty filter, cabinet temperature alarm, cabinet temperature display, non-standard painting.
166
21 CATALOGUE

CS-T ; ROOF MOUNTED CONDITIONERS
Other technical data to identify
the conditioner to install
on cabinet walls. All conditioners
are equipped with a
self-cleaning system for the
condenser, which makes
cleaning of the air filter unnecessary,
eliminating ordinary
maintenance. There are five
assembly templates for the
entire range and an ecological
condensation dissipater
has also been incorporated
for the codes from
CS-T/1456 to 4150.
It is possible to request
customised painting, by indicating
the code VER/COND.
Fig. 167.1
Fig. 167.2
Fig. 167.3
CODE
Power
yield
L35 L35
Power
yield
L35 L50
Absorbed
Power
L35 L50
Cabinet
Working
limit
Environment
Working
limit
Cabinet
side
protection
Nose level
W W W °C °C IP dB(A)
CS - T / 356 330 270 240 25 ÷ 45 20 ÷ 55 IP 54 60
CS - T / 356-1 330 270 240 25 ÷ 45 20 ÷ 55 IP 54 60
CS - T / 656 600 510 455 25 ÷ 45 20 ÷ 55 IP 54 65
CS - T / 656-4 600 510 455 25 ÷ 45 20 ÷ 55 IP 54 65
CS - T / 956 900 760 468 25 ÷ 45 20 ÷ 55 IP 54 65
CS - T / 1456 1400 1170 840 25 ÷ 45 20 ÷ 55 IP 54 65
CS - T / 1456-44 1400 1170 840 25 ÷ 45 20 ÷ 55 IP 54 65
CS - T / 2056 2000 1700 1100 25 ÷ 45 20 ÷ 55 IP 54 65
CS - T / 2056-4 2000 1700 1100 25 ÷ 45 20 ÷ 55 IP 54 67
CS - T / 2850 2700 2300 1350 25 ÷ 45 20 ÷ 55 IP 54 67
CS - T / 2850-4 2700 2300 1350 25 ÷ 45 20 ÷ 55 IP 54 75
CS - T / 4150 3800 2700 1700 25 ÷ 45 20 ÷ 55 IP 54 75
CS - T / 4150-4 3800 2700 1450 25 ÷ 45 20 ÷ 55 IP 54 75
CS - T / 4150-44 5200 4100 3300 25 ÷ 45 20 ÷ 55 IP 54 75
CONDITIONER BORING TEMPLATE CS-T
Fig. 167.1
Fig. 167.2
Fig. 167.3
Fig. 167.4
Fig. 167.5
CS-T/356
CS-T/656 , CS-T/956
CS-T/1456 , CS-T/2056
CS-T/2850 , CS-T/4150, CS-T/4150-4
CS-T/4150-44
Fig. 167.4
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Fig. 167.5
21 CATALOGUE
167

SC-A ; AIR-TO-AIR HEAT EXCHANGERS
SC-A
Fig. 168.1
A simple and economic alternative to air conditioners, when the
internal temperature of the electric panel is greater than the outside
temperature, is the air-to-air heat exchanger.
The structure is in RAL 7035 painted sheet metal, complete with
a self-adhesive gasket suitable for application on the wall; exchanger
pack with aluminium fins, radial or axial ventilators on ball
bearings, with internal thermal protection; 3 m long power cable.
(*) - Heat exchangers marked with an asterisk have UL certification
SC-A : DATA ON DESIGN CARACHTERISTICS
CODE
Power
Fig. 168.2
Fig. 168.2 - Example of operation of
an air-to-air heat exchanger, when
the external temperature is lower
than the temperature inside the
cabinet.
Dimensions
H x W x D
Weight
V - Hz mm Kg
SC - A / 16-1 (*) 115 - 50/60 410x204x110 4,6
SC - A / 16-2 230 - 50/60 410x204x110 4,6
SC - A / 35-1 (*) 230 - 50/60 780x252x86 7,5
SC - A / 35-2 230 - 50/60 780x252x86 7,5
SC - A / 50-1 (*) 230 - 50/60 780x311x86 9,5
SC - A / 50-2 230 - 50/60 780x311x86 9,5
SC - A / 80-2 230 - 50/60 1250x311x106 20
CODE
Cabinet Environment Cabinet
Specific Absorbed Fan Air Absorbed
Working Working side
yield Power Capacity voltage
limit limit protection
Nose level
W/°K W m 3 /h A °C °C IP dB(A)
SC - A / 16-1 16 40 100 0,6 -5 ÷ 55 -5 ÷ 55 IP 54 58
SC - A / 16-2 16 64 100 0,6 -5 ÷ 55 -5 ÷ 55 IP 54 58
SC - A / 35-1 35 160 575 0,72 -5 ÷ 55 -5 ÷ 55 IP 55 76
SC - A / 35-2 35 160 575 0,72 -5 ÷ 55 -5 ÷ 55 IP 55 76
SC - A / 50-1 50 140 575 1,24 -5 ÷ 55 -5 ÷ 55 IP 55 76
SC - A / 50-2 50 160 575 0,72 -5 ÷ 55 -5 ÷ 55 IP 55 76
SC - A / 80-2 80 170 860 1 -5 ÷ 55 -5 ÷ 55 IP 55 76
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Example: The power yield is a function of the difference in temperature it is desired to obtain, expressed in centigrade
degrees (i.e. if the internal temperature is 35° C and the external temperature is 25° C the power yield of
an SC-A / 35 is 350 W). [see table above]
Note: The templates for the exchangers are supplied on request.
168
21 CATALOGUE

SC-AH; AIR TO WATER HEAT EXCHANGERS
Fig. 169.1
Note:
The note relative to power yield is the
same in CF-P and CST conditioners, with
the difference that the specific yield in the
table shown below refers to a temperature
difference of 25°, respectively, between
the cabinet temperature and the temperature
of the water intake.
SC-AH : DATA ON DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS
CODE
Fig. 169.2
Fig. 169.2 - Example
of operation of an Air
to Water heat exchanger.
Absorbed
power
SC - AH
If the temperature inside the cabinet is
less or equal to the outside temperature,
it is possible to install an Air to Water
heat exchanger, but connection to the
water mains is necessary in this case.
The structure is in RAL 70325 painted
sheet metal, complete with a self-adhesive
gasket; the system of condensation
recovery and control; exchanger pack
with aluminium fins and copper tubing,
radial or axial fans on ball bearings, with
internal thermal protection and a 3 m
long power cable.
Available on request:
Adjustment thermostat with water electro
valve.
Power
Absorbed
Voltage
Dimensions:
H x W x D
Weight
W V - Hz A mm Kg
SC - AH / 0656 35 230 - 50/60 0,21 404x308x114 9
SC - AH / 1556 80 230 - 50/60 0,36 925x400x205 20
SC - AH / 2556 80 230 - 50/60 0,38 925x400x205 21
SC - AH / 5050 155 230 - 50/60 0,7 1101x501x300 39
SC - AH / 10056 310 230 - 50/60 1,4 2000x800x400 90
SC - AH / 10050-4 310 400/440 - 50/60 0,8 2000x800x400 90
SC - AH / 14000 170 230 - 50/60 0,78 2000x800x600 90
SC - AH / 14000-4 170 400/440 - 50/60 0,5 2000x800x600 90
CODE
Loss of load
Cabinet Cabinet
Specific Fan Air Water Water
Water
on water
Working side
yield Capacity capacity pressure
connection
side
limit protection
Nose level
W m 3 /h l/h kPa kPa inch °C IP dB(A)
SC - AH / 0656 870 330 150 500 2 3/8 10 ÷ 50 IP 55 58
SC - AH / 1556 2200 575 150 500 2 1/2 10 ÷ 50 IP 55 58
SC - AH / 2556 3100 860 500 500 63 1/2 10 ÷ 50 IP 55 58
SC - AH / 5050 6700 1450 860 500 40 1/2 10 ÷ 50 IP 55 58
SC - AH / 10056 12500 2900 1440 800 90 3/4 10 ÷ 50 IP 54 60
SC - AH / 10050-4 12500 2900 1440 800 90 3/4 10 ÷ 50 IP 54 60
SC - AH / 14000 17500 2365 2520 600 121 3/4 10 ÷ 50 IP 54 76
SC - AH / 14000-4 17500 2365 2520 600 121 3/4 10 ÷ 50 IP 54 76
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Note: The templates for the exchangers are supplied on request.
21 CATALOGUE
169

FR - PARTIAL ENCASEMENT FRAME FOR CF-P
GENERAL NOTES FOR CONDITIONERS
Valid for all conditioners
Fig. 170.1
FR - PARTIAL ENCASEMENT FRAME
This device makes it possible to partially eliminate the protrusion of the
conditioner from the
CODE Conditioner Weight cabinet, guaranteeing,
in any case, an
Kg IP 54 level of protection
between the con-
CF-P/356
FR08
ditioner and the cabinet.
It is equipped
CF-P/456 3,5 ÷ 6
CF-P/856
with airtight gaskets
FR09
CF-P/956
7 ÷ 14 in rubber, already
CF-P/1456
installed on the border
of the rabbet.
FR09L CF-P/2056 7 ÷ 14
FR10
CF-P/2860
10 ÷ 19 The frame is attached
CF-P/4160
to the wall of the cabinet
with screws.
The power yield is indicated according to DIN 3168 norms. The indications L35 L35 (or L35 L50) respectively indicate the
internal temperature (L35) and the external temperature (L35 or L50) of the cabinet.
If the power yield is L35 L35 (internal and external temperatures are the same (35° C)) the conditioner can dissipate internal
heat more efficiently. The power yield will therefore be maximum and the absorbed power will be less than maximum.
This is the most favourable working condition.
In the event the power yield is L35 L50, the conditioner encounters greater difficulty in dissipating the heat, because the
external temperature is high, consequently, there is less power yield and an increase of absorbed power. This is the most
unfavourable working condition.
Choosing a conditioner:
You should be aware of the following information in order to choose a conditioner:
1. Dimensions of the cabinet;
2. Positioning of the cabinet (if free on all sides or which sides are against a wall);
3. Dissipated power from equipment inside the cabinet in W (not installed equipment);
4. Internal temperature it is desired to maintain in the cabinet, Ti;
5. Maximum external temperature, Te;
6. Required IP
BOZZA DI STAMPA
With this information, apply to our technical office to obtain an immediate reply as to the most suitable type of conditioner.
Generally, the table below indicates a possible choice of the type of conditioner, based on the IP desired and the internal and
external temperatures of the cabinet.
Level of cabinet protection Ti>Te Ti=Te Ti 54
CF-P or CS-T Conditioners;
SC-A Air-to-Air Heat Exchangers;
SC-AH Air to Water Heat Exchangers
CF-P or CS-T Conditioners;
SC-AH Air to Water Heat Exchangers
CF-P or CS-T Conditioners;
SC-AH Air to Water Heat Exchangers
21 CATALOGUE
170

RA - ANTI-CONDENSATION RESISTANCES
Fig. 171.1
RA - ANTI-CONDENSATION RESISTANCES
The formation of condensation inside electric cabinets is responsible
for oxidation of the equipment in the cabinet and the consequent
loss of insulation and electrical rigidity.
The anti-condensation resistances (Fig. 171.1) restore an optimal
temperature for operation of the components, avoiding the
formation of condensation and the consequent danger of oxidation
of the components in the cabinet.
The maximum temperature that can be reached by the dissipaters
does not exceed 60° C, thus offering guarantees of safety
and applicability, even inside plastic containers.
In order to increase the efficiency, the resistances with greatest
power can be equipped with a fan.
The resistances without a fan (Fig. 171.22) are equipped with:
- Thermally regulated PTC;
- Anodised aluminium section;
- Cable with diameter of 2x20AWG with PFA sheath;
- Rapid attachment snap on system on DIN-35 EN 500222. guides.
Fig. 171.2
The devices with fans (Fig. 171.3) (*) include, in addition to all of the components of
the devices without fans:
- Fans on ball bearings for high dependability and long life, homologated UL, CSA and
VDE;
- Chrome and nickel-plated protective metal grill.
Suggestions for installation
- It is advisable to install the resistances in the lower part of the cabinet, underneath the
equipment.
- In large cabinets it is advisable to install a number of small power elements instead of one
Fig. 171.3 high power element, in order to obtain a more homogeneous distribution of heat.
- In order to ensure perfect heat convection, it is advisable that the heaters be mounted vertically,
with the power cable turned towards the bottom.
- The minimum distance of the heaters from the walls of the cabinet must be 50 mm.
- In the event the heaters are controlled by a thermostat, it must be positioned in the centre of the cabinet.
- In order to avoid the formation of condensation, it is advisable to power the resistances even when the electric cabinet is disconnected.
B
A
RA - DATA ON ANTI-CONDENSATION RESISTANCES
BOZZA DI STAMPA
CODE
DIMENSIONS
THERMAL
POWER YIELD
Absorbed
voltage
Power
Weight
A B W mA Vc.a - Hz Kg
RA 015 72 64 15 65 110/250 - 50/60 0,10
RA 030 102 64 30 130 110/250 - 50/60 0,12
RA 045 102 64 45 190 110/250 - 50/60 0,28
RA 080 152 64 80 370 110/250 - 50/60 0,40
RA 100 152 64 100 490 110/250 - 50/60 0,40
RA 150 227 64 150 640 110/250 - 50/60 0,59
(*)
(*)
RA 250V 230 197 81 270 1190 230 - 50/60 0,49
RA 400V 230 272 81 430 1900 230 - 50/60 0,66
Fig. 171.4
21 CATALOGUE
171

TMF, TEM, MIC, DLS, DLM
THERMOSTATS, MICRO SWITCHES AND LUMINOUS DEVICES.
TMF 341, TMF 342 - TEMPERATURE ALARM THERMOSTATS
Fig. 172.1
These are devices for the control of cabinet temperature, if they are connected
to fans and resistances, or to signal alarms.
The contact of the TMF341 thermostat (BLUE) is normally open and can be
used to signal temperature alarms or to control the ventilation systems.
The contact of the TMF 342 thermostat (RED) is normally closed and can be
used both to signal alarms and to control anti-condensation resistances.
The installation of both is foreseen on the DIN bar and adjustment is performed
with a screwdriver.
MIC -
TEM 480 - ELECTRONIC ALARM THERMOSTAT
The TEM 480 model thermostat, which must be powered electrically, differs from the
previous thermostats, inasmuch as it has a contact in exchange and a very limited
differential of intervention, or hysteresis. The installation is foreseen on the DIN bar
and adjustment is performed with a screwdriver.
Fig. 172.2
MICRO SWITCH
These devices are activated by simply closing the door. Two versions are available:
MIC 250 – three-pole with three NC contacts;
MIC 260 – single pole with one NA contact and manual activation;
MIC 261 – single pole with one NA contact (600 VAC) and manual activation.
Additional NA and NC contacts are available for the latter.
DLS - FLASHING LIGHT DEVICE
These devices must be connected just below the main switch, to detect and signal, upon opening of the door of the
cabinet, the power status of the electric cabinet itself, therefore showing a condition of danger.
DLS 200: flashing device 220÷290 V AC – single phase 190÷500 V AC – three-phase.
There are various pre-wired versions:
DLS 250: pre-wired device complete with DLS 200, MIC 250 to control flashing lights, supports in galvanised steel
and attachment screws;
DLS 251: pre-wired device complete with DLS 200, MIC 250 to control flashing lights, MIC 260 available, supports
in galvanised steel and attachment screws;
DLS 252: pre-wired device complete with DLS 200, DLM 213, MIC 250 to control flashing lights, supports in galvanised
steel and attachment screws;
DLS 253: pre-wired device complete with DLS 200, DLM 213, MIC 250 to control flashing lights and MIC 260 available,
supports in galvanised steel and attachment screws;
DLS 254: pre-wired device complete with DLS 200, metal fixture for E27 lamp, MIC 250 to control flashing light,
supports in galvanised steel and attachment screws;
DLS 255: pre-wired device complete with DLS 200, metal fixture for E27 lamp, MIC 250 to control flashing light,
MIC 260 available, supports in galvanised steel and attachment screws;
BOZZA DI STAMPA
DLM - INTERNAL LIGHT
The internal light is provided by fluorescent lights suitable for all types of cabinets. The brackets provided with the
light make it easy to install in the cabinet structure. Assembly can be either horizontal or vertical. The lights must
be powered with 220V – 50/60 Hz.
172
21 CATALOGUE

TMF, TEM, MIC, DLS, DLM
THERMOSTATS, MICRO SWITCHES AND LUMINOUS DEVICES
TMF, TEM, MIC, DLS, DLM - CODES AND CHARACTERISTICS
CODE Description – Characteristics Fig.
TMF341 Thermostat temperature alarm NC contact for DIN 172.1
1
TMF342 Thermostat temperature alarm NC contact for DIN 172.1
TEM480 Electronic alarm thermostat for DIN 172.2
MIC250 Three pole micro switch with three NC contacts 173.5
MIC251
MIC260
Three pole micro switch with three NC contacts and
bracket
Single pole micro switch with NA contact (600 VAC
max) AR. 230 VAC with manual activation
173.7
MIC260/NA Additional NA contact for MIC 260 173.8
MIC260/NC Additional NC Contact for MIC 260 173.8
MIC261
Single pole micro switch with NA contact (600 VAC
max) AR. 230 VAC manual activation and bracket
DLS250/S Bracket for DLS250 with 2 micro switches 173.9
DLS250/E27
DLS250/DLM
DLS200
DLS250
DLS251
DLS252
DLS253
DLM213
Bracket for DLS250 with 4 micro switches and E27
light.
Additional bracket for DLS250 - DLS251 for
attachment of light
Single phase flashing light (220-290 VAC) three phase
– (190-500 VAC) for electric panels with single pole
micro switch control
Flashing light device 220-290 VAC, 190-500 VAC
three phase, three-pole micros switch and bracket
Flashing device 220-290 VAC single phase - 190-500
VAC three phase with three pole micro switch flashing
light control, racket in galvanised steel and screws
Flashing device 220-290 VAC single phase - 190-500
VAC three phase with neon tube 13W 230 V
50/60 Hz, bi-polar micro switch control of flashing light
and light, steel racket and screws
Flashing device 220-290 VAC single phase -190-500
VAC three phase with neon tube 13W 230V 50/60 Hz,
single pole micro switch with manual activation NA galvanised
steel bracket and screws
Internal neon light 230V 50/60 Hz, 13W L=565 mm
with switch
173.6
173.4
173.3
173.2
173.1
173.10
DLM218 Internal neon light 230V 50/60 Hz, 18W L=640 mm 173.10
5
3
Fig. 173.1-9
Fig. 173.10
6 7
2
In figures 173.1-9 and 173.10, several of the
articles in the table on the right are illustrated
to visually facilitate their composition and identification.
The technical data and composition
are shown in the table.
BOZZA DI STAMPA
8
4
9
21 CATALOGUE
173

GRN, SPR - GASKETS, SPRAY COLOURS FOR TOUCH UPS
GRN - GASKETS
The gaskets are adhesive and permit the user to increase the
level of protection at all points in which it is not foreseen or
wherever it is not possible to apply a polyurethane foam
gasket typical for the door and panels (i.e. joining of cabinets
in batteries, application of roof mounted ventilation systems
and conditioners, etc.)
CODE
GRN115
GRN120
GRN310
GRN315
GRN515
GRN520
GRN202
GRX600
GRN/C
Description
Adhesive gasket 0,63x15 mm (glued to plexiglass)
Adhesive gasket 0,63x20 mm (glued to plexiglass)
Adhesive gasket 3x10 mm (joining of cabinets)
Adhesive gasket 3x15 mm (doors with rabbets)
Adhesive gasket 5x15 mm
Adhesive gasket 5x20 mm (joining AZ cabinets AZ)
Adhesive gasket 20x20 mm (guillotine cable entry)
Adhesive gasket for plexiglass door
"C" shaped adhesive gasket
SPR - SPRAY COLOURS FOR TOUCH UPS
These colours perfectly simulate the RAL colours. They are necessary to
hide imperfections due to scratches.
CODE
SPR7032
SPR7030
SPR7035
SPR2004
SPR6010
SPR5010
SPR5012
SPR5015
SPR9005
SPR1000
SPR1500
Description
Spray can RAL 7032 colour
Spray can RAL 7030 colour
Spray can RAL 7035 colour
Spray can RAL 2004 colour
Spray can RAL 6010 colour
Spray can RAL 5010 colour
Spray can RAL5012 colour
Spray can RAL5015 colour
Spray can RAL 9005 colour
Fig. 174.1
Fig. 174.2
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Spray can Zinc Grey colour
Spray can Zinc Yellow colour
174
21 CATALOGUE

EMC - BRACES FOR ELECTRO MAGNETIC
COMPATIBILITY
Electro magnetic compatibility is an increasingly important
requirement today, because the great number of electronic
devices used require a high level of protection from disturbances,
and current norms make screening a necessity.
EMC - BRACES FOR ELECTRO MAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY
The most rapid, efficient and economic system to mitigate
electro magnetic disturbances is to apply contact braces,
flat earth connections, and introduce screened cables.
These devices, which are suitable to create continuity between
the structure and the removable parts, are sufficient to
obtain good values of abatement, maintaining costs low and
with the advantage of being suitable for application even
after installation or set up of the electrical cabinet.
To obtain good screening, 12 to 18 braces are advised on
the sides and doors, 8 to 12 on the roof and bottom.
STRUCTURE AND GALVANISED PANELS
In order to improve the level of electro magnetic protection,
panels realised entirely in galvanised sheet metal can be
ordered. These panels, painted only externally and equipped
with gaskets in screened rubber, guarantee both electro
magnetic continuity between the structure and moving
parts, and the level of IP 55 protection.
FILTERS AND FANS
All new series 7 filters (page 161) are available with EMC
protection. The IP 54 level of protection, in any case, is
respected.
Fig. 175.2 - Accessories for electro magnetic compatibility:
braces, brackets and gaskets in screened rubber
Fig. 175.2
EMC - CODES AND DESCRIPTION
CODE
ECM05Z
ECM10Z
ECM60Z
Description
Fig. 175.1
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Braces for AZ cabinet sides (n° 20 pieces)
Braces for AZ cabinet doors AZ (n° 20 pieces)
Bracket with contact spring for AZ cabinet door (n° 1 piece)
21 CATALOGUE
175

ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPLIANCE
TEST PERFORMANCE
Attenuation (dB)
Attenuation (dB)
BOARD ATTENUATION H=2000 L=800 P=600
Cabinet equipped with EMC clips
Cabinet with zinc-coated internal
faces and sealing edge, matched
with shielded rubber gaskets.
Standard cabinet
Frequence (MHz)
BOX ATTENUATION L=400 H=500 P=200
Frequence (MHz)
Box with zinc-coated internal faces
and sealing edge, matched with
shielded rubber gaskets.
Standard box
The shield efficiency tests on cabinets and metal boxes
have been produced in compliance with specification 65-
6 of American NSA concerning Military Standard MIL-
STD-220.
The first graph compares three different types of boards.
Standard, equipped with EMC clips and fully zinc-coated
cabinet.
It is necessary to mention that the graph can vary dramatically
according to the dimensions of the board and of
the position of the detection. In the specific case, the
detection has been performed on a spot on the back of
the board at 1400 mm from floor and centered on the
side.
The second graph compares two cassettes: the first is a
standard one and the second is fully zinc-coated
In this case it is impossible to fully comply with NSA 65-
6 standard, since the boxes are to small to maintain the
required distance (30 cm) between the transmitting
antenna and the wall of the tested box.
According to the cabinet, an anecoic chamber has been
employed.
The detection indicated has been performed on the lower
rear edges of the box.
Interpretation of the measures
To compare the noted attenuation, the following considerations
must be taken into account:
1. it is more difficult to shield a magnetic field instead of
an electric one;
2. at 50 Mhz the magetic field and the electric field
almost coincide;
3. at 50 Mhz the attenuations are lower due to a
question of impendance (the electric wave and
the magnetic wave match).
BOZZA DI STAMPA
21 CATALOGUE
176

IP - LEVELS OF PROTECTION
First digit: PROTECTION AGAINST SOLID BODIES
IP
0 No protection
Second digit: PROTECTION AGAINST LIQUID BODIES
IP
0 No protection
1
2
3
4
5
6
Protected against
solid bodies greater
than 50 mm (involuntary
contact with
the hands)
Protected against
solid bodies greater
than 12 mm (finger)
Protected against
solid bodies greater
than 2.5 mm (tools,
wires)
Protected against
solid bodies over 1
mm
Protected against
dust (no harmful
deposit)
Totally protected
against dust
First digit defined by norms CEI 70-1 - IEC 529 - IEC 144
BOZZA DI STAMPA
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Protected against
vertical fall of drops
of water (condensation)
Protected against
fall of water up to
15° from vertical
Protected against
fall of water up to
60° from vertical
Protected against
projections of water
from all directions
Protected against
projections of water
from all directions
during launching
Protected against
the projection of
water similar to sea
waves
Protected against
the effects of
immersion
8
Protected against
the effects of submersion
Second digit defined by norms CEI 70-1 - IEC 529 - IEC 144
21 CATALOGUE
177

CERTIFICATIONS: CESI, TUV, CSA
EFFICIENCY OF SCREENING: CLASSIFICATION CEI, 17-13/1
CLASSIFICATION CEI: 17-13/1
The electrical panels we produce are in conformity with the prescriptions of the CEI 17-13 norms, as shown by the type
tests performed on a sample of the AX IP 55 series.
The tests were performed at the Italian Experimental Electro technical Centre (CESI).
See the test reports
CESI MP-97/012034 and MP-97/012238
Subject of the test:
Assembled equipment of protection and operation for B.T. three phase with neutral.
CHARACTERISTICS OF THE OBJECT TESTED:
• Nominal insulation tension:
500 V
• Nominal insulation tension for operation:
400 V
• Nominal Voltage:
400 A
• Nominal frequency:
50/60 Hz.
• Nominal short-term voltage admissible on main circuit: 50 kA for 1s
• Nominal peak voltage admissible on main circuit: 105 kA
• Nominal short-term voltage admissible on protection circuit: 30 kA per 1s
• Nominal peak voltage admissible on main circuit: 63 kA
• LEVEL OF INSULATION PROTECTION: IP 55
TESTS PERFORMED
• Verification of resistance to main short-circuiting
• Verification of resistance to protection short-circuiting
• Verification of overheating limits
• Verification of applied tension
• Verification of LEVEL OF INSULATION PROTECTION:
CSA-C-US CERTIFICATION
All products are certified CSA-C-US
AX and AZ cabinets , in version B,D,V,R,L or N ; IP55
AF cabinets, in version B,V,D,M; IP55
AS cabinets, in version B,V ; IP55
Small cabinets in version STB, STM, STV and CDB ; IP55 , IP65
Consoles in the LMC, BLC and LC version; IP55
Norms: CAN/CSA-C22.2 N°0-M91 - CSA STD C22.2 N°0.4-M1982; CAN/CSA-C22.2 N°14-95;
CAN/CSA-C22.2 N°94-M91; UL STANDARD N°50 - 11th Edition
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Bauart
TUV CERTIFICATION
The products listed below are also certified TUV
AX serie cabinets, in versions B,D,V,R,L ; IP55
PRODUCT SERVICE
geprüft
21 CATALOGUE
178

SYSTEMS OF MODULAR SUSPENSION
SSMBA....
Fig. 179.1
The round tubes have a diameter of 70 and 48 mm, respectively with
openings for the passage of cables that have a diameter of 62 and 42
mm. The possible types of compositions are shown in figures 176.1 and
176.2, where the various circled numbers correspond to particular elements
of the system.
In the following pages, the various components of the entire system of
joints are shown schematically and divided between anchoring bases,
intermediate swivel connections and terminal connections for attachment
of the box. Analogously, the various rectangular and cylindrical connection
tubes are shown with the availability of different lengths.
The various maximum load capacities of the different types of compositions,
on the other hand, is shown schematically below.
The class of protection of the modular elements is IP 54 /EN 60529.
LOAD CAPACITY
600
500
400
300
200
100
60/40
SSMRG....
SSMRP....
60/40
SSMRG....
ø48
SSM - SYSTEMS OF MODULAR SUSPENSION
The systems of modular suspension consist of elements
that can be coupled, which use a multi-variable technology.
The coupling of the various elements permits easy
and simple installation of cables, rapid alignment of the
system and the possibility to sustain average light loads
(400÷300 N). They are built in cast aluminium G Al Si
12 and the tubular connections are in Fe. The joints are
painted with Standard RAL 7040 (grey) powder and the
connection tubes with standard RAL 7035 (light grey)
powder.
The bellow-like gaskets are of a similar grey colour to the
RAL 7035. The dimensions of the connection tubes are
60 x 40 mm with an opening for cable passage of 54 x
34 mm.
ø70
SSMBA....
Fig. 179.2
SSMRG....
60/40
SSMRP....
ø48
SSMRG....
BOZZA DI STAMPA
F (N)
W (mm)
500
1000 1500
F max. 300 N
Fig. 179.3 Fig. 179.4
21 CATALOGUE
179

SSMBA - ANCHORING BASE OF
MODULAR BRACKETS
SSMBA - ANCHORING BASES
Generally, this is the first element in building the modular suspension system. The attachment can be made to a wall and
therefore be vertical, or to the floor or ceiling and therefore be horizontal. A particular element is chosen depending on the
case and taking into account the need for stability and rotation of the base. In the schemes and tables, the characteristic
dimensions and essential technical data are shown for the right choice.
SSMBA 5010
Fig. 180.1
SSMBA 5011
Fig. 180.2
SSMBA 1010
Fig. 180.3
BOZZA DI STAMPA
SSMBA 1011
Fig. 180.4
180
21 CATALOGUE

SSMBA - ANCHORING BASES
FOR MODULAR BRACKETS
SSMBA - ANCHORING BASES
SSMBA 3010
Fig. 181.1
SSMBA 3011
Fig. 181.2
CODES AND TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
CODE
Anchoring bases
DESCRIPTION
ANGLE OF
ROTATION (°)
Characteristics
MASS IN KG
REFERENCE
FIGURE
SSMBA5010 Anchoring base angle of hedging 300 2,45 177.1
SSMBA5011 Anchoring base angle of vertical hedging 300 1,7 177.2
SSMBA1010 Wall anchoring base 186 2,75 177.3
SSMBA1011 Vertical wall anchoring base 316 2 177.4
SSMBA3010 Fixed anchoring base ø48 - 0,7 178.1
SSMBA3011 Fixed anchoring base ø70 - 1,15 178.2
BOZZA DI STAMPA
21 CATALOGUE
181

SSMRG - INTERMEDIATE FIXED AND SWIVEL
CONNECTIONS FOR MODULAR BRACKETS
SSMRG - INTERMEDIATE FIXED AND SWIVEL CONNECTIONS
The intermediate fixed and swivel connections are especially designed to compose the median modular portion of the modular
suspensions system. There are various types of connections and they cover the most disparate intermediate connection
requirements. The drawings and tables following herewith illustrate the dimensions, coupling characteristics and possibilities
for articulation of the connections.
SSMRG 3510
Fig. 182.1
SSMRG 2010
Fig. 182.2
SSMRG 2011
Fig. 182.3
BOZZA DI STAMPA
SSMRG 4010
Fig. 182.4
182
21 CATALOGUE

SSMRG - INTERMEDIATE FIXED AND SWIVEL
CONNECTIONS FOR MODULAR BRACKETS
SSMRG - INTERMEDIATE FIXED AND SWIVEL CONNECTIONS
SSMRG 1510
Fig. 183.1
SSMRG 3511
Fig. 183.2
CODES AND TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
CODE
Intermediate fixed and swivel connections
DESCRIPTION
ANGLE OF
ROTATION (°)
Characteristics
MASS IN KG
REFERENCE
FIGURE
SSMRG3510 Swivel connection with angle of rotation 300 1,1 179.1
SSMRG2010 Fixed elbow connection ø48 and 60x40 - 0,8 179.2
SSMRG2011 Fixed elbow connection ø70 and 60x40 - 1,8 179.3
SSMRG4010 Swivel joint connection 300 2,3 179.4
SSMRG1510 Intermediate extension swivel connection 300 3 180.1
BOZZA DI STAMPA
SSMRG3511 Inclining and angular swivel connection 300 1,8 180.2
21 CATALOGUE
183

SSMRP - PULPIT TERMINAL
SWIVEL CONNECTIONS
SSMRP - PULPIT TERMINAL SWIVEL CONNECTIONS
The pulpit swivel connections are the terminal elements of the modular suspension system. The monitor case is hung on
these; thus, they have a common part for attachment of the monitor. There are also various types of these connections to
adapt to the user’s needs. Following herewith are the dimensions and characteristics of articulation and the technical characteristics
of these connections.
SSMRP 2514
Fig. 184.1
SSMRP 3512
Fig. 184.2
SSMRP 2512
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Fig. 184.3
SSMRP 2513
184
Fig. 184.4
21 CATALOGUE

SSMRP - PULPIT TERMINAL
SWIVEL CONNECTIONS
SSMRP - PULPIT TERMINAL SWIVEL CONNECTIONS
SSMRP 3513
Fig. 185.1
SSMRP 3515
Fig. 185.2
SSMRP 2510
CODE
Fig. 185.3
CODES AND TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
PULPIT TERMINAL SWIVEL CONNECTIONS
DESCRIPTION
ANGLE OF
ROTATION (°)
CHARACTERISTICS
MASS IN KG
REFERENCE
FIGURE
BOZZA DI STAMPA
SSMRP2514 Swivel pulpit connection, inclining, hanging 300 2,15 181.1
SSMRP3512 Angular swivel pulpit connection 300 1,5 181.2
SSMRP2512 Swivel pulpit connection 300 1,05 181.3
SSMRP2513 Inclined swivel pulpit connection 300 2,15 181.4
SSMRP3513 Angular inclined swivel pulpit connections 300 2,6 182.1
SSMRP3515 Hanging angular inclined pulpit swivel connection 300 2,6 180.2
SSMRP2510 Simple swivel connection ø48 300 0,7 180.3
21 CATALOGUE
185

SSMRT - TUBULAR CONNECTIONS
SSMRT - TUBULAR CONNECTIONS
The tubular connections unite the various joints and complete the modular suspension system. They are rectangular
60x40 mm, circular with ø48 and ø70 mm (external measurements). As indicated in the table, they have various lengths,
to compensate for the various needs.
CODES AND TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
CODE
TUBULAR CONNECTIONS
Description
Length
(mm)
Fig. 186.1
CHARACTERISTICS
Mass in kg
Reference Figure
SSMRT4825 Cylindrical tube ø48 250 0,9 183.1
SSMRT4850 Cylindrical tube ø48 500 1,8 183.1
SSMRT4875 Cylindrical tube ø48 750 2,7 183.1
SSMRT4810 Cylindrical tube ø48 1000 3,6 183.1
SSMRT7025 Cylindrical tube ø70 250 1,75 183.1
SSMRT7050 Cylindrical tube ø70 500 3,45 183.1
SSMRT7010 Cylindrical tube ø70 1000 6,9 183.1
SSMRT7015 Cylindrical tube ø70 1500 10,3 183.1
SSMRT7020 Cylindrical tube ø70 2000 13,8 183.1
SSMRT6450 Rectangular tube 60x40 500 2,15 183.1
SSMRT6475 Rectangular tube 60x40 750 3,2 183.1
SSMRT6410 Rectangular tube 60x40 1000 4,3 183.1
SSMRT6415 Rectangular tube 60x40 1500 6,4 183.1
BOZZA DI STAMPA
186
21 CATALOGUE

SSMC - PENSILE CABINETS, INTERNAL PLATES
AND EXTERNAL PANEL
W
D
SSMCC
SSMCP
W
D
H
Y
Pensile control cabinet closed in rear and prepared for
attachment to swivel terminals. Supplied without the internal
plate and without the front external panel.
SSMC - PENSILE CABINET, CLOSED IN REAR; CODES AND DIMENSIONS
Dimensions
X
H
Fig. 187.1 Fig. 187.2
Y
Pensile control cabinet with rear door, prepared for attachment
to swivel connections. Without internal plate and
supplied without external front panel.
Codes and Front Panel and internal plate dimensions
CODE H W D Plate Xm Ym Front Panel X Y
SSMC304020 300 400 200 SSMPI3040 350 250 SSMPF3040 354 254
SSMC404020 400 400 200 SSMPI4040 350 350 SSMPF4040 354 354
SSMC405020 400 500 200 SSMP4050 450 350 SSMPF4050 354 454
SSMC406020 400 600 200 SSMP4060 550 350 SSMPF4060 554 454
SSMC505020 500 500 200 SSMP5050 450 450 SSMPF5050 454 454
SSMC557520 550 750 200 SSMP5575 700 500 SSMPF5575 504 704
SSMP - PENSILE CABINETS WITH DOOR IN REAR; CODES AND DIMENSIONS
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Dimensions
Codes and front panel dimensions
CODE H W D Plate Xm Ym Front Panel X Y
SSMP304020 300 400 200 SSMPI3040 - - SSMPF3040 354 254
SSMP404020 400 400 200 SSMPI4040 - - SSMPF4040 354 354
SSMP405020 400 500 200 SSMP4050 - - SSMPF4050 354 454
SSMP406020 400 600 200 SSMP4060 - - SSMPF4060 554 454
SSMP505020 500 500 200 SSMP5050 - - SSMPF5050 454 454
SSMP557520 550 750 200 SSMP5575 - - SSMPF5575 504 704
X
21 CATALOGUE
187

SMI - MODULAR INTERFACE SYSTEMS
CODE
SMI13000
SMI23000
SMI00001
SMI00016
SMI00018
Fig. 188.1
SMI - MODULAR INTERFACE SYSTEM
Description
Single front frame with transparent cover
Double front frame with transparent cover
Socket cert. VDE German 250V AC 10..16A with led
Socket cert. VDE German 250V AC 10..16A
Socket cert. CEI 23-16 Italian 250 V AC, 10..16 A
SMI00003 Socket USA, cert. NEMA 5-15, 125V AC, 15/A
SMI00141
SMI00144
SMI00091
SMI00093
Socket RJ45, 8 poly-metal; SUB-D9 female / female UL
SMI - MODULAR INTERFACE SYSTEMS
The interface for the front panel is used to access controls in the
event of maintenance, without having to open the door of the
electric cabinet.
The wiring used for installation is placed inside the cabinet and
the programming system or diagnostics device can be connected
from the outside.
The frames for insertion of the modules are in the simple and
double version, in opaque nickel-plated metal, with a transparent
cover.
The class of insulation is IP65.
The inserts (see fig. 187.2) include all the international sockets
and a wide range of connectors.
In the table below, underneath the product code, the frame and
type of element to be inserted is defined.
The dimensions of the individual frames are 120 x 66 mm, with
a depth ranging from 32 to 62 mm, according to the elements
inserted.
The double frame, which has the same construction characteristics,
measures 120 x 131 mm (figs. 187.1 and 187.2).
Other types of sockets and connectors are available on request.
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Socket RJ45, 8 poles; USB; SUB-D9 female / female UL
Socket RJ45, 8 pole; R12, 6 pole; 2 USB female / female UL
2xUSB female / female form A UL
Fig. 188.2
21 CATALOGUE
188

SMB - MODULAR BAR SYSTEMS
It is extremely important for all parts of the equipment
under tension to be insulated and protected
during the phases of installation and maintenance.
All of the connections must be performed and tightened
according to specifications. Wire diameters
must be adequate, as well as protection against
accidental contacts. Following transportation, all
screw-tightened connections must be checked and
restored if necessary.
Fig. 189.3
Fig. 189.1
SMB - MODULAR BAR SYSTEMS
Bar systems and their components are the result of design and
production capabilities gained from years of experience.
Over the years, they have been subjected to continuous testing,
have obtained homologation from the most demanding institutions
and are employed in the most disparate applications.
Nevertheless, in order to avoid ranger to persons and property,
which could arise during electrical connection, it is recommended
that these systems and their components be used only by
qualified and appropriately instructed personnel. In particular, all
operations relative to installation, maintenance, modification and
enlargement of these distribution systems must be performed
by qualified personnel, in respect of safety regulations and
norms applicable to electrical equipment.
Fig. 189.2
The products must be utilised only for the applications they were designed
for.
All of the products, bars, supports, bar covers, sections and terminals are
available in various dimensions.
The recommended position for installation of all of the components is the
vertical position, on systems with horizontal bars.
Positions in which the force of gravity acts in an opposite direction with
respect to movement of the contacts are not admissible.
For the installation of several components alongside each other, it is necessary
to apply the factors of de-classification shown in table 1 of the DIN EN
60439-1 norms.
Additionally, the maximum temperatures for the various parts in thermally
hardening plastic must be respected. The properties of the materials
shown in the following pages always refer to families of products. In some
case, for individual articles in a family, greater values may be reached.
BOZZA DI STAMPA
During storage, processing and operation, it is necessary to prevent the action of damaging chemical substances.
Contact the Quadritalia sales office for information on availability and prices. The photo in Fig. 188.1...3 shows a panorama of the articles
and their applications.
21 CATALOGUE
189

PAINTING CYCLE
STANDARD COLOURS
All Quadritalia production is painted with epoxypolyesthere powder. Structure and frames, doors and panels are painted with RAL 7035 (light grey),
the baseboards and the lifting rods are painted with RAL 9005 (black).
RAL 7035 RAL 9005
SPECIAL COLOURS
On request, all shades of the RAL code are available.
It is possible to realise unpainted products and, again at the request of the customer, to produce cabinets with non-standard two-tone painting.
RAL 7001 RAL 7030 RAL 7031
RAL 7032 RAL 7037
RAL 6005 RAL 6011
RAL 5010 RAL 5012
RAL 9010 RAL 9018
BOZZA DI STAMPA
RAL 7038
RAL 6027
RAL 5015
RAL 7043
RAL 1013
RAL 1014
RAL 9005
RAL 2004
RAL 7016
21 CATALOGUE
RAL9006
The colours shown are indicative for technical reasons.
190

PAINTING CYCLE
The paint finish in carried out by a continuous automatic system which passes trough the following phases:
- Washing and desgreasing with an iron-phosphate degreaser at a temperature of 55°C.
- Slucing down with a passivating substance in two stages to complety clean all surfaces and provide a base for the finish.
- Oven-drying at 120°C
- Painting in a rodotized cabin (wich garantees the uniformity of thisckness of the film) with varnishes in exposy-poliestr heat-drying powders applied
electrostatically.
- Polymerization in an oven for about 18 minutes at 190°C
CARACTERISTICS OF MATERIALS USED
• DESCRIPTION: Grained semigloss exposy-polyester
• SPECIFIC WEIGHT: 1,62 +/- 0,05 Kg/dm cubed (the effective time and temperature on the piece) 160°C x 20.000
• TEORETIC RESULT: 10.4 mq/Kg with a medium thickness of film of micron Standard coating 70/80 micron
GENERALE NOTES ON THE FILM
MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
Test thickness 65+/-5 microns ISO 2350
Aderence GTO ISO 2409
Hardness H -2H ASTM D3363-74
Impact resistence > 2,5 Nm ECCA T5
Drawing > 5 mm ISO 1520
Bending 5 mm ISO 1519
RESISTANCE TO CORROSION
Kesternich 10 cycles no variation ISO 3231
Saline mist 200 h 1 mm penetration on the cross ASTM B117
Demineralised water 500 h no variation ASTM D870
RESISTANCE TO SOLVENT
After 100 applications on the film of a tampon dipped in solvent, on the average the test gives the following results:
Ethyalcohol - Butylalcohol
no softening
Benzene-toluene - xylene
light softening
Cloroform - pecloroethane
strong softening
Methylethyketone - acetone
strong softening
Petrol
no softening
BOZZA DI STAMPA
RESISTANCE TO ACIDS AND BASES
After immersion for a month in diluted acids and bases of sheets of varnished metal, the test gives the following results:
Diluted mineral acid (hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric 10%)
no softening
Acetic acid 10% - lactic acid 10%
no softening
Sodium hydrate 10% - Potassium hydrate 10%
dissolution of film
Ammonia - ammonia hydrate 10%
dissolution of film
Citric acid 10%
no softening
21 CATALOGUE
191

ELB – ELECTRONICS CABINETS
ELB – ELECTRONICS, TELEPHONY AND CABLING NETWORK CABINET
The ELB series was especially designed for users who need to wire professional networks.
A great deal of attention was dedicated to quality, sturdiness and practicality in this new series of cabinets, as well as to
the aesthetic aspect:
- The sides and back are equipped with rapid closure devices;
- The structure and door are equipped with smoked tempered glass and painted in two tones of grey, which make the
cabinets very elegant;
- The many accessories allow you to customise the cabinet according to your needs;
- The variety of dimensions and the ease with which the cabinets can be coupled in batteries permits a wide range of uses.
To improve protection, each cabinet is supplied with wooden bases to facilitate
movement and protect the polyethylene corners.
192
Nominal Dimensions
Fig. 192.1
HE Unit
CODE H W D n°
ELB 1266 1160 600 800 23
ELB 1866 1780 600 800 37
ELB 2066 2075 600 800 44
ELB 2068 2075 600 800 44
ELB 2086 2075 800 600 44
ELB 2088 2075 800 800 44
Dimensions in mm
Basic cabinet components:
- Bearing structure bent and welded and painted with RAL 7035;
- Sides and back with rapid closure device and painted with RAL 7035 (on
request they can be equipped with keys);
- Fixed bottom equipped with cable passage bores and lateral openings to
provide natural ventilation;
- Fixed roof equipped with bores for cable passage and the relative guillotine
flange and lateral opening for natural ventilation;
- 19” Rack internal vertical struts, adjustable in depth, painted with RAL
7035;
- Reversible front door which can be opened 120°, painted with RAL 7037
and equipped with a closure system with box and key and smoked tempered
glass;
- Adjustable base feet.
Fig. 192.2
Side panel
Rack vertical
struts
Transparent
door
Blind door
21 CATALOGUE
Guillotine flange
Flange for GTFV
Blind flange
Rear Panel
BOZZA DI STAMPA
Base

CUSTOMISATION ACCORDING TO
CUSTOMER SPECIFICATIONS
BOZZA DI STAMPA
21 CATALOGUE
193

CUSTOMISATION ACCORDING TO
CUSTOMER SPECIFICATIONS
BOZZA DI STAMPA
21 CATALOGUE
194

CUSTOMISATION ACCORDING TO
CUSTOMER SPECIFICATIONS
BOZZA DI STAMPA
21 CATALOGUE
195

CUSTOMISATION ACCORDING TO
CUSTOMER SPECIFICATIONS
BOZZA DI STAMPA
21 CATALOGUE
196

CUSTOMISATION ACCORDING TO
CUSTOMER SPECIFICATIONS
BOZZA DI STAMPA
21 CATALOGUE
197

GENERAL INDEX OF CODE PREFIXES
Prefix
CODE Article Description Page
AF AF IP 55 series modular cabinets, general description Page 86
AF Mono-block frames for AF cabinets Page 87
AFB – AF cabinet single door Page 88
AFB – AF cabinet double door Page 89
AFD – AF Cabinet with internal modular frame Page 92
AFO – AF series horizontal mono-block frame Page 93
AFO – AF series horizontal cabinet Page 94
AFV – Transparent AF cabinet door and internal door Page 90
AFV – Double transparent AF cabinet door and internal door Page 91
ALM – BLC and LMC IP55 type console riser Page 126
AMR – Cable attachment section Page 133
AS – IP 55 AS series mono-block cabinet, general description Page 96
AS – AS series mono-block frame Page 97
ASB – AS series mono-block cabinet single door Page 98
ASD – AS series modular mono-block cabinet Page 100
ASV – AS series mono-block cabinet single transparent door and blind internal door Page 99
AX – IP 55 AX Modular cabinet, general description Page 8
AX – AX cabinet frame Page 10
AXB – AX cabinet with single door Page 12
AXB– AX cabinet with double door Page 14
AXD – Modular cabinet internal modular system Page 41
AXL – Cabinet with front console Page 48
AXN- PC cabinet, AXN series, Page 36
AXR – AX series 19” Rack cabinet Page 54
AXV – Transparent AXV cabinet door and internal door Page 16
AXV – AXV cabinet with transparent double door and internal doors Page 18
AXW PC Cabinet with lateral strips Page 39
AXY PC Cabinet on column with lateral strips Page 40
AZ IP 55 series modular cabinets, general description for AZ series Page 56
AZ – AZ series frame with lower and upper closure Page 58
AZB – AZ series cabinet with single door Page 60
AZB– AZ series cabinet with double door Page 62
AZD – AZ Modular cabinet, internal modular system Page 72
AZL – AZ Cabinet with front console Page 74
AZN- AZ series PC cabinet, Page 70
AZR – AZ series 19” rack cabinet, Page 79
AZV – AZ series cabinets with single transparent door and internal door Page 64
AZV– AZ series cabinets with double transparent door and double internal door Page 66
BCC Door block for boxes Page 137
BCO BCO170 cabinet door block kit Page 136
BCO – BCO100 mechanical door block Page 137
BCO – BCO110 cabinet mechanical door block Page 138
BLC – BLC IP 55 mono-block console Page 123
BLD – IP 55 BLD mono-block console Page 124
CAP – Hinge, kit for cabinets, boxes and consoles Page 147
CCT AX and AZ cabinet roof-mounted cable raceway Page 81
CDB – IP 55 shunt box with cover Page 114
CDB – CDB shunt box plate Page 116
CDV – Shunt box with transparent cover Page 115
CESI – CESI Certification Page 178
CFF – LC Console riser cover Page 122
CF-P – Wall-mounted air conditioners Page 164
CF-P – Drilling template for wall-mounted air conditioners Page 165
CLZ – AZ cabinet later panel pairs Page 68
CP18 – 180° hinge for internal rack frame Page 154
CPK – Double closed instrument panels Page 44
CPK – STM box double blind modular panel Page 108
BOZZA DI STAMPA
21 CATALOGUE
198

GENERAL INDEX OF CODE PREFIXES
Prefix
CODE Article Description Page
CPL – AX cabinet lateral panel pairs Page 23
CPM – Reduced electro mechanical plate for AX and AZ cabinets Page 38
CPM – Reduced internal equipment plate Page 46
CPP – DIN Bar Page 45
CPR – Component plate Page 44
CPS5846 – SGD Section Bracket Page 133
CPT – Triple closed instrument panels Page 44
CPX – Instrument panels with various bores Page 43
CPY – Close closed instrument panels Page 44
CPZ Panels for modules with single slot Page 43
CRX – AX cabinet printer carriage Page 38
CRZ – AZN cabinet printer carriage Page 71
CSA – CSA Certification Page 177
CS-T Roof-mounted air conditioner Page 166
CS-T Drilling template for roof-mounted air conditioners Page 167
CSX – STM box modular instrument support panel Page 108
CSY – STM box modular blind panel Page 108
CSZ – STM box contiguous modular instrument support panels Page 108
CTM – ST box internal modular kit Page 107
CTS – AX cabinet airtight cubicle Page 38
DBE – Blind doors for AX, AZ, AF and AS series frames Page 19
DBI – Internal blind doors for AX, AZ, AF and AS series frames Page 21
DDM Flanged nuts Page 153
DGM Cage nuts Page 153
DIF Side spacer Page 153
DIR Spacer for rear panels and joining of cabinets Page 153
DLM Lights Page 172
DLS Flashing devices Page 173
DTE – Transparent doors for AX, AZ, AF and AS series frames Page 20
ELB – Electronics cabinets Page 192
EMC Clip for electro magnetic compatibility Page 175
FAV Aluminium protection window Page 144
FLI Lowered lateral flanges for bases Page 35
FLT Ventilation systems Page 160
FR – CF-P partial encasement frame Page 170
FTL – FTL lateral section for AF Page 130
FUP – AX, AZ and AF series cabinet front joining plate Page 28
FZL1 Lateral flanges for H=100 mm bases Page 31
FZL2 Front and side couples for H=200 mm bases Page 33
FGV Filters and fans Page 161
GLF Eyebolts Page 139
GLP Heavy duty eyebolt Page 140
GLP/P Eyebolt with extension, Page 141
GLR Composite eyebolt kit Page 140
GNE Corner section for door reinforcement tubes Page 154
GRN Gaskets Page 174
GTF Ventilation hoods Page 163
GTFV Ventilation hoods and fans Page 163
IP Level of protection, technical card Page 177
KAP AX and AF cabinet front plate backspacing kit Page 29
KAP AZ cabinet front plate backspacing kit Page 69
KCR Jack for consoles Page 136
KMG Gas spring kit Page 138
LAR – IP 55 LAR Console with riser Page 128
LAS IP 55 mono-block console with shelf and riser Page 127
LC – IP 55 LC series consoles Page 118
LCA – LCA Riser for LC series modular consoles Page 120
BOZZA DI STAMPA
21 CATALOGUE
199

GENERAL INDEX OF CODE PREFIXES
Prefix
CODE Article Description Page
LCB – LC series console base Page 119
LCM – LCM Shelf for LC series modular consoles Page 121
LIP Console for internal side of cabinet door Page 134
LMC – IP 55 LMC Mono-block console Page 125
MIC Micro switches Page 172
MTZ Crosspieces for attachment of DIN bars Page 45
PCC Blind 24-pole plate for PLF for RLX Page 53
PCN Sliding drawer for AX and AZ series cabinets Page 38
PEC Blind external modular door Page 46
PEV Transparent external modular door Page 46
PHE Aluminium front panels for various HE units for AXR Page 55
PLC Blind plate for lateral cable raceway for RLX Page 53
PLF Pre-bored plate for 24-pole connectors for RLX Page 53
PMB Enlarged plate and lateral insertion plate for AX and AZ series cabinets Page 30
PNA – Electro mechanical front plate for AX, AZ, AF and AS series cabinets Page 25
PPC Upper and lower compensation panels Page 44
PPCST ST box cable compartment Page 109
PPCST – IP 65 ST box double door for cable compartment Page 112
PPG Guillotine style cable input Page 155
PPP – AX, AZ, AF and AS series front plate assembly kit and instructions Page 26
PPP – AX, AZ and AF series cabinet double front plate assembly kit and instructions Page 27
PPR Rack handle Page 55
PRC 24-pole reduction plate for RLX Page 53
PRN – Plate support pins Page 156
PTR Transformer section Page 135
PZC Adjustable feet Page 150
RA Anti-condensation resistances Page 171
RFX Front cable raceway Page 52
RFZ – AZ series front cable raceway Page 78
RGF Light wheel Page 151
RGO Orientable wheel Page 151
RGS Wheel support Page 150
RLX Lateral cable raceway Page 50
RLZ AZ series lateral cable raceway Page 76
RPE Blind rear panels for AX, AZ and AF series cabinets Page 22
SC-A Air to air heat exchangers Page 168
SC-AH Air to water heat exchangers Page 169
SFM – ST box pensile wall supports Page 110
SGD – SGD section for application of DIN guides Page 133
SGK – SGD and CPS5846 section kit Page 133
SLZ – AZ series cabinet lateral panels Page 68
SMB – MODULAR BAR SYSTEMS Page 189
SMI – Modular Interface Systems Page 188
SOA Reduced horizontal partitions Page 47
SOA Horizontal partitions for AX, AZ and AF series cabinets Page 80
SPC Floppy disk slot Page 37
SPL – AX series cabinet lateral panel pairs Page 23
SPR Colour spray for touch up Page 174
SPX Lateral plate insertion support Page 154
SRR Box and cable closure Page 157
SRR Handles Page 158
SSM Modular Suspension Systems Page 179
SSMBA Modular Suspension Anchoring Base Page 180
SSMC Pensile cabinets for modular suspensions Page 187
SSMRG Intermediate modular suspension connections Page 182
SSMRP Modular suspension swivel terminal connections Page 184
SSMRT Tubes for modular suspensions Page 186
BOZZA DI STAMPA
21 CATALOGUE
200

GENERAL INDEX OF CODE PREFIXES
Prefix
CODE Article Description Page
ST – IP 65 ST series airtight cabinets, general description, Page 101
STA – STA Pre-bored section, L= 2000 mm; vertical Page 132
STB – IP 65 single door for airtight cabinets Page 102
STB – IP 65 ST series double door for airtight cabinets Page 111
STC – STB box cabinet blind door Page 105
STC – ST series door for box cabinets with double doors Page 113
STF – STF Pre-bored section, L=2000 mm, vertical Page 132
STI – STB box cabinet blind internal door Page 106
STL – STL lateral section for AZ cabinet Page 130
STL2 – STL2 reinforced lateral section for AZ cabinet Page 131
STM – IP 65 ST series modular airtight box cabinets Page 107
STP – Blind internal plate for STB box cabinet Page 106
STP – ST series internal plate for box cabinet with double door Page 113
STR 19” rack pairs of fixed vertical struts for AXR Page 55
STT – STB box cabinet transparent door Page 105
STTP – ST box cabinet protective rain roof Page 110
STV IP65 Airtight box cabinet with single transparent door and internal door Page 104
STZ – STZ front section for AZ cabinets Page 132
SVX Reduced vertical partitions Page 47
SVX Vertical partitions for AX cabinets Page 80
SVZ Reduced vertical partitions for AZ cabinets Page 47
SVZ Vertical partitions for AZ cabinets Page 80
TBP AX and AZ series door rabbet crosspiece Page 47
TIP Internal door section Page 134
TMF Temperature alarm thermostats Page 172
TMI Internal modular frame with compensation panels Page 45
TRE Open 19” rack frame for AXR series Page 55
TRI Swivel internal 19” rack frame for AXR series Page 55
TRV Lifting beams Page 141
TRV Lifting criteria Page 142
TRV Lifting beams, codes Page 143
TSA – Document pocket Page 139
TUV – TUV Certification Page 177
UTX Joining AX cabinets in batteries Page 24
UTZ Kit for joining of AZ cabinets in batteries and assembly instructions Page 67
VNT Fans Page 162
VTD Screws with nuts Page 153
VTR Screws Page 153
XTL – Lateral XTL section for AX series Page 130
XTL2 – Lateral reinforced XTL2 section for AX series Page 131
XTZ – XTZ front section for AZ series Page 131
ZCB Bases, corners, front and rear parts H = 100 mm Page 31
ZCB Assembled bases H = 100 mm Page 32
ZCB Base corners H = 200 mm Page 33
ZCC Closed floor bases H = 200 mm Page 34
Full-length base for cabinets in batteries Page 35
Cable input compartment, types and customisations Page 82
Cable input compartment, types and customisations Page 84
Cable input compartment, types and customisations Page 95
IP 55 Consoles, general characteristics Page 117
Accessories Page 129
Painting cycle Page 190
Electromagnetic compliance Page 176
Auxiliary brackets and components of the various kits Page 145
Customisation according to customer specifications Page 189
BOZZA DI STAMPA
21 CATALOGUE
201